Skip to main content

Full text of "An introduction to the geology of New South Wales"

See other formats


NRLF 


B    M    Ibb    bD7 


.MiLC 


LIBRARY 

of 


EARTH 
SCIENCES 

LIBRARY 


I  lit! 

~ 


, 

NEW   SOUTH   WALES. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  BRANCH. 


AN    INTRODUCTION 


TO    THE 


GEOLOGY  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


C.  A.  SUSSMILCH,  F.G.S., 

LECTURER    IN    CHARGE    OF   THE    DEPARTMENT    OF    GEOLOGY    AND    MINING, 
SYDNEY    TECHNICAL    COLLEGE. 


Published  by  the  Authority  of  the  Minister  for  Public  Instruction 
in  New  South  Wales. 


[COPYRIGHT.] 

SYDNEY : 
W.    A.    GULLICK,    GOVERNMENT   PRINTER. 


IQII. 
*3910— (a) 


8£ 


m  EARTH 
SCIENCES 

LIBRA*? 


To 


PROFESSOR  T.   W.    EDGEWORTH  DAVID,  B.A.,  D.Sc. 
F.R.S.,  C.M.G., 


TO  WHOM  WE  OWE  SO  MUCH  OF  OUR  KNOWLEDGE 
OF  THE  GEOLOGY  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES, 

THIS  WORK  IS  DEDICATED. 


754 


PREFACE. 


THIS  compilation  of  our  present  knowledge  of  the  Geology  of 
New  South  Wales  has  been  prepared  primarily  for  the  use  of 
students  ;  it  will  also,  it  is  hoped,  be  of  some  use  to  teachers, 
mining  men,  and  others.  The  information  has  been  condensed 
as  much  as  possible,  so  that  the  size  of  the  book  might  be  kept 
within  such  limits  as  would  enable  it  to  be  published  at  a  price 
which  would  be  within  the  reach  of  all  students. 

Such  a  compilation  has  long  been  needed,  as  no  connected 
account  of  the  Geology  of  this  State  has  appeared  since  that 
published  by  the  late  C.  S.  Wilkinson  in  1882,  which  has  long 
been  out  of  print.  Many  important  contributions  have  been 
made  to  our  knowledge  since  Wilkinson's  work  was  published, 
but,  scattered  as  they  are  through  various  official  and  other 
publications,  some  of  which  have  been  published  abroad, 
while  others  are  out  of  print,  the  information  they  contain  is 
not  accessible  to  the  majority  of  students. 

In  the  preparation  of  these  pages  the  writer  has  gathered  his 
facts  from  many  sources.  Full  use  has  been  made  of  the  many 
excellent  monographs,  reports,  &c.,  published  by  the  Mines 
Department  of  New  South  Wales,  and  from  these  many  of  the 
geological  sections  and  illustrations  of  fossils  have  been  taken. 
The  various  geological  papers  which  have  appeared  from  time  to 
time  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  New  South 
Wales,  the  Proceedings  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  New  South 
Wales,  and  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Australian  Museum,  have  also 
been  largely  drawn  upon.  The  geological  workers,  whose  papers 
have  been  made  use  of,  include,  among  others,  E.  C.  Andrews, 
G.  W.  Card,  J.  E.  Game,  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke,  Professor 
T.  W.  E.  David,  Hy.  Deane,  W.  S.  Dun,  R.  Etheridge,  Junr., 
L.  F.  Harper,  J.  B.  Jaquet,  Dr.  H.  I.  Jensen,  E.  F.  Pittman, 
C.  S.  Wilkinson,  Rev.  Tennison  Woods,  and  Dr.  W.  G. 
Woolnough. 

Even  now,  notwithstanding  the  many  important  additions  to 
the  Geology  of  New  South  Wales  made  during  the  past  twenty- 
five  years,  our  knowledge  of  it  is  still  very  incomplete ;  many 
blanks  exist,  many  problems  await  solution.  The  area  to  be 
covered  is  large,  while  the  workers  are  few  ;  so  that  it  will  be 
many  years  before  anything  even  approaching  a  complete 
account  of  the  geological  history  of  this  State  will  be  possible. 


VI 

Meanwhile,  besides  supplying  the  immediate  need  for  a  student's 
text-book,  it  is  hoped  that  this  compilation  will  be  serving  a 
useful  purpose  in  "taking  stock  "  of  pur  present  knowledge — in 
showing  how  much  has  already  been  accomplished,  how  much 
still  remains  to  be  done. 

'  Tke  classification  ,'of  the  geological  formations  here  used  is, 
with  some  slight  modifications^  that1  adopted  by  the  Government 
Geologist  (Mr.  E.  F.  Pittman)  in  his  "Epitome  of  the  Geology < of 
New  South  Wales,"  published  in  1909.  The  coloured  geological 
map  which  accompanied  that  epitome  is  here  reproduced  by  the 
courtesy  of  Mr.  Pittman,  and  to  him  my  hearty  thanks  are  also 
due  for  permission  to  reproduce  many  of  the  geological  sections 
and  illustrations  of  fossils  which  have  appeared  in  the  various 
publications  issued  from  his  Department.  Some  of  .the  fossil 
Illustrations  have  been  copied  from  the  Memoirs  of  the 
Australian  Museum,  and  for  permission  to  use  these  my  thanks 
are  due  to  the  Curator,  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.  To  Dr.  W.  G. 
Woolnough  my  thanks  are  due  for  the  photograph  and  section 
at  Tallong  (Figures  3  and  4),  and  to  Dr.  D.  Mawson  for 
information  regarding  the  .Broken  Hill  District.  I  am  much 
indebted  to  Mr.  W.  ,S.  Dun  for  reading  through  the  lists  of 
fossils,  and  for  much  kind  assistance  ;  and  my  hearty  thanks  are 
also  due  to  Professor  T.  W.,  E.  David  and  Messrs.  E.  C.  Andrews, 
G,  W.  Card,  and  J.  E.  Carne  for  much  kindly  advice  and 
assistance. 


Sydney  Technical  College, 
October,  1911. 


CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  I. 

Page. 

Introduction 1 

Order  of  Succession  of  the  Sedimentary  Formations  of  New  South 

Wales , 3 

CHAPTER  II. 

PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

The  Highlands 5 

Distribution,  5  ;  the  Northern  or  New  England  Tableland,  5  ; 
the  Central  Tableland,  6  ;  the  Southern  Tableland,  6. 

The  Western  Plains 6 

The  Central  Western  Plateau,  6  ;  the  Black-soil  Plains,  7  ;  the 
Riverina  Plains,  7. 

The  River  Systems  :: 7 

The  Eastern  Rivers,  7  ;  the  Western  Rivers,  7. 

CHAPTER  III. 

PRE-CAMBRIAN  FORMATIONS. 

Barrier  District 8 

Distribution,    8;  the  Metamorphic  Series,  8  ;  the  Broken  Hill 

Lode,  8. 
The  Cooma-Kosciusko  Region 9 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  CAMBRIAN  PERIOD. 

Distribution  of 10 

Barrier  District,  10  ;  the  Cambrian  Formation  of  South  Australia, 
11  ;  the  Cambrian  Fauna,  11. 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE  ORDOVICIAN  PERIOD. 

Occurrence  and  Distribution  of  Ordovician  Strata  13 

Counties  of  Auckland  and  Wellington,  14 ;  Tallong,  15  ; 
Lyndhurst  Goldfield,  15  ;  Cadia  District,  15  ;  Parkes-Forbes 
District,  16. 

Ordovician  Life 16 

Summary  of  the  Ordovician  Period 17 

CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  SILURIAN  PERIOD. 

Nature  of  the  Silurian  Strata— their  distribution  19 

Yass-Bowning  District,  20  ;  Boambola,  22  ;  Jenolan  District,  22 ; 
Bathurst  District,  24  ;  Orange-Molong  District,  25  ;  Parkes- 
Forbes  District,  26  ;  the  Western  Areas,  26. 

Economic  Aspects  of  the  Silurian  Formations 28 

Silurian  Life... 28 

Summary  of  the  Silurian  Period  '.' 32 


Vlll 

CHAPTER  VII. 

THE  DEVONIAN  PERIOD. 

Page. 

Distribution  of  the  Devonian  Formation  34 

The  Lower  Devonian  or  Murrumbidgean  Series   35 

Nature  of  the  Strata,  35  ;  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds,  36  ;  the 
Volcanic  Stage.  36  ;  the  Limestone  Stage,  36  ;  the  Tuffaceous 
Shale  Stage,  37  ;  Comparison  with  Victorian  Devonian 
Rocks,  37  ;  the  Tamworth  Beds,  37  ;  Bingera  and  Barraba 
Districts,  38. 

Lower  Devonian  Life 39 

The  Marine  Fauna,  39  ;  the  Fossil  Flora,  42  ;  Comparison  of  the 
Murrumbidgee  and  Tamworth  Faunas,  42. 

The  Upper  Devonian  or  Lambian  Series 43 

The  Mount  Lambie  Beds,  43  ;  the  Molong-Canobolas  Beds,  44  ; 
the  Parkes-Forbes  Beds,  45 ;  the  Western  Areas,  45  ; 
South-eastern  Districts,  45. 

Upper  Devonian  Life  48 

The  Marine  Fauna,  48  ;  the  Devonian  Flora,  49. 

Summary  of  the  Devonian  Period 49 

Close  of  the  Devonian  Period — the  Kanimbia  Epoch  51 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

THE  CARBONIFEROUS  PERIOD. 

Distribution  of  the  Carboniferous  Formation    53 

Lower  Carboniferous  Formation  53 

Upper  do  do 54 

Hunter  River  District,  54  ;  Western  New  England,  55. 

Carboniferous  Life   ; 56 

The  Carboniferous  Flora,  56  ;  the  Carboniferous  Fauna,  57. 

Summary  of  the  Carboniferous  Period  59" 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  PERMO-CARBONIFEROTJS  PERIOD. 

Distribution  of  and  subdivision  of  the  Permo- Carboniferous  Forma- 
tion         60 

The  Lower  Marine  Series 61 

Hunter  River  District,  61  ;  the  Northern  Rivers  District,  63  ; 
Emmaville  District,  63. 

The  Lower  Coal-measure  Series    63 

Hunter  River  District,  63  ;  New  England  Tableland,  66  ;  Illa- 
warra  District,  67. 

The  Upper  Marine  Series 67 

Hunter  River  District,  6/  ;  the  Lithgow-Capertee  District,  68  ; 
the  South-western  Coal-field,  69  ;  the  Illawarra  District,  69  ; 
Gerringong  Fossils,  71  ;  Kiama  Volcanic  Series,  72. 

The  Tomago  and  Denapsey  Series  (Middle  Coal  Measures) 75 

The  Upper  Coal  Measures : 76 

Newcastle  Coal  Measures,  77  ;  Origin  of  the  Coal,  79  ;  Rix's 
Creek  Coal-field,  81  ;  Curlewis-Gunnedah  Coal-field,  81  ;  the 
Murrurundi  District,  81  ;  the  Western  Coal-field,  83  ;  the 
South-western  Coal-field,  83  ;  the  Southern  or  Illawarra 
Coal-field,  84. 


IX 
CHAPTER  X. 

THE  PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS  PERIOD — continued. 

Page, 

Permo-Carbonif erous  Life  85 

The  Marine  Fauna,  85  ;  the  Terrestrial  Flora  and  Fauna,  90  ; 
Comparison  of  the  Carboniferous,  Permo-Carboniferous,  and 
Triassic  Floras,  92  ;  the  Land  Animals,  93. 

Economic  Importance  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Formation  94 

The  Coal — Quality  and  available  supplies,  94  ;  Analyses,  94  ; 
Kerosene  Shale,  95  ;  Analyses,  95  ;  Clays,  96. 

The  Permo-Carboniferous  Glaciation  96 

Cause  of  the  Glaciation,  98. 
Summary  of  the  Permo-Carbohif  erous  Period   99 

CHAPTER  XI. 

THE  TRIASSIC  AND  JURASSIC  PERIODS. 

Nature  of  and  subdivisions  of  the  Trias- Jura  Formations  103 

The  Hawkesbury  Series 104 

The  Narrabeen  Stage,   104  ;  the  Hawkesbury-Sandstone  Stage, 
107  ;  the  Wianamatta  Stage,  111 ;  Relation  of  the  Hawkes- 
bury Series  to  the  Upper  Coal  Measures,  112, 
Life  of  the  Triassic  Period  (Hawkesbury  Series)  113 

The  Fossil  Plants,  113  ;  the  Fossil  Fauna,  113. 

The  Clarence  Series 116 

The  Artesian  Series 118 

The  Talbragar  Series  119 

Correlation  of  the  Hawkesbury,  Clarence,  Artesian,  and  Talbragar 

Freshwater  Beds 119 

Summary  of  the  Triassic  and  Jurassic  Periods 121 

CHAPTER  XII. 

THE  CRETACEOUS  PERIOD. 

Distribution  of  and  subdivision  of  the  Cretaceous  Formation    123 

The  Rolling  Downs  Formation,  123 ;  the  Desert  Sandstone 
Foi-mation,  124. 

Cretaceous  Life 125 

Summary  of  the  Cretaceous  Period 12S 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

THE  TERTIARY  PERIOD. 

Nature  of  the  Tertiary  Formations  130 

The  Marine  Strata  130 

The  Fluviatile  Deposits  132 

The  Lower  Tertiary  Leads,  132  ;  the  Kiandra  Lead,  132  ;  the 
Bathurst  Lead,"l34  ;  Upper  Tertiary  Leads,  134  ;  Vegetable 
Creek  Leads,  134  ;  the  Parkes-Forbes  Leads,  135 ;  the 
Gulgong  Leads,  136  ;  the  Forest  Reefs  Leads,  137. 

The  Diatomaceous  Earth  Deposits  137 

The  Volcanic  Deposits  137 

The  Older  Basalts,  138  ;  the  Newer  Basalts,  138  ;  the  Alkaline 
Lavas  and  Tuffs,  139 

The  Tertiary  Flora  139 

The  Tertiary  Fauna 140 

The  Development  of  the  Present  Topography    143 

Summary  of  the  Cretaceous  Period 146 

Close  of  the  Tertiary  Period — Kosciusko  Epoch,  148. 
*3910-(O 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

THE  PLEISTOCENE  PERIOD. 

Page. 

Results  of  the  Kosciusko  Uplift  149 

Effect  upon  the  Climate,  149  ;  Effect  upon  the  Flora  and  Fauna, 
149. 

Pleistocene  Deposits    151 

The  Glacial  Epoch 151 

Recent  Earth  Movements  ..  153 


CHAPTER  XV. 

THE  IGNEOUS  ROCKS  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

The  Intrusive  Rocks    155 

Palaeozoic  Intrusives,  155  ;  Cainozoic  Intrusions,  159. 

The  Volcanic  Rocks  161 

Cambrian,  161 ;  Ordovician,  161  ;  Silurian,  161  ;  Devonian,  161  ; 
Carboniferous,  162;  Permo-Carboniferous,  162;  theMesozoic 
Era,  162  ;  Cainozoic  Era,  163. 

Summary  of  the  Igneous  Rocks  164 

Tables  of  Analyses 165 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Fig.  Page. 

1.  Section  of  Lower  Cambrian  Beds,  South  Australia    11 

2.  Archaeocyathinse  Limestone,  Beltana,  South  Australia 12 

3.  Ordovician  Strata,  Shoalhaven  River,  near  Tallong 13 

4.  Section  of  Ordovician  and'Silurian  Strata,  Tallong     14 

5.  Section  of  (?)  Ordovician  Strata,  Cadia 15 

6.  Ordovician  Graptolites 17 

7.  Silurian  Limestone,  Hatton's  Corner,  Yass 20 

8.  Silurian  Clay  stones,  Jenolan 23 

9.  Section,  Big-Nugget  Hill,  Hargraves 24 

10.  Succession  of  Strata,  Oaky  Creek,  near  Orange  25 

11.  Characteristic  Silurian  Corals 27 

12.  A  Silurian  Bryozoan  29 

13.  Characteristic  Silurian  Brachiopods  30 

14.  Weathered  Specimen  of  Pentamtrus 30 

15.  Silurian  Trilobites  31 

16.  Lower  Devonian  Beds,  Taemas,  Murrumbidgee  River  34 

17.  Section  of  Silurian  and  Lower  Devonian  Strata,  Murrumbidgee 

River,  near  Yass 35 

18.  Lower  Devonian  Corals  and  Sponges' 39 

1 9.  Lower  Devonian  Molluscoidea  and  Mollusca    41 

20.  Section  from  Mount  Lambie  to  Rydal 42 

21.  Upper  Devonian  Strata,  Mount  Lambie    43 

22.  Succession  of  Silurian  and  Devonian  Strata,  Gap  Creek,  Orange 

District  44 

23.  Section  of  Siluriaa  and  Devonian  Strata,  Gap  Creek,  Orange 

District 45 

23A.  Inclined  Devonian  (^uartzites,  Gap  Creek    46 

24.  Upper  Devonian  Fossils     47 

25.  Section  of  Carboniferous  Strata,  Clarence  Town 54 

26.  Carboniferous  Plants 56 

27.  A  Carboniferous  Trilobite 57 

28.  Carboniferous  Brachiopods   58 

29.  Map  of  New  South  Wales,  showing  the  area  covered  by  Upper 

Permo-Carboniferous  Strata Between  pages  60  and  61 

30.  Glacial  Erratic,  Branxton,  New  South   Wales 62 

31.  Section  of  Permo-Carboniferous  Strata,  near  Raymond  Terrace  64 

32.  Section  across  Drake  Gold-field,  New  England    64 

33.  Section  across  the  Lochinvar  Anticline 65 

34.  Section  of  the  Ashford  Coal  Basin  65 

35.  Section  from  Clyde  River  to  Jervis  Bay  Bore  70 

36.  Diagramatic  Section  of  the  Volcanic  Series,  Kiama  District    ...  72 

37.  Basalt  Flow,  Westley  Park,  Kiama   73 


Xll 

Fig.  Page. 

38.  Columnar  Basalt,  Kiama  74 

39.  Cliff  Section,  Moon  Island,  Newcastle   78 

40.  Section  of  Upper  Coal  Measures,  Swansea,  Newcastle  79 

41 .  Cliff  Section  of  Upper  Coal  Measures,  Newcastle  80 

42.  Section  showing  Faulting  of  the  Upper  Coal  Measures     82 

43.  Permo-Carbonif erous  Corals  and  Bryozoa 85 

44.  Permo-Carboniferous  Echinodermata 87 

45.  Permo-Carboniferous  Brachiopods 88 

46.  Permo-Carboniferous  Mollusca    89 

47.  Permo-Carboniferous  Plants 90 

48.  Permo-Carboniferous  Plants 91 

49.  Permo-Carboniferous  Amphibian 93 

50.  Narrabeen  Beds,  near  Newport  103 

51.  Ideal  Section,  Mount  Lambie  to  the  Coast  105 

52.  Sketch-section,  Jenolan  to  Mount  Victoria  107 

53.  Triassic  Sandstones,  Valley  of  the  Waters,  Bme  Mountains    ...  108 

54.  Current-bedding  in  Hawkesbury  Sandstone,  Bondi    109 

55.  Prismatic  Sandstone,  Bondi 110 

56.  Section  of  Triassic  and  Permo-Carboniferous  Strata,   JSilalong  112 

57.  Triassic  Plant,  Thinnfeldia  odontopteroides  113 

58.  A  Triassic  Fish,  Pleuracanthus    115 

59.  New  South  Wales  Triassic  Fish  116 

60.  Trias- Jura  Plants    117 

61 .  Map — Triassic Between  pages  118  and  119 

62.  Map— Cretaceous     Between  pages  122  and  123 

63.  Section  from  Inverell  to  Mount  Brown  of  the  Cretaceous  and 

Triassic  Basin  125 

64.  Cretaceous  Pelecypoda 127 

65.  Cretaceous  Cephalopoda    ; 128 

66.  Tertiary  Basalt  Flow,  Guy  Fawkes,  New  England     131 

67.  Map   of  South-eastern  New   South  Wales,  showing  probable 

area  of  Eocene  Sea 132 

68.  Section  of  the  Kiandra  Lead    133 

69.  Section  of  one  of  the  Deep  Leads  at  Forbes 135 

70.  Section  across  the  Bald  Hills,  Bathurst 138 

71.  Diprotodon  A ustralis  (restored) 141 

72.  Skull  of  Diprotodon  Australis 142 

73.  Skull  of  Thylacoleo  carnifex 142 

74.  The  Great  Eastralian  Peneplain,  near  Yass 145 

75.  The  Blue  Lake,  Kosciusko  Tableland  150 

76.  Lake  Cootapatamba   152 

77.  Section  of  the  Raised  Beach  at  Largs   153 

78.  Section  in  New  England,  showing  the  various  Plutonic  Intru- 

sions    . .  157 

79.  Granite,  Baker's  Creek,  New  England  158. 


CHAPTER  T. 


INTRODUCTION. 

THE  earliest  connected  account  of  the  Geology  of  New  South 
Wales  is  that  written  by  the  late  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke,  and 
published  by  him  in  1867,  entitled  "  Remarks  on  the  Sedimentary 
Formations  of  New  South  Wales  ";  later  editions  of  this  work 
appeared  in  1870,  1875,  and  1878.  This  great  worker,  the 
pioneer  of  the  geologists  of  this  State,  laboured  for  many  years, 
practically  singlehanded.  in  a  thinly-populated  area  of  vast 
extent,  and  established  the  succession  of  the  sedimentary  forma- 
tions of  New  South  Wales.  Upon  the  foundations  so  ably  laid 
by  him  the  superstructure  of  our  present  knowledge  of  its 
geological  history  has  been  erected.  Considering  the  adverse 
circumstances  under  which  he  laboured,  it  is  surprising  how  well 
these  foundations  have  stood  the  test  of  time,  and  they  stand 
to-day  as  an  enduring  record  of  his  great  ability  and  the  patient 
care  with  which  he  applied  himself  to  his  work. 

In  1882  the  late  C.  S.  Wilkinson,  F.G.S ,  F.L.S.,  then 
Government  Geologist,  published  his  "  Notes  on  the  Geology  of 
New  South  Wales  ";  in  this  he  summarised  the  information  then 
available.  He,  too,  was  an  able  pioneer  and  great  worker,  who 
thought  nothing  of  making  long  journeys  through  the  sparsely- 
settled  interior,  where  travelling  was  of  the  roughest  and  means 
of  communication  few.  He  added  notably  to  our  knowledge,  and 
was  a  worthy  successor  to  Clarke. 

Since  1882  many  able  geologists  have  added  largely  to  our 
store  of  knowledge,  but,  except  for  an  epitome  published  in  1909 
by  Mr.  E.  F.  Pittman,  Government  Geologist,  no  connected 
account  of  the  geology  of  this  State  has  since  appeared. 

The  main  features  of  the  geological  history  of  New  South  Wales 
are  now  well  established,  but  much  additional  field-work  must 
be  undertaken  before  anything  like  a  complete  record  is 
available.  This  applies  particularly  to  the  pre  Cambrian  and 
Lower  Palaeozoic  periods,  our  knowledge  of  which  is  still  very 
incomplete. 

3910— A 


The  order  of  succession  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  New 
South  Wales  is  given  in  tabular  form  on  pages  3  and  4.  An 
examination  of  this  will  show  that  nearly  all  the  main  sub- 
divisions of  the  geological  record  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere  are 
represented,  and  that  the  same  names  are  in  general  used  for 
them.  It  must,  however,  be  remembered  that  it  is  not  by  any 
means  certain  that  formations  which  carry  similar  names  in 
Australia  and  Europe  were  actually  contemporaneous ;  in  fact, 
some  Australian  geologists  go  so  far  as  to  suggest  that  purely 
local  names  should  be  used  for  the  subdivisions  of  the  great  eras 
in  Australia. 

Pre-Cambrian  formations  appear  to  be  but  poorly  represented, 
and  occur  over  but  limited  areas,  while  the  Cambrian  has  an 
even  more  limited  development.  The  other  divisions  of  the 
Lower  Palaeozoic  era,  viz.,  the  Ordovician,  Silurian,  and 
Devonian,  occur,  however,  more  or  less  over  the  whole  State, 
although  concealed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  some  regions  by 
younger  formations.  The  Upper  Palaeozoic  formations  are  less 
widely  distributed,  being  confined  to  the  central  and  northern 
tableland  areas.  The  Mesozoic  era  is  represented  by  fresh- water 
Trias  and  Trias-Jura  strata  and  by  Cretaceous  marine  strata,  but 
their  development  is  in  nowise  comparable  with  that  of  the 
Palaeozoic  formations  either  in  thickness  or  extent.  Tertiary 
formations  are  still  more  poorly  represented,  marine  strata  are 
practically  absent,  while  fresh- water  deposits  are  limited  to  those 
occurring  along  Tertiary  stream  channels ;  Tertiary  lava  flows  are, 
however,  abundant  and  widespread.  The  direct  geological 
records  of  the  Tertiary  history  are,  in  fact,  so  scanty  that,  were 
it  not  for  the  evidence  provided  by  a  study  of  the  development 
of  its  physiography,  our  knowledge  would  be  limited  indeed. 
Fortunately,  the  topography  has  recorded  a  very  legible  and 
interesting  history,  which  will  be  fully  dealt  with  in  a  later 
chapter. 

Orogenic  earth  movements  are  recorded  for  the  pre-Cambrian 
and  Palaeozoic  eras  only  ;  the  most  important  crustal  movements 
of  this  class  appear  to  have  taken  place  (1)  at  the  close  of  the 
pre-Cambrian  ;  (2)  at  the  close  of  the  Ordovician  ;  (3)  at  the 
close  of  the  Devonian  periods  ;  and  in  addition,  (4)  at  the  close 
of  the  Palaeozoic  era  in  the  north-eastern  part  of  the  State.  The 
crustal  movements  of  the  Mesozoic  and  Cainozoic  eras  were  of 
the  epeirogenic  type  in  which  vertical  uplift  was  the  dominant 
feature. 

The  succession  of  animals  and  plants,  has  been,  on  the 
whole,  essentially  similar  to  that  of  other  parts  of  the  world  ; 
there  are,  however,  some  striking  differences,  particularly  in 
the  life  of  the  land.  The  marine  faunas  of  the  various  sub- 
divisions of  the  Palaeozoic  era  and  of  the  Cretaceous  period, 


resemble  fairly  closely  those  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  some  of 
the  species  even  being  identical.  In  its  terrestrial  faunas  . 
however,  New  South  Wales,  in  common  with  the  rest  of  Australia  , 
shows  some  remarkable  features.  That  extraordinary  group  of 
terrestrial  reptiles  which  dominated  the  Mesozoic  land  life  of 
Europe  and  North  America,  is  conspicuously  absent,  the  only 
land  vertebrates  known  to  have  lived  during  this  era  being  fish 
and  amphibia,  and  many  of  these  were  akin  to  Palaeozoic  types 
of  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  Again,  placerital  mammals,  either 
as  fossils  or  as  indigenous  living  animals,  are  entirely  absent  from 
Australia  ;  on  the  other  hand  the  non-placental  mammals  (Mono- 
tremes  and  Marsupials),  both  during  the  Tertiary  period  and  at 
the  present  day,  developed  on  a  scale  unknown  in  any  other  part 
of  the  world. 

The  fossil  floras,  too,  possessed  characters  of  their  own  ;  the 
Permo-Carhoniferous  flora  (Glossopteris  flora)  for  example,  while 
identical  with  that  of  the  same  period  in  India  and  South  Africa, 
has  no  counterpart  in  the  Carboniferous  or  Permian  floras  of 
Europe  and  North  America. 

The  mineral  wealth  of  New  South  Wales  is  considerable,  the 
output  for  the  year  1910  being  valued  at  about  £8,700,000 
sterling,  while  the  total  production  to  date  exceeds  £208,000,000 
in  value.  The  more  important  substances  mined  include  coal, 
copper,  gold,  silver,  lead,  zinc,  tin,  and  precious  stones. 


ORDER  OF  SUCCESSION  OF  THE   SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS 
OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


(  Recent : — Auriferous  and  stanniferous   soils 
Post  Tert'    •     <  and  alluvial  deposits  in  the  beds  of 

I  existing  rivers.     Beach  deposits. 

(  Pleistocene  : — Glacial  deposits  of  the  Kosci- 
usko  tableland,  deep  and  shal- 
low alluvial  leads,   containing 
CAINOZOIC  j  tin,  gold,  and  gemstones.     Al- 

ERA.        j  luvial  deposits  of  the  western 

plains. 

(  Upper  Tertiary  • — Alkaline    rocks     of    the 
Canoblas,  War  ruin  bungle 
&  Nandewar  Mountains. 
I        Tertiary.  The  newer  basalts. 

Alluvial  leads  under  the 
I  newer  basalts. 

(.Lower  Tertiary : — The  older  basalts. 

Alluvial  leads  under  the 
older  basalts. 
Marine     strata     of     the 
south-western  part  of  the 
tate. 


f      Cretaceous.      (  Upper  Cretaceous:— Desert  sandstone  forma- 

Ition. 
[Lower  Cretaceous: — Rolling-downs      forma- 
MESOZOIC  j  tion. 

ERA.  Trias-Jura.         Clarence  series,  Artesian   series,  Talbragar 

beds. 

C  Wianamatta  shales. 
I        Triassic.          Hawkesbury  series  5  Hawkesbury  sandstone. 

(.Narrabeen  beds. 
(  f  Upper  coal  measures. 

|  Dempsey  series. 

Permo-         j  Middle  or  Tomago  coal  measures. 
Carboniferous,    j  Upper  Marine  series. 

|  Lower  or  Greta  coal  measures. 
I  Lower  Marine  series. 

C  Upper  Carboniferous — Rhacopteris  beds  and 
Carboniferous.  -|          associated  Marine  beds. 
Lower  Carboniferous. 
Upper  Devonian  (Lambian),  Mount  Lambie, 

Molong  and  Yalwal  beds. 
Lower  Devonian  (Murrumbidgean),  Murrum- 

bidgee  beds  and  Tarn  worth  beds. 
Limestone  and  claystones  at  Yass,  Molong, 

Orange,  Jenolan,  Wellington,  &c. 
Graptolite     slates     of    Cadia,     Tomingley, 

Mandurama,  Tallong,  Berridale,  &c. 
Glacial  beds,  limestone,  &c.,  of  the  Barrier 
district. 


PALAEOZOIC 
ERA. 


Devonian. 


Silurian. 
Ordovician. 


Cambrian. 


PROTEROZOIC^ 
AND 


ARCHEOZOIC 


Pre-Cambria'tt. 


Metamorphic  series  of  the  Broken  Hill  and 
Cooma  districts. 


ERAS.       ) 


CHAPTER  II. 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES,  from  a  geographical  point  of  view,  consists 
of  two  portions — (a)  The  Highlands;  (6)  The  Western  Plains. 

(a)  THE  HIGHLANDS. 

These  consist  of  a  series  of  tablelands  occupying  the  whole  of 
the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  and  extending  from  the  coast  inland 
for  a  distance  of  from  150  to  200  miles.  They  thus  form  a  broad 
belt  parallel  to  the  coast,  and  are  co-extensive  with  the  high  lands 
of  Victoria  and  Queensland.  These  tablelands  resulted  from  the 
uplift  of  a  peneplain  at  the  close  of  the  Tertiary  period  to 
altitudes  varying  from  a  few  hundred  up  to  6,000  feet,  but 
averaging  about  3,000  feet.  This  differential  uplift  was  accom- 
panied by  faulting  and  warping,  as  a  result  of  which  the  plateau 
region  now  consists  of  a  series  of  more  or  less  rectangular  blocks 
(fault-blocks)  separated  from  one  another  in  many  cases  by  abrupt 
differences  of  elevation.  This  tableland  region  in  its  central 
portions  is  more  or  less  flat-topped,  but  its  margins  are  flexed 
downwards  towards  the  coast  on  the  one  hand  and  towards  the 
western  plains  on  the  other.  On  both  its  eastern  and  western 
margins  the  plateau  region  has  suffered  considerable  dissection 
by  stream  action  since  its  uplift.  Extensive  flood  plains  have 
been  developed  along  the  lower  courses  of  the  eastern  rivers,  and 
these  are  sometimes  referred  to  as  coastal  plains  ;  similarly  where 
the  western  streams  approach  the  western  plains  the  tablelands 
have  been  much  dissected,  and  extensive  alluvia tion  marks  the 
entry  of  these  streams  on  to  the  plains. 

The  highlands  may,  for  convenience,  be  divided  into  three 
portions  : — 

1.  The  Northern  or  New  England  Tableland. 

2.  The  Central  Tableland. 

3.  The  Southern  or  Monaro  Tableland. 

1.  The  Northern  or  Neiv  England  Tableland. — This  extends 
from  the  Queensland  border  southwards  to  the  Hunter  River 
district;  here,  the  Hunter  River,  cutting  its  valley  westward  into 
the  main  divide,  and  the  Peel  River  heading  eastward,  have 
nearly  breached  the  divide,  a  low  ridge  only,  remaining  as  a 
connection  between  the  northern  and  central  tablelands.  This 
breaching  of  the  high  lands  at  this  point  may  be  partly  due  to 


unequal  uplift  accompanied  by  faulting.  The  northern  tableland 
is  built  up,  very  largely,  of  Palaeozoic  formations,  but  in  the 
north-eastern  corner,  and  along  the  western  margin,  these  rocks 
are  overlain  by  Trias-Jura  fresh-water  beds.  Tertiary  basalt  flows 
occur  over  considerable  areas.  The  genera]  altitude  of  this 
tableland  is  about  3, 300  feet,  but  some  of  the  fault-blocks,  such  as 
those  at  Guy  Fawkes  and  Guyra,  rise  to  altitudes  of  from  4,000 
to  5,000  feet. 

2.  The  Central  Tableland. — The  northern  margin  of  this  section 
has  already  been  referred  to.     It  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the 
Yass  tableland,  a  relatively  low  fault-block  (1,700  to  2,000  feet 
in  altitude)  which  lies  between  it  and  the  Monaro  tableland. 
The  altitude  of  the  central  tableland  varies ;  the  Bowral-Moss 
Vale  portion  has  an  altitude  of  about  2,000  feet,  the  Wombeyan 
portion  about  3,000  feet,  the  Blue  Mountain  portion  varies  from 
700  to  3,600  feet  with  a  decided  warp  eastwards,  the  Orange- 
Blayney  portion  about  3,000  feet,  while  the  Sydney  Senkungsfeld 
in  its  lowest  portion  is  not  much  above  sea-level.     The  western 
and  south-western  parts  of  this  tableland  are  built  up  of  Palaeo- 
zoic rocks,   but  its  eastern  and  northern  portions  are  occupied 
by  the  Permo-Carboniferous-Triassic  basin. 

3.  The  Southern  Tableland. — This  occupies  the  south-eastern 
part  of  the  State,  and  includes  the  highest  land  in  Australia.     It 
is  a  composite  tableland,  consisting  of  a  group  of  fault-blocks 
ranging  from  2,000  to  7,000  feet  in  altitude,  and  separated  from 
one   another   by   great   fault  escarpments.     Some  of    the  lower 
blocks  are  sandwiched  in  between  higher  blocks  in  such  a  way  as 
to  form  typical  "  rift  valleys  "  or  senkungsf elder.     The  whole  of 
this  region   is   occupied   by  pre-Cambrian  and  Lower  Palaeozoic 
rocks,  except  for  a  capping  of  Permo-Carboniferous  strata  over  a 
limited  area  in   its  north-eastern    portion.      Extensive   Tertiary 
basalt-flows  cap  the  tableland  in  many  places. 

(b]  THE  WESTERN  PLAINS. 

These  extend  from  the  western  edge  of  the  eastern  highlands 
to  the  South  Australian  border ;  they  consist  partly  of  low  flat- 
topped  plateaux  and  partly  of  alluvial  plains,  and  nowhere  have 
an  altitude  greater  than  1,000  feet.  Occasional  isolated  hills 
rise  above  the  level  of  the  plains,  but  these  are  few  and  far  be- 
tween. The  low  plauteau  portion  forms  a  broad  belt  extending 
from  the  western  edge  of  the  central  tableland  in  a  westerly 
and  north-westerly  direction  to  the  Darling  River,  and  from 
thence  to  the  South  Australian  border ;  its  surface  is  a  peneplain 
cut  out  of  Lower  Palaeozoic  strata.  For  this  area  the  term 
central- western  tableland  may  be  used  in  order  to  distinguish 
between  it  and  the  alluvial  plains  to  the  north  and  south.  The 


general  altitude  of  its  surface  ranges  from  600  to  900  feet.  To 
the  north  of  this  lie  the  "  Black-soil  Plains,"  which  consist  of 
alluvium  deposited  by  the  Darling  River,  and  its  tributaries 
during  flood-time ;  these  alluvial  deposits  overlie  the  Cretaceous 
and  Trias-Jura  strata  which  form  the  artesian  basin  of  New 
South  Wales.  South  of  the  low  plateau  belt  and  along  the  lower 
courses  of  the  Murray,  Murrumbidgee,  Lachlan,  and  Darling 
Rivers,  lie  the  Riverina  Plains  :  here  also  the  surface  is  occupied 
by  alluvial  deposits,  the  waste  of  the  southern  tablelands  brought 
down  and  deposited  by  rivers  during  floods.  These  alluviums 
overlie  Lower  Palaeozoic  strata,  except  in  the  south-western  corner, 
where  they  overlie  Tertiary  marine  beds.  The  rainfall  over  the 
western  plains  is  small,  varying  from  20  inches  to  less  than  10 
inches ;  over  the  tablelands,  on  the  other  hand,  the  rainfall  ranges 
from  20  to  70  inches  per  annum. 

(c)  THE  RIVER  SYSTEMS. 

As  the  main  divide  of  New  South  Wales  runs  approximately 
north  and  south,  the  rivers  fall  naturally  into  two  groups — 
(1)  the  eastern  rivers  ;  (2)  the  western  rivers  ;  and  as  the  main 
divide  is  relatively  near  the  eastern  coast,  the  eastern  rivers  are 
correspondingly  short,  while  the  western  streams  are  much  longer. 

1.  The  Eastern  Rivers. — As  these  have  relatively  short  courses 
and   a   high  grade  they  are,  for  the  most  part,  rapidly  flowing 
streams,  subject  to  severe  floods.     Some  of  them,  like  the  Hunter 
River,  flow  in  more  or  less  direct  courses  to  the  sea ;  others,  like 
the  Hawkesbury  River,  have  their  main  course  parallel  to  the 
coast  for  100  miles  or  more.     In  nearly  all  cases  there  is  abundant 
evidence  that  these   are   revived   or   rejuvenated    streams,   and 
existed  before   the   uplift  which  produced  the  existing  highlands 
took  place.     Throughout  the  greater  part  of  their  courses  they 
are  entrenched  in  deep  canyons. 

2.  The     Western     Rivers. — These    may   be    divided    into   two 
groups,  a  northern  one,  which  includes  the  Upper  Darling  River 
and  ,its   tributaries,  and  a  southern  group,  the   Murray  and  its 
tributaries,  the  Murrumbidgee  and   Lachlan  Rivers.     Many  of 
the  northern  group,  such  as  the  Macquarie,  Bogari,  &c.,  flow  in  a 
general  north-westerly  direction  until  they  join  the  Darling  River. 
They  probably  originated  during  the  Cretaceous  Period  and  flowed 
then  as  individual  streams  to  the  south-eastern  margin  of   the 
Cretaceous  sea.     Some  of  these  tributaries  of  the  Darling,  for 
example  the  Macquarie,  fail  to  reach  it,  except  in  flood -time,  but 
die  away  in   marshes  and  swamps.     The   Murray  River,  like  its 
tributaries  the  Murrumbidgee  and  Lachlan  Rivers,   flows  in  a 
general  westerly  direction  to  the  South  Australian  border,  where 
it  suddenly  turns  southward  and  empties  into  the  Southern  Ocean. 


CHAPTER  III. 


PRE-CAMBRIAN  FORMATIONS. 

VERY  little  is  known  at  present  of  the  occurrence  of  pre-Cambrian 
rocks  in  New  South  Wales,  and  as  the  greater  part  of  the  State 
has  now  been  mapped  in  some  detail,  it  is  fairly  certain  that  the 
areas  over  which  such  rocks  might  occur  must  be  limited  in 
extent.  There  are  two  districts  in  which  pre-Cambrian  rocks  are 
definitely  known  to  occur,  viz.,  the  Barrier  district  and  the 
Cooma-Kosciusko  district. 

The  Barrier  District. — This  is  in  the  western  part  of  New 
South  Wales,  adjacent  to  the  South  Australian  border,  with  the 
town  of  Broken  Hill  as  its  chief  centre.  The  rich  silver  lead-zinc 
deposits  of  this  region  have  made  it  world  famous.  The  oldest 
undoubted  sedimentary  strata  occurring  here  are  of  Cambrian 
age,  and  will  be  described  in  the  next  chapter  ;  associated  with 
these  there  is  an  older  metamorphic  series  of  undoubted 
pre-Cambrian  age.  This  series  includes  gneisses,  schists,  quartz- 
garnet  rocks,  and  amphibolites  ;  garnet  is  a  common  constituent 
of  many  of  these  rocks,  while  the  schists  include  mica-schists, 
sillimanite-schists,  talc-schists,  and  chlorite-schists.  The  origin 
of  this  metamorphic  series  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily 
determined,  but  the  balance  of  evidence  appears  to  favour  the 
view  that  many  of  the  rocks  represent  highly  altered  sedimen- 
taries.  They  outcrop  over  an  area  about  20  miles  long,  in  a 
north  and  south  direction,  and  about  30  miles  wide,  and  are 
unconformable  with  the  Cambrian  strata  above  referred  to.  It 
has  been  suggested  that  the  amphibolites  are  intrusive  sills 
forced  along  the  bedding  planes  of  the  sedimentary  rocks  before 
they  were  metamorphosed,  but  the  description  of  their  occurrence 
suggests  that  they  may  be  inters  bra  tified  with  the  schists.  If 
this  view  is  correct,  they  possibly  represent  highly  metamorphosed 
basic  lavas  and  tuffs. 

Associated  with  this  metamorphic  series  there  occurs  one  of 
the  richest  of  the  world's  ore  deposits,  some  idea  of  the  value  of 
which  may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  during  the  twenty-five 
years  which  have  elapsed  since  the  mining  was  first  started 
£60,000,000  worth  of  metals  hare  been  produced,  and  £13,000,000 
have  been  paid  in  bonuses  and  dividends.  This  deposit  is  being 
worked  for  a  distance  of  3  miles  along  its  strike,  and  to  a  depth 
of  1,600  feet  below  the  outcrop,  and  at  some  places  to  a  width  of 


9 

upwards  of  400  feet.  The  true  origin  of  this  mammoth  ore 
deposit  is  still  in  dispute  ;  some  regard  it  as  being  a  saddle-reef, 
analogous  to  those  of  the  Bendigo  Gold-field,  while  others  regard 
it  as  having  been  produced  by  the  metasomatic  replacement 
of  the  country  rock  along  a  zone  of  shearing  and  crushing 
(shear-zone). 

The  original  sulphide  ore  consists  of  an  intimate  mixture  of 
argentiferous-galena  and  zinc-blende,  with  smaller  amounts  of 
quartz,  garnet,  felspar,  rhodonite,  pyrite,  and  chalcopyrite ;  it 
contains  from  5  to  36  oz.  of  silver,  from  5  to  50  per  cent,  of  lead, 
and  from  14  to  30  per  cent,  of  zinc,  and  from  2  to  3  dwt.  of  gold 
per  ton.  The  oxidised  zone  was  very  rich  in  carbonate  of  lead, 
chloro-bromides  of  silver,  and  native  silver.  The  value  of  this 
ore  ranged  up  to  300  oz.  of  silver  and  60  per  cent,  of  lead  per  ton. 

Cooma-Kosciusko  Region. — In  the  neighbourhood  of  Cooma 
there  occurs  an  extensive  series  of  metamorphic  rocks,  including 
gneiss,  mica-schists,  phyllites,  and  amphibolite  ;  in  the  same  area 
there  also  occurs  the  fossiliferous  Ordovician  strata  referred  to  on 
page  15.  The  field  relations  of  these  two  series  of  strata  have 
not  yet  been  investigated,  but  as  the  latter  have  suffered  very 
little  metamorphism,  while  the  former  are  strongly  metamorphosed, 
it  seems  fairly  certain  that  the  former  must  be  considerably 
older  than  the  Ordovician  beds.  The  metamorphic  series,  in 
their  lithological  characters,  much  resemble  the  pre-Cambriaii 
formations  of  other  parts  of  Australia,  and  may,  therefore,  be 
provisionally  classed  with  them.  Near  Cooma  the  gneisses 
contain  numerous  veins  of  pegmatite,  in  some  of  which  the 
mineral  tourmaline  is  abundant ;  they  have  also  associated  with 
them  irregular  masses  of  amphobolite.  The  schists  and  phyllites 
are  very  much  contorted,  and  show  every  evidence  of  having 
been  subjected  to  extreme  metamorphic  influences. 

Somewhat  similar  gneisses  and  phyllites  occur  on  the  Kosciusko 
Tableland. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


CAMBRIAN  PERIOD. 

No  strata  containing  Cambrian  fossils  have  yet  been  found  in 
New  South  Wales,  but  Mr.  D.  Mawson,  D.Sc.,  has  recently  shown 
that  certain  strata  in  the  Barrier  District  are  lithologically  the 
same  as  the  Cambrian  strata  of  South  Australia,  and  are  con- 
tinuous with  them.  They  outcrop  at  Tarrawingie,  about  20  miles 
from  Broken  Hill,  and  include  slates,  quartzites,  limestone, 
dolomitic-limestones,  and  glacial  boulder-beds.  This  series  is 
unconformable  with  the  pre-Cambrian  metamorphic  series  of 
Broken  Hill.  The  glacial  boulder-beds  consist  of  a  fine-grained 
quartzitic  matrix  (sometimes  argillaceous),  in  which  are  embedded 
boulders  of  quartzite,  schist,  and  slate.  As  no  detailed  descrip- 
tion of  the  New  South  Wales  Cambrian  strata  is  yet  available,  a 
description  of  their  equivalents  in  South  Australia  will  not  be 
out  of  place. 

A  generalised  section  of  these  Cambrian  strata  (as  drawn  by 
the  Rev.  W.  Howchin,  F.G.S.)  is  given  in  Fig.  1.  They  will  be 
seen  to  consist  of  conglomerates,  limestones,  quartzite,  slates,  and 
glacial  beds,  the  whole  series  resting  unconformably  upon  a  pre- 
Cambrian  metamorphic  series.  The  beds  described  as  having  a 
glacial  origin  consist  mainly  of  unstratified,  indurated  muds  tone, 
more  or  less  gritty,  and  carrying  angular,  subangular,  arid 
rounded  boulders,  which  are  irregularly  distributed  through  the 
mass  ;  these  boulders  range  up  to  1 1  feet  in  diameter.  Most  of 
the  large  erratics  consist  of  quartzite,  but  granite,  gneiss, 
porphyry,  and  schist  erratics  also  occur  ;  many  of  these  boulders 
are  ice  scratched  and  faceted.  These  boulder-beds  are  regularly 
interstratified  with  the  Cambrian  sediments,  and  do  not  rest  upon 
a  glaciated  land  surface  ;  they  are,  therefore,  not  typical  moraine- 
deposits.  Nevertheless,  much  of  the  material  in  these  beds  has 
undoubtedly  had  its  origin  in  terrestrial  glaciers,  and  was  trans- 
ported to  its  present  position  by  floating  ice.  The  position  of  the 
Cambrian  land  which  supported  the  glaciers  is  not  definitely 
known,  but  appears  to  have  been  to  the  south-west  of  the  present 
glacial  beds.  The  glaciers  must  have  reached  sea-level,  and,  as 
happens  in  Antarctica  to-day,  large  masses  of  ice  must  have  broken 
away  from  time  to  time,  and  floated  northwards  across  the 
Cambrian  sea  ;  as  this  ice  melted,  its  load  of  morainic  material 
would  be  strewn  over  the  sea-bottom. 


11 


The  limestone  beds  are  numerous, 
and  range  up  to  several  hundreds 
of  feet  in  thickness  ;  some  of  them 
are  dolomitic  in  composition.  Only 
two  of  them  are  known  to  con- 
tain fossils,  and,  of  these,  the 
most  important  is  that  containing 
Arcliceocyathince.  These  organisms, 
although  not  true  corals,  built 
extensive  reefs  in  the  Cambrian 
seas,  not  unlike  the  coral-reefs  of 
the  present  day.  The  same  lime- 
stone contains  numerous  other  fossil 
invertebrates,  such  as  Sponges,  Tri- 
lobites,  Brachiopods,  Gasteropods, 
and  Pteropods.  The  other  fossil- 
iferous  horizon  occurs  about  1,000 
feet  vertically  above  the  Arcbseocy- 
athina?  limestone,  and  is  strati- 
graphically  above  the  glacial  beds  ; 
it  contains  Trilobites,  Brachiopods, 
and  Pteropods.  As  already  men- 
tioned, no  fossils  haxe  yet  been 
obtained  from  the  Cambrian  strata 
in  New  South  Wales,  but  as  it  is 
probable  that  life  in  the  Cambrian 
seas  of  New  South  Wales  was 
essentially  the  same  as  in  South 
Australia,  the  following  list  of 
Cambrian  fossils  from  the  neigh- 
bouring part  of  the  latter  State 
may  be  taken  as  representing  the 
Cambrian  fauna : — 

Archaeocyathinse.  —  Archcvocyatkus, 

Coscinocyathus. 
Porifera. — Hyalostelia. 
Brachiopoda. — Orthisina,  Orthis  (?}, 

Obolella. 

Pelecypoda. — Ambonychia. 
Gasteropoda.  —  Stenotheca,  Ptatyce- 

ras,  Ophileta, 

Pteropoda. — SaltereUa,  Hyolithes. 
Tril  obita. — Olenelhis,    Microdiscus, 

Conocephalites,         Ptychoparia, 

Dolichomptopus. 
Crustacea  (Ostracods). — Leperditia. 


II- 

!il 
i  ii 

5    S.I 


v  S' 

^  „••§, 

P3  a  « 

c  » 

1 1; 

I 


J     "I 
|    "I 

*o      ^ 

§    |J 
1    || 


•3, 


I  1 

e«  ™ 

cf  '"S 

S  b° 


12 

THE  ARCH^EOCYATHIN^E. — These  anomalous  organisms  have  the 
outward  form  of  Sponges,  but  in  their  more  detailed  structures 
they  resemble  corals.  (See  Fig.  2.)  They  have  been  referred  by 
different  palaeontologists  to  the  Algse,  the  Sponges,  and  to  the 
Corals  ;  it  has  also  been  suggested  that  they  are  the  ancestors  of 
both  the  Corals  and  the  calcareous  Sponges.  Whatever  their 
true  nature,  they  flourished  in  enormous  numbers  in  the  Cambrian 
seas,  occupying  in  importance  the  position  later  taken  by  the 
reef -building  Corals. 


Fig.  2. 

Archseocyathinse  Limestone,  from  Ajax  Hill,  Beltana,  South  Australia. 
An  etched  specimen  showing  the  fossils  in  relief.    (After  Taylor.) 

BRACHIOPODS. — These  belong  to  small  primitive  types. 

MOLLUSCA. — The  Gasteropods  and  Pteropods  are  most  in 
evidence ;  the  former  belong  chiefly  to  the  primitive  uncoiled 
conical  types  (capulids). 

CRUSTACEA. — Tribolites  were  abundant,  and  were  the  most  dis- 
tinctive and  highly  organized  denizens  of  the  Cambrian  sea;  of  the 
genera  listed  above,  Olenellus  is  perhaps  the  most  characteristic. 
Small  Ostracods,  which  had  their  bodies  protected  by  valve-like 
shells,  resembling  those  of  the  bivalve  molluscs,  also  occurred  in 
considerable  numbers. 


CHAPTER  V. 


THE  ORDOVICIAN  PERIOD. 

THE  occurrence  of   Ordovician   strata   in   New  South  Wales  was 
unknown  as  recently  as    1896,  when  Mr.  J.  E.  Carne  discovered 


[Photo,  by  W.  G.  Woolnough,  D.Sc.] 

Fig.  3. 
Ordovician  Strata,  Shoalhaven  Kiver,  near  Tallong,  New  South  Wales. 


Ordovician  graptolites  in  the 
Counties  of  Auckland  and 
Wellesley,  near  the  Victorian 
border.  Since  then  similar 
graptolite-bearing  strata  have 
been  found  at  many  widely 
separate  localities  on  the 
southern  and  central  table- 
lands, as  far  north  as  Toming- 
ley.  The  known  occurrences 
apparently  lie  on  several  well- 
defined  north  and  south  axial- 
lines. 

The  repeated  discovery  of 
Ordovician  graptolites  in 
strata,  previously  believed  to 
be  of  Silurian  age,  makes  it 
probable  that  they  may  be 
found  in  many  other  parts  of 
the  State,  and  thus  very  much 
extend  the  known  Ordovician 
areas.  The  lithological  charac- 
ters of  some  of  the  so-called 
Silurian  strata  presents  con- 
siderable similarity,  so  that 
the  determination  of  the  age 
of  either  strata  on  any  other 
than  a  palseontological  basis 
is  practically  impossible. 

Counties  of  Auckland  and 
Wellesley. — The  strata  here 
consist  of  carbonaceous  shales, 
clay  stones,  sandstones,  and 
schists  striking  nearly  north 
and  south,  and  outcropping  at 
intervals  along  the  southern 
border  of  New  South  Wales 
from  Cape  Howe  to  the  head- 
waters of  the  Murray  River. 
These  beds  are,  no  doubt,  an 
extension  of  the  well-known 
Ordovician  strata  of  the 
adjoining  State  of  Victoria. 
Graptolites  occur  in  abun- 
dance in  the  carbonaceous 
shales.  Auriferous  quartz 


15 

reefs  intersect  the  strata  in  many  places  and  have  been  mined 
to  some  extent.  Similar  graptolite  beds  occur  at  Berridale,  and 
also  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Cooma  ;  at  the  former  locality 
radiolaria  are  also  found.  * 

Tallong. — A  thick  series  of  Ordovician  strata  outcrops  on  the 
Razorback,  a  *pur  between  Barber's  Creek  and  the  Shoalhaven 
River.  (Fig.  3.)  They  consist  of  carbonaceous  shales,  slates,  and 
quartzites,  all  of  which  are  intensely  folded  and  crumpled.  The 
first-named  contains  numerous  well-preserved  graptolites.  Silurian 
strata  can  here  be  seen  resting  upon  the  Ordovician  beds,  and 
are  separated  from  them  by  a  well-marked  unconformity.  (Fig.  4.) 
The  mineral  deposits  at  Tolwong,  some  few  miles  to  the  south, 
occur  in  strata  of  similar  age. 


SECTION   ON  LINE        AB  ISlXiSZZx  ^ 

Horizontal  Scule  9        .        ?        .        *  Chains  *nd  c/*y  ste/fs, 

Vertical  Scale       9        .       *9°      .      *P  Feet  FallB  v-,  ^ ,  -  .  ^ ,  rT^gf 

, ,  *    i*  '^  '  ^  ^  n  ?J~    ^~  -^  f~* 

S-  ^'~  -^ v*~^><c  iTT~isCji^>*^ 

F.IU 


^^^^^^^:f^'<^ 

^^T^^JT^^^ 
^^^J-V;  :  ',-  :->W-,-,^  ;v -;;,; ,  -;,  - : ,  - 


Datum        Height  above  Sea  Level    2600    Feet    (AbouO 


«^«r 


Fig.  5. 

Section  of  (?)  Ordovician  Strata,  Cadia,  New  South  Wales.    (Jaquet.) 

Lyndhurst  Gold-jield. — At  Mandurama  the  Ordovician  formation 
consists  of  claystones  with  interbedded  tuffs  and  thin  bands  of 
radiolarian  limestones,  the  whole  occurrence  bearing  a  remarkable 
resemblance  to  the  radiolarian  beds  of  the  Tamworth  district. 
The  Tamworth  beds  are,  however,  believed  to  be  of  Lower 
Devonian  age.  The  Mandurama  claystones  contain  graptolites, 
Brac-hiopods  (Obolella),  and  doubtful  Trilo bites  (?  Agnostus). 
The  whole  series  has  been  intruded  by  dykes  and  sills  of  diorite 
and  augite-andesite,  and  where  these  occur  the  porous  submarine 
tuffs  have  become  impregnated  with  auriferous  quartz,  calcite^ 
mispickel,  and  pyrite.  These  deposits  have  been  mined  for  gold. 

Cadid  District. — At  Cadia,  near  Orange,  typical  graptolite- 
bearing  carbonaceous  shales  occur,  associated  with  claystones, 
sandstones,  and  andesite  tuffs.  The  largest  iron  ore  deposit 
known  in  New  South  Wales  occurs  associated  with  these  strata. 
This  bed,  which  is  about  60  feet  thick  (Fig.  5),  lies  between  two 
sheets  of  andesite,  and  has  been  estimated  to  contain  at  least- 


16 

40,000,000  tons  of  iron  ore.  Much  of  this  ore,  however,  con- 
tains objectionable  quantities  of  copper  and  sulphur.  Gold  and 
copper  deposits  also  occur  in  this  region 

The  iron  ore  deposits  at  Carcoar,  some  distance  to  the  south  of 
Cadia,  are  also  believed  to  occur  in  Ordovician  strata  ;  it  is  iron 
ore  from  this  locality  that  is  now  being  smelted  at  Lithgow.  The 
iron  ore  deposits  of  Carcoar  and  Cadia  appear  to  have  been 
produced  by  the  alteration  of  pyritic  ore  bodies. 

Parker-Forbes  District. — Rocks  of  definite  Silurian  age  occur 
in  this  district,  but  the  non-fossiliferous  belt  of  strata  in  which 
the  gold  reefs  occur  appears  to  be  a  much  more  highly  altered 
series,  and  to  be  pre-Silurian  in  age.  They  have  been  traced  from 
the  Lachlan  River  northwards  for  a  distance  of  about  32  miles. 
At  Tomingley,  about  30  miles  still  further  to  the  north,  similar 
strata  have  yielded  Ordovician  graptolites.  The  sediments  of  the 
auriferous  belt  in  the  Forbes-Parkes  district  are  very  thick,  and 
consist  of  a  mass  of  folded  schistose  slate,  arenaceous  claystones, 
breccias  and  tuffs,  jasperoid  and  cherty  claystones,  and  what 
appear  to  be  andesitic  lava  flows.  Silicification  of  the  sediments 
is  characteristic  of  this  series,  and  numerous  gold  reefs  occur  in 
them.  Intrusive  andesites  appear  to  have  determined  the  ore 
entries. 

ORDOVICIAN  LIFE. 

The  following  fossils  have  been  obtained  from  the  Ordovician 
strata  of  New  South  Wales  : — 

Protozoa — Radiolaria. 

Spongida — Protospongia. 

Graptolitida — Dicranograptus  furcatus,  Didymograptus  ca- 
duceus,  Dicellograptus  extensus,  Dicellograptus  elegans. 
Diplograptus  mucronatus,  Diplograptus  rectangular  is, 
Phyllograptus,  Diplograptus  palmeus,  Diplograptus 
Carnei,  Diplograptus  Manduramce,  Climacograptus 
bicornis,  Climacograptus  affinis,  Climacograptus  hastata, 
Retiolites  caudatus,  Cryptograptus,  Glossograptus. 

Brachiopod  s — Obolella . 

Pteropoda — Hyolithes. 

Trilobita — (?)  Agnostus. 

This,  the  oldest  fauna  yet  found  in  New  South  Wales,  would 
seem  to  have  been  pelagic  in  habit,  and  to  resemble  fairly  closely 
that  of  the  Upper  Ordovician  strata  of  Victoria.  The  graptolites 
are  abundant  and  widespread,  but  the  other  genera  are  local  in 
their  occurrence.  The  known  fossiliferous  beds  are  few  and 
far  between. 


17 


Si 


Fig.  6. 

Ordovician  Graptolites. 

1.  Climacograptm  hastata  (Hall.).  3.  Dicellograptus  c.  f.  divaricatus  (Hall). 
4.  Dicellograptus  elegans.  6.  Diplograptus  Carnei  (Hall).  7.  Diplograptus  foliaceus 
(Hall).  8.  Climacograptus  bicornis  (Hall). 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  ORDOVICIAN  PERIOD. 

Of  the  changes  which  ushered  in  the  Ordovician  Period  nothing 
is  known.  The  only  older  formation  known  to  exist  in  the 
districts  in  which  Ordovician  sediments  are  found  is  the  meta- 
niorphic  series  of  the  Cooma  district.  As  the  age  of  this  series 
is  unknown,  it  throws  no  light  on  the  question.  The  evidence 
obtained  from  the  scattered  outcrops  of  Ordovician  strata  is  in 
itself  very  incomplete.  Such  evidence  as  these  occurrences  yield 
indicates  that  the  south-eastern  and  central  parts  of  New  South 
Wales  were  covered  by  the  waters  of  an  epicontinental  sea 
during  at  least  the  latter  half  of  the  Ordovician  Period.  The 
waters  of  this  sea  appear  to  have  been  too  deep  for  a  shallow 
water  fauna  to  flourish,  but  its  surface  waters  were  populated  by 
a  pelagia  fauna  in  which  graptolites  were  the  dominant  element. 
The  nearest  shore-line  was  too  distant  for  any  but  the  finer 


18 

sediments  to  be  transported  to  these  regions  and  deposited.  This 
sea  also  covered  the  greater  part  of  Victoria.  The  Ordovician 
was  a  period  of  considerable  volcanic  activity,  and  from  sub- 
marine volcanoes  large  andesite  lava  flows  were  poured  out  over 
the  sea  bottom,  while  at  the  same  time  immense  quantities  of 
volcanic  ash  were  distributed  far  and  wide. 

At  Tallong,  the  one  place  where  a  junction  between  the 
Ordovician  sediments  and  those  of  the  next  period  has  been 
observed,  a  well-marked  unconformity  occurs.  This  shows  that 
at  the  close  of  the  period  extensive  earth -movements  took  place 
by  which  the  marine  sediments  and  volcanic  rocks,  which  had 
accumulated  to  a  thickness  of  many  thousands  of  feet  were,  by 
lateral  pressure,  bent  into  a  series  of  folds  trending  approximately 
north  and  south.  This  folding  movement  must  have  converted 
much  of  the  area  previously  under  the  sea  into  dry  land,  which 
then  became  subject  to  the  attack  of  meteoric  forces,  by  which 
the  folded  Ordovician  strata  were  partly  denuded  ;  consequently, 
when  the  sea  readvanced  upon  these  land  areas  in  the  next 
period,  the  new  beds  of  sediment  were  deposited  unconformably 
upon  the  truncated  ends  of  the  older  strata. 

A  marked  feature  of  the  Ordovician  formation  in  New  South 
Wales  is  the  association  with  it  of  valuable  metalliferous  deposits 
in  nearly  every  locality  where  the  formation  occurs.  In  some  of 
these  localities  the  adjacent  Silurian  and  Devonian  formations 
appear  to  be  barren  of  similar  ore  deposits.  It  would  seem 
probable,  therefore,  that  the  folding  of  these  strata  at  the  end  of 
the  period,  together  with  the  igneous  intrusions  which  accom- 
panied it,  were  responsible  for  the  formation  of  at  least  some  of 
these  deposits.  From  what  little  is  known  of  them,  the  igneous 
intrusions  which  took  place  at  this  time  appear  to  have  been 
intermediate  in  composition. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


THE  SILURIAN  PERIOD. 

SILURIAN  rocks  are  widely  distributed  in  New  South  Wales,  and 
outcrop  over  a  larger  area,  perhaps,  than  the  strata  of  any  other- 
geological  age  ;  in  addition  they  probably  underlie,  to  a  consider- 
able extent,  many  of  the  younger  sedimentary  formations.  Strata 
of  this  age,  together  with  the  igneous  rocks  by  which  they  have 
been  intruded,  outcrop  extensively  in  the  south-eastern  quarter 
of  the  State,  particularly  about  the  head  waters  of  the  Murray, 
Murrumbidaee,  and  Lachlan  Rivers.  A  second  extensive  area 
is  that  stretching  in  a  north-westerly  direction  from  the  western 
fall  of  the  central  tableland,  past  Cobar  and  Nymagee  to  the 
Darling  River.  Large  outcrops  also  occur  in  the  far  West. 

Lithologically  the  Silurian  strata  consist  mainly  of  slates  and 
limestones  of  marine  origin  ;  littoral  deposits  such  as  sandstones, 
grits  and  conglomerates  are  uncommon.  Contemporaneous  lavas 
and  tuffs  are  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  in  some  cases  attain  a  con- 
siderable thickness.  The  limestones  are  usually  richly  fossiliferous, 
and  in  them  an  abundant  and  characteristic  marine  fauna  has 
been  preserved.  The  slates,  on  the  other  hand,  are  seldom  fossil- 
iferous, and  their  geological  age  has  usually  been  determined  by 
that  of  the  fossiliferous  limestones  associated  witli  them.  The 
age  of  considerable  areas  of  these  slates  has  been  inferred  as 
Silurian  entirely  from  lithological  resemblances,  and  as  Ordovician 
graptolites  have  recently  been  obtained  from  quite  a  number  of 
localities  where  the  strata  had  previously  been  assumed  to  be  of 
Silurian  age,  it  is  therefore  quite  probable  that  many  similar 
strata  in  other  localities  may  ultimately  be  found  to  be  of  Ordo- 
vician age  also,  or  even  to  be  younger  than  Silurian. 

The  Silurian  rocks  have  invariably  been  strongly  folded  and 
tilted,  the  axes  of  the  folds  having  a  nearly  meridional  strike, 
commonly  10°  to  20°  west  of  north.  This  folding  has  been 
accompanied  by  a  moderate  amount  of  regional  metamorphism,  - 
which  has  had  but  little  effect,  in  most  cases,  oh  the  limestone, 
but  which  has  altered  the  one-time  shales  into  claystones,  talcose 
slates,  &c.  The  folding  has  been  accompanied  by  extensive 
igneous  intrusions,  mainly  granitic,  which  have  caused  consider- 
able contact  metamorphism,  with  the  resultant  conversion  of  the 
adjacent  Silurian  sediments  into  slates,  phyllites,  schists,  marble, 


20 


The  Tass-Bowning  District. — The  great  wealth  of  marine 
fossils  which  occurs  in  the  Silurian  rocks  of  this  district  has  long 
attracted  attention,  and  made  them  a  veritable  "  happy  hunting 
ground  "  for  the  geologist  and  palaeontologist.  The  strata,  as  will 


21 

be  seen  from  the  following  sections,  consists   of  conglomerates, 

grits,  sandstones,  shales,  limestones,  and   tuffs,  and  are  upwards 
of  4,000  feet  in  thickness. 

SECTION  at  Yass.     (After  David.) 

feet. 

Shales,  sandstones,  and  grit    510 

Shales   340 

Limestone  (with  fossil  Corals) 20 

Shales  (with  Trilobites,  Mollusca,  and  Molluscoidea)    360 

Limestone  (Coralline)    40 

Grits  and  shales 270 

Limestone  (Coralline)     13 

Shales  and  sandstones  680 

Andesite  lavas,  tuffs    (about)  1,500 

Shales  and  fine  grits 160 

Limestones  (with  Brachiopoda) 10 

Shales 160 

Limestone  (Coralline)    10 

Shales  and  sandstones  (with  ripple  marks  and  false  bedding)  41 0 


Total 4,483 

SECTION  at  Bowning.     (After  Mitchell.) 

feet. 

Conglomerates    300 

Shales  and  sandstones  50 

Conglomerates 50 

Shales  and  sandstones  150 

Shales  250 

Shales,  sandstones,  and  conglomerates 185 

Shales   1,300 

Limestone,  impure  (with  Trilobites) 50 

Shales  (with  Corals  and  Crinoids)  30 

Limestone  (with  Corals,  Brachiopods,  &c. ) 300 

Grits,  unknown  thickness    

So  far  as  it  is  known,  neither  the  basal  nor  the  topmost  beds  of 
the  formation  are  present  in  either  section.  No  attempt  has 
yet  been  made  to  correlate  the  beds  which  occur  at  these  two 
localities.  The  occurrence  of  considerable  thicknesses  of  con- 
glomerates, grits  and  sandstones,  indicates  the  proximity  of  dry 
land  during  their  deposition  ;  too  little  is  known  of  the  boundaries 
of  this  formation,  however,  for  any  definite  opinion  to  be  formed 
as  to  the  extent  and  position  of  these  land  areas.  The  limestones 
and  some  of  the  shales  are  crowded  with  fossils,  corals  and 
trilobites  being  particularly  abundant. 


22 

At  Boambola,  a  few  miles  to  the  south  of  Yass,  the  following 
succession  of  strata  (in  descending  order)  has  been  measured  by 
Messrs.  L.  F.  Harper  and  W.  S.  Dun  : — 

Thickness  in  feet. 

Grits  and  shales    200 

Limestone  (with  Syringopora  and  Heliolites) 30 

Shales 100 

Impure  limestone  (with  Fa vosites)    25 

Shales,  sandstones,  and  quartzites    500 

Bouldery  limestones 10 

Grits,    sandstone,    and   quartzites,    with   nodules   of 

limestone     100 

Limestone  20 

Grits  and  shales,  with  limestone  nodules    150 

Limestones  (with  Tryplasma  and  Pentamerus)  100 

Grits    100 

Shales  and  rubbly  limestones 125 

Grits,  shales,  and  quartzites,  with  ripple-marks  and 

worm-tracks  1, 200 

Glen  bower  beds  (shales,  with  bands  of  grit)  840 

Total    3,500  feet. 

The  Glenbower  beds  contain  abundant  Silurian  fossils,  including 
Corals  (Heliolites,  Favosites,  C  yathophyllum,  Tryplasma,  Helio- 
phyllum),  Brachiopods  (Pentamerus,  Spirifera,  Atrypa),  Cepha- 
lopoda (Orthoceras,  Actinoceras),  and  Trilobites  (Phacops  and 
Encrinurus}.  This  is  a  similar  fauna  to  that  which  occurs  in  the 
Yass  beds.  This  series  of  strata  was  undoubtedly  deposited 
along  a  shore-line,  though  at  times  the  stoppage  of  terriginous 
sediments  allowed  of  the  formation  of  the  limestone  beds  ;  the 
conditions  were  probably  those  of  intermittent  changes  in  the 
level  of  the  land,  which  brought  about  an  alternating  advance 
and  retreat  of  the  shore-line. 

Jenolan  District. — This  lies  in  the  heart  of  the  Blue  Mountains, 
and  the  Silurian  strata  here  are  characterised  particularly  by 
the  occurrence  of  Eadiolarian  deposits.  The  lowest  beds  exposed 
consist  of  red  and  green  clay  stones  and  talcose-slates  (Fig.  8), 
some  of  the  former  containing  numerous  Radiolarian  casts. 
Following  these,  there  is  a  Rhyolite  lava-flow,  300  feet  in  thick- 
ness, then  comes  more  claystones,  about  300  feet  in  thickness  ; 
immediately  above  these  is  a  massive  bed  of  limestone,  about  500 
feet  in  thickness,  which  is  succeeded  in  turn  by  beds  of  clay  stone 
and  Radiolarian  chert,  upwards  of  1,000  feet  in  thickness.  The 
whole  series  has  been  strongly  folded,  and  the  beds  now  have  a 
steep  angle  of  dip.  In  the  cherts  above  the  limestone  the  Radk»- 
laria,  which  are  preserved  in  the  form  of  chalcedonic  casts,  occur 


23 

in  enormous  numbers.     The  limestone  bed  has  been  traced  for 
many  miles  in  the  direction  of  its  strike  (N.  10°  W.),  and  consists 


Fig.  8. 

Silurian  Claystones,  Jenolan  Caves,  New  South  Wales. 

mainly  of  the  remains  of  Corals  (Favosites,  ffeliolites,  <tc.), 
Brachiopods  (Pentamerus] ,Crinoids,  and  Hydrozoa  (Stromatopora}. 
The  series,  as  a  whole,  has  been  extensively  intruded  by  granite 


24 

arid  quartz-porphyry,  and  at  the  junction  of  these  igneous  rocks 
with  the  sedimentary  rocks,  interesting  contact  breccias  occur, 
consisting  of  subangular  fragments  of  claystone  and  limestone 
embedded  in  the  porphyry.  At  Wombeyan,  some  30  miles  to  the 
south,  a  thick  series  of  massive  limestones  and  tuffs  has  been 
almost  entirely  surrounded  by  plutonic  intrusions,  and  the  lime- 
stone has  been  metamorphosed  into  a  coarse  white  crystalline 
marble. 

In  the  limestones  at  Jenolan,  Wombeyan,  and  Yarrangobilly 
occur  those  wonderful  series  of  caverns  whose  majestic  propor- 
tions and  infinite  variety  of  form  have  made  them  world-famous. 
The  caves  occur  where  stream  channels  cross  the  limestone  belts, 
and  have  resulted  from  the  action  of  water  charged  with  carbon- 
dioxide  dissolving  away  the  limestone.  River  gravels,  containing 
water- worn  boulders  up  to  12  inches  or  more  in  diameter,  are 
frequently  met  with  in  these  caves,  even  in  those  high  up  on  the 
hillsides,  giving  evidence  of  the  fact  that  the  river  at  one  time 
flowed  through  them,  as,  in  fact,  it  still  does  through  those 
at  the  lowest  levels.  Percolating  rainwater  has  subsequently 
ornamented  the  walls  of  the  caves  with  the  beautiful  stalactitic 
and  stalagmitic  formations,  whose  bewildering  beauty  is  a  never- 
ending  source  of  wonder  and  delight  to  visitors. 

BIG    NUGGET    HILL. 


Fig.  9. 

Sketch-section  across  Big  Nugget  Hill,  near  Hargraves,  New  South  Wales,  showing 
saddle-reefs  in  folded  Silurian  Strata.    (After  Watt.) 

The  Bathurst  District. — The  Silurian  strata  here  consist  of 
alternating  beds  of  claystone  and  limestone.  In  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  town  of  Bathurst  they  have  been  extensively 
intruded  by  granite,  and  have  suffered  considerable  contact 
metamorphism  therefrom.  The  limestones  have  been  altered  into 
crystalline  marbles,  in  which  secondary  minerals — such  as 
Wollastonite,  Tremolite,  Garnet,  &c. — are  common,  whilst  the 
claystones  have  been  altered  into  mica-schists,  talc-schists, 
actinolite-schists,  chiastolite-slates,  &c.  Some  of  the  limestones — 
those  at  the  lime-kilns,  for  example — contain  numerous  large 
cephalopods  (Orthoceras,  &c.) ;  corals  are  also  common,  and  of 
these,  Phillipsastrea  is  perhaps  the  most  characteristic. 


25 


along 

OAKY  CREEK 

in 
PORTIONS  NO  249  to  136. 


To  the  north  of  Bathurst,  on  the  Hill  End  arid  Hargraves 
Gold  fields,  thick  beds  of  tuff  and  several  rhyolit«  lava-flows  are 
interstratified  with  the  Silurian  sediments  ;  these  flows  range  up 
to  400  feet  in  thickness.  On  the  Hargraves  Gold-field  the  folding 
of  the  sedimentary  rocks  has  been  accompanied  by  the  formation 
of  saddle-shaped  cavities  (Fig.  9)  between  certain  adjacent  beds 
along  the  axes  of  some  of  the  anticlinal  folds.  These  cavities 
have  been  filled  subsequently  with  auriferous  quartz,  and  saddle- 
reefs  analogous  to  those  occurring  on  the  Bendigo  Gold-field  in 
Victoria  have  thus  been  formed.  Six  distinct  lines  of  these 
saddle-reefs  are  known  to  occur,  but  comparatively  little  mining 
work  has  been  done  on  them. 

The  Orange-Molong  District. — In  this  district,  which  is  on 
the  western  fall  of  the  Central  Tableland  of  New  South 
Wales,  the  Silurian  formation  consists  mainly  of  slates  and 
limestones.  The  limestone  beds  here  are  very  numerous 
and  individually  attain  a  SuccESS|ON  OF  STRATA 
thickness  of  upwards  ot 
400  feet,  but  they  seldom 
maintain  this  thickness  for 
any  considerable  distance, 
thinning  out  rapidly  when 
followed  in  the  direction 
of  their  strike.  Corals, 
crinoids,  and  brachiopoda 
have  supplied  the  bulk  of 
the  carbonate  of  lime  for 
their  formation.  At  Bore- 
nore,  Molong,  and  other  ^ 
localities  excellent  marbles 
of  various  colours  are 
obtained  from  these  beds 
Towards  the  top  of  the 
series  rhyolite  lavas  and 
tuffs  occur  to  a  considerable 
extent.  The  following  is 
a  section  of  the  topmost 
beds  as  they  occur  along 
Oakey  Creek,  County  of 
Ashburnham,some  12  miles 
from  Orange. 

Halysites  is  the  most  abundant  of  the  fossil  corals  found  here, 
and  is  represented  by  six  different  species.  Arachnophyllum,  a 
large  and  handsome  coral,  is  also  plentiful  ;  it  has  not  yet  been 
found  elsewhere  in  Australia.  Mictocystis  is  another  interesting 
but  rare  genus.  The  other  genera  found  here  include  Favosites, 


Rhyolite 


Green  Shales. 


Thickness. 
Abt.215  Feefc. 

815  ..  .. 
30  ..  .. 
20  V.  " 


—          — —   \  Green  Shales       350  .. 


50 


350 


30      ••    •• 
40     ..    » 


TuFFs. 

Red  Shales  . 


I  Crinoidal  Limestone 

/containing  ateo  Corals.     ^AQ 

(Favosites.&c) 

Brachiopods.  (PencanneruS.SicJ 
JTrilobites.vBronteus.&c.) 


Fig.  10. 

Section  showing  succession  and  thickness  of 
Silurian  Strata,  Oaky  Creek,  near  Orange,  New 
South  Wales. 


26 

Heliolites,  Mucophyllum,  Zaphrentis,  and  Cyathophyllum.  All 
have  been  more  or  less  silicified  and  are  wonderfully  well 
preserved.  The  trilobites  are  not  numerous. 

The  thickness  of  the  Silurian  strata  in  this  district  is  unknown, 
but  is  probably  not  less  than  5,000  feet.  The  great  development 
of  limestones  and  the  absence  of  littoral  deposits  show  that 
sedimentation  was  taking  place  in  this  region  in  a  comparatively 
shallow  sea,  but  at  a  considerable  distance  from  dry  land.  The 
tuffs  and  lava-flows  indicate  that  submarine  vulcanism  became  a 
pronounced  feature  towards  the  close  of  the  period. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Parkes— Forbes  the  Silurian  strata  consist  of 
sandstones,  quartzites,  tuffs,  conglomerates,  limestones,  and 
laminated  claystones  folded  into  gentle  anticlines  and  synclines. 
They  appear  to  have  been  faulted  against  the  (1)  Ordovician 
strata,  and  have  been  traced  from  Forbes  in  a  northerly  direction 
for  a  distance  of  about  20  miles.  In  the  northern  part  of  the 
district  the  marine  sediments  appear  to  have  been  replaced  in 
part  by  andesite  flows  and  tuffs.  Typical  Silurian  fossils  occur 
in  the  sedimentary  beds,  including  corals  ( Tryplasma,  Halysites, 
Syringopora,  Cyathophyllum,  Favosites,  Heliolites) ;  Brachiopods 
(Pentamerus,  Leptcena,  Orthotetes) ;  Trilobites  (Phacops,  Haus- 
mannia).  The  thickness  of  these  strata  is  at  least  5,000  feet.  No 
metalliferous  deposits  are  known  to  occur  in  these  beds,  being 
-apparently  confined  to  the  older  Ordovician  strata. 

The  Western  Areas. — An  extensive  development  of  Silurian 
strata  is  shown  on  the  New  South  Wales  official  geological  map, 
extending  in  a  north-west  direction  from  the  Orange-Molong 
district  nearly  to  the  Darling  River.  This  area  embraces  the 
important  mining  fields  of  Cobar,  Nymagee,  Mount  Drysdale, 
Mount  Hope,  and  Mount  Boppy.  The  greater  part  of  this  region 
is  relatively  flat  and  covered  with  surface  soil,  consequently  few 
good  outcrops  occur.  As  but  little  detailed  survey  work  has 
been  completed,  the  information  available  is  meagre  and 
unsatisfactory.  To  what  extent  Silurian  strata  are  developed  in 
this  region  is  still  doubtful,  as  the  localities,  such  as  Rookery 
Station,  near  Cobar,  and  Bobadah  Station  between  Cobar  and 
Nymagee,  from  which  Silurian  fossils  have  been  collected,  are 
few  and  far  between.  The  strata  appear  to  consist  mainly  of 
slates,  claystones,  and  limestones.  The  ore  deposits,  auriferous 
and  cupriferous  for  the  most  part,  are  in  many  cases,  as  at  Cobar 
for  example,  of  large  size,  and  have  been  produced  by  the  metaso- 
matic  replacement  of  the  county  rock  along  shear-zones  by  ore- 
bearing  solutions. 

Similar  areas  of  Silurian  strata  (so-called)  exist  beyond  the 
Darling  River,  varying  individually  from  a  few  square  miles  to 
hundreds  of  square  miles  in  area.  The  manner  in  which  the 


outcrops  of  these  strata  project  (like  islands)  above  the  surface  of 
the  Mesozoic  and  Tertiary  sediments,  suggests  that  similar  strata 
underlie  these  later  sediments  throughout  the  greater  part  of  this 
western  district. 


Fig.  11. 

Characteristic  Silurian  Corals. 

1.  Mucophyllum  crat&roides  (Eth.  flls).  2.  Halysites  peristephesicus  (Eth.  fils). 
3.  Phillipsastrea  Currani  (Eth.  fils) ;  section  showing  the  confluent  septa.  4.  Try- 
plasma  columnaris  (Eth.  fils) ;  section  of  a  corallite  showing  the  spinose  septa  and 
the  tabulae.  5.  Heliophyllum  Yassense  (Eth.  flls). 


28 

ECONOMIC  ASPECTS  OF  THE  SILURIAN  PERIOD. 

Many  of  the  Silurian  limestones  present  a  very  handsome 
appearance  when  polished,  and  display  considerable  variety  in 
colour  and  pattern.  Some  of  these  have  already  been  extensively 
used  for  ornamental  purposes  in  the  buildings  of  the  metropolis ; 
the  available  supply  of  this  material  is  practically  inexhaustable. 
Large  quantities  of  limestone  are  also  quarried  annually  for  lime- 
burning,  cement-making,  and  for  use  as  a  flux  in  smelting  opera- 
tions. Of  the  slates  no  deposits  have  yet  been  found  with  a 
sufficiently  perfect  fissile  structure  for  use  as  roofing  slates,  or  for 
other  building  purposes.  It  is  the  metalliferous  wealth,  how- 
ever, which  gives  the  Silurian  formation  its  greatest  economic 
value.  Many  important  gold  and  copper  mining  fields  are  situated 
in  areas  where  the  enclosing  strata  are  believed  to  be  of  Silurian 
age.  The  mineral  deposits  themselves  are,  of  course,  of  later 
geological  ages  than  the  strata  with  which  they  are  associated,  as 
they  could  have  been  formed  only  after  the  latter  had  been  folded 
and  fractured.  Many  of  these  ore-deposits  are  true  "  fissure 
veins,"  but  some  of  the  larger  ones,  particularly  those  containing 
copper,  are  metasomatic  replacements  of  the  slates  and  claystones 
along  "  shear  zones."  These  latter  deposits  usually  have  no 
definite  walls,  and  the  productive  ore  bodies  are  more  or  less 
lens-shaped. 

SILURIAN  LIFE. 

The  great  wealth  of  fossils  found  in  the  Silurian  strata  of  New 
South  Wales  shows  that  very  favourable  conditions  for  the 
development  of  marine  invertebrate  life  must  have  existed  in 
the  Silurian  seas.  The  great  variety  of  classes,  orders,  and 
genera  which  constitute  this  marine  fauna  is  in  marked  contrast 
to  that  of  the  preceding  Ordovician  Period,  in  the  fauna  of 
which  Graptolites  so  largely  predominated. 

PROTOZOA. — Radiolaria  occurred  in  enormous  numbers  in  the 
Silurian   seas,  and  where  conditions  were  favourable   for  their 
tests  to  accumulate  without  too  much  admixture  of  other  sedi 
ment,  as   at   Jenolan,    characteristic    radiolarian    deposits    were 
formed. 

SPONGIDA. — Small  sponges  occur ,  but  representatives  of  this 
class  do  not  appear  to  have  been  abundant. 

HYDROZOA. — Graptolites,  which  occupied  such  a  predominating 
position  in  Ordovician  times,  are  rare.  This  group  apparently 
became  extinct  in  Australia  during  this  period.  Stromatopora, 
a  genus  allied  to  the  hydrocorallines,  becomes  very  abundant, 
and  contributed  largely  to  the  formation  of  the  limestones  of 
this  period. 


29 

ACTINOZOA. — These  appear  suddenly  in  great  numbers.  All  the 
important  Palaeozoic  groups,  viz.,  the  Tetracoralla,  the  Tabulata, 
and  the  Octacoralla,  are  represented  by  numerous  families  and 
genera;  many  of  these  were  reef  building  types.  Certain  genera 
such  as  Holy  sites,  Mucophyllum,  Rhizophyllum,  Arachnophyllum, 
Phillipsastrea,  are,  so  far  as  is  known,  limited  in  their  range  in 
New  South  Wales  to  the  Silurian  Period.  Some  had  a  very  wide 
geographical  range  ;  others,  again,  appear  to  have  been  confined 
to  limited  areas.  The  genus  Arachnophyllum,  for  example,  occurs 
abundantly  in  the  Orange-Molong  district,  hut  is  unknown  in 
the  Yass-Bowning  district.  Such  restrictions  are  due,  most 
probably,  to  differences  of  environment  rather  than  to  land 
harriers  preventing  migration.  Individual  coralla  among  the 
compound  corals  attained  large  dimensions. 


Fig.  12. 

A  Silurian  Bryozoan.     Fenestella  propinqua  (De  Kon.). 


ECHINODERMATA. — Crinoids  occurred  in  immense  numbers  ; 
certain  parts  of  the  sea  bottom,  at  times,  must  have  been  covered 
with  veritable  "forests"  of  these  organisms,  as  large  thicknesses 
of  limestone  in  various  localities  consist  very  largely  of  "  crinoid 
stems."  Owing  to  the  fragmental  state  in  which  they  have  been 
preserved,  little  is  known  of  the  genera  to  which  they  belonged. 
Star  fish  and  echinoids  are  rare. 

BRYOZOA. — Generally  speaking,  these  are  not  common.  Con- 
siderable numbers,  however,  occur  in  some  of  the  Yass  beds 


30 


Fig.  13. 
Characteristic  Silurian  Brachiopods. 

1-6.  Pentamerus  (Conchidium)  Knightii. 
7-8.  Pentamerus  cestatus. 


Fig.  14. 
Weathered  specimen  of  Pentamerus  in  limestone. 


particularly  in  those 
in  which  the  Trilo- 
bites  are  found.  The 
most  common  genus 
is  Fenestella  (Fig. 
12). 

BRACHIOPODS.— 
These  stand  second 
in  importance  to  the 
corals,  and  flourished 
abundantly  in  the 
Silurian  seas.  The 
cosmopolitan  species 
Pentamerus  Knightii 
(Fig.  14)  and  A  try  pa 
reticularis  are  the 
most  abundant ;  the 
former,  in  particu- 
lar, contributed  very 
largely  to  the  forma- 
tion of  some  of  the 
limestone  beds. 

MOLLUSCA.— These 
occupy  a  very  secon- 
dary position  as  com- 
pared with  the  Bra- 
chiopods, but  were 
abundant  in  some  lo- 
calities. Pelecypods 
are  'not  common. 
Gasteropods  are  rep- 
resented by  such 
genera  as  Loxonema, 
Murchisonia,  Orio- 
stoma,  Cyclonema. 
The  Cephalopods  all 
belonged  to  the 
straight-shelled  nau- 
tiloid  types,  such  as 
Orthoceras,  which  in- 
dividually attained 
a  considerable  size, 
and  in  certain  lo- 
calities occurs  in 
considerable  num 
bers. 


31 

TRILOBITA. — These  flourished  in  great  numbers  in  the  Silurian 
seas,  covering  what  is  now  the  Yass-Bowning  district.  The 
muddy,  shallow  water  of  the  shore-line  seems  to  have  been  their 
favourite  habitat.  Elsewhere  they  appear  to  have  been  un- 
common. Over  fifteen  genera  and  a  large  number  of  species 
have  already  been  described.  Encrinurus  (Fig.  15),  Phacops 
(Fig.  15),  Hausmannia,  and  Bronteus  are  the  most  common 
genera. 


Fig.  15. 
Silurian  Trilobites. 

1.  Encrinurus  Mitchelli.     2.  Cephalon  of  Encrinurus  Barrandi  (De  Kon.). 
3.  Phacops. 

Plants. — -Impressions  of  Algse  (sea-weeds)  are  found  in  some 
of  the  marine  shales,  but  no  trace  of  any  terrestrial  vegetation 
has  yet  come  to  light.  The  high  state  of  development  of  the 
land  flora  of  the  next  period  (Devonian),  and  the  marked  differen- 
tiation exhibited  by  the  different  groups  represented,  makes  it 
highly  probable  that  their  progenitors  already  existed  in  Silurian 
times. 


LIST  OF  THE  MORE  IMPORTANT  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 
Protozoa — Radiolaria  were  abundant. 
Spongida — Astylospongia,  Receptaculites. 
Hy  drozoa — Strom  a  topora.  * 

*  These  genera  are  the  most  abundant. 


32 

Actinozoa — (a)  TETRACORALLA,  Petraia,  Zaphrentis,  Muco- 
phyllum,  Gyathophyllum,*  Tryplasma,*  J'Tiillipsastrea, 
Heliophyllum,  Rhizophyllum ,  Arachnophyllum,  Spon- 
gophyllum*  (b)  TABULATA  Favosites*  Pachypora, 
Chcetetes,  Haly  sites*  Syringopora*  Striatopora. 
(c)  OCTOCORALLA,  Heliolites*  • 

Crinoidea — Pisocrinus. 

Echinoidea — Palechinus, 

Asteroidea— Patefer. 

Vermes — Jaws  of  Errant  Annelids  occur. 

Bryozoa — Fenestella,*   Glauconome,  Thamniscus. 

Brachiopoda — Lingula,  Pentamerus  (Conchidiurn),*  Atrypa* 
Rhynclionella,*  A  noplotheca,  Camarotcechia,  Meristina, 
Cyrtina,  Strophomena,  Orthotetes,  Spirifer.,  Orthis. 

Pelecypoda — Conocardium,  Anodontopsis. 

Gasteropoda — Euomphalus,  Trochus,  Cyclonema,  Oriostoma, 
Bellerophon,  Loxonema,*  Murchisonia,  Omphalotrockus, 
Mourlonia. 

Pteropoda — Tentaculites,  Hyolithes. 

Cephalopoda — Orthoceras*  Actinoceras,  Gomphoceras. 

Trilobita — Acidaspis,  Cromus,  Eucrinurus*  Calymene,* 
Harpes,  Bronteus,*  Cheirurus,  Praetus,  Phacops* 
Cyphaspis,  Lichas,  Staurocephalus,  Il/.wnus,  Haus- 
mannia* 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  SILURIAN  PERIOD. 

The  earth  movements  which  closed  the  Ordovician  Period  were 
followed  in  New  South  Wales  by  long-continued  sedimentation. 
The  nature  and  distribution  of  the  sediments  then  deposited,  so  far 
as  our  knoweldge  goes,  indicates  that  the  greater  part  of  New  South 
Wales,  perhaps  nearly  all  of  it,  was  covered  by  the  sea.  The  oc- 
currence of  littoral  deposits  (conglomerates,  grit,  sandstones,  &c.)in 
the  Yass-Bowning  and  the  Parkes-Forbes  districts  points  to  the 
existence  of  neighbouring  land  in  these  areas.  This  land  probably 
lay  to  the  south,  it»ut  our  present  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of 
these  littoral  deposits  is  too  incomplete  to  attempt  a  reconstruction 
of  the  boundaries  of  Silurian  land  and  sea.  Elsewhere,  littoral 
deposits  appear  to  be  absent,  while  the  general  occurrence  of 
alternating  claystones  and  limestones  indicates  tranquil  deposition 
in  a  comparatively  shallow  open  sea.  The  abundance  of  reef- 
building  corals  shows  the  water  of  this  sea  to  have  been  warm,  as 
these  organisms,  judging  by  their  present  day  representatives, 
cannot  live  in  water  with  a  lower  temperature  than  68°  Fahren- 
heit. The  great  thickness  of  strata  deposited,  perhaps  10,000 


These  genera  are  the  most  abundant. 


33 

feet,  could  only  have  been  possible  if  the  sea  bottom  had  been 
slowly  subsiding,  while  the  alternation  of  claystones  and  lime- 
stones indicates  that  the  subsidence  was  more  or  less  intermittent. 
Thia  tranquil  and  long-continued  sedimentation  was  at  times 
interrupted,  particularly  towards  the  close  of  the  period,  by 
submarine  volcanic  eruptions,  which  covered  the  surrounding 
sea-floor  with  large  deposits  of  volcanic  ash  and  lava. 

At  the  close  of  the  Silurian  Period,  a  pronounced  deformative 
movement  affected  the  earth's  crust,  which  folded  and  elevated 
the  Silurian  strata  to  such  an  extent  that  considerable  areas  were 
probably  uplifted  above  sea-level.  Our  incomplete  knowledge  of 
the  nature  and  distribution  of  the  succeeding  Devonian  sediments 
makes  it  impossible  to  form  any  definite  opinion  as  to  the  extent 
of  this  movement,  or  of  the  position  and  actual  extent  of  the  land 
areas  produced  by  it.  This  will  be  discussed  more  fully  in  the 
next  chapter. 


3910— B 


CHAPTER  VII. 


THE  DEVONIAN  PERIOD. 

THE  distribution  of  the  Devonian  Formation  corresponds,  in  a 
general  way,  with  that  of  the  Silurian,  but  the  superficial  area  at 
present  occupied  by  it  is  very  much  smaller.  The  outcrops, 


I    I 


35 


particularly  those  of  the 
Upper  Devonian  Series, 
are,  as  a  rule,  individually 
small  in  area,  and  are  often 
widely  separated  from  one 
another.  These  isolated 
outcrops  appear  to  be  the 
remnants  of  what  was,  at 
one  time,  a  very  exten- 
sive formation.  Extensive 
areas,  however,  do  occur, 
such  as  that  of  the  Mount 
Lambie-Capertee  district, 
on  the  western  edge  of  the 
Blue  Mountains. 

The  New  South   Wales 
Devonian  strata  have  been 
provisionally   divided   into 
two  series,  as  follows  : — 
The      Upper       Devonian 
Series  (Lambian  Series) 
— Mt.   Lambie,  Caper- 
tee,      Molong,      Braid- 
wood,  and  Yalwal  Beds. 
The      Lower      Devonian 
Series  (Murrumbidgean 
Series)— TheTamworth 
Beds;  the  Murrumbid- 
gee  Beds. 

THE  LOWER  DEVONIAN  OR 
MURRUMBIDGEAN  SERIES. 
This  series  has,  some- 
times, been  referred  to  the 
Middle  Devonian  Epoch, 
following  the  classification 
used  in  Victoria.  The 
strata  are  all  marine  in 
origin,  and  have  yielded  an 
abundant  fossil  fauna,  in 
which  corals  are  the  most 
conspicuous  element.  Lith- 
ologically  the  strata  are  not 
unlike  those  of  the  Silurian 
formation,  but  important 
differences  occur  in  the  con- 
tained fossils.  Littoral  de- 
posits appear  to  be  absent. 


_  • 


_S'N 


!>'- 


* 


1 •§! 

2  £.. 


ail 


m 


II 

- 


36 

I.  The  Murrumbidgee  Beds. — -These  occur  along  the  course  of 
the  Murrumbidgee  River,  immediately  above  its  junction  with 
the  Goodradigbee  River,  and  extend  for  a  considerable  distance 
to  the  south  along  the  watershed  of  the  latter.  The  junction  of 
these  beds  with  the  adjoining  Silurian  strata  is  obscure,  the  two 
being  separated  by  extensive  quartz-porphyry  intrusions  (Fig.  17) ; 
but  a  strong  unconformity  is  believed  to  exist.  The  Murrumbidgee 
Beds,  as  measured  by  Mr.  L.  F.  Harper,  have  an  average  total 
thickness  of  about  14,000  feet,  and  consist  of  the  following 
rocks : — • 

Maximum  Thickness 
feet. 

Dark-blue  shales  (with  interbedded  tuffs)  ...  7,000 
Limestones  (with  interbedded  shales  and  tuffs)..  5,000 
Rhyolite  lavas  and  tuffs  (volcanic  stage)  . . .  5,000 

(a]  The  Volcanic  Stage. — This  occurs  at  the  base  of  the  series, 
and    consists    of    rhyolite  lava-flows  and  tuffs.      These  may  be 
correlated  with  the  Snowy  River  porphyries  of  Victoria,  occupying 
a  similar  stratigraphical   position  in  that  State,  and  which  they 
much  resemble  in  their  lithological  characters.     The  thickness  of 
the   volcanic    beds   is    variable,    but    they    attain    a   maximum 
thickness  of  5,000  feet  at  Cavan.     They  are  believed  to  have 
been  derived  from  several  distinct  centres  of  eruption. 

(b)  The  Limestone  Stage. — This   has  a  maximum  thickness  of 
about    5,000  feet,   and,  in  addition   to  the   limestone,   includes 
numerous  thin  beds  of  shale,  quartzite,  and  tuff.     The  limestones 
are  largely  coralline  in  origin,  but  some  of  the  beds  near  the  base 
of  the  series  are  built  up  mainly  of  brachiopod  shells   (Spirifer, 
Chonetes,  &c.).     The  following  detailed  section  of  the  lower  beds 
of  this  stage,  and  of  the  volcanic  beds,  as  they  occur  at  Cavan, 
has  been  measured  by  Mr.  Harper  : — 

Limestone  Stage. 

Thickness, 
feet. 

Second  limestone  series          ...          ...  (Not  measured.) 

Siliceous  shales  and  quartzites  (with 

lenticular  limestone  beds)  ...  1,800 

Basal  limestone  series  ...          ...  2,250 

Tuffs  (with  bands  of  shale  and  lime- 
stone)    150 

Volcanic  Stage. 

Rhyolite  tuff 100 

Rhyolite  lavas  and  tuffs         5,000 

The  great  thickness  of  limestone  in  this  series  is  only  equalled 
in  Eastern  Australia  by  that  of  the  Burdekin  Beds  of  Queensland, 
which  are  also  of  Devonian  age. 


37 


(c)  The  Tuffaceous  Shale  Stage. — The  dark-blue  shales  which 
follow  the  limestone  stage  not  only  include  definite  beds  of  tuff, 
but  are,  more  or  less,  tuffaceous  throughout.  Several  small 
rhyolite  flows  occur  near  the  top  of  the  series. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  at  least  8,000  feet  of  the  Murrum- 
bidgee  Beds  are  composed  wholly  or  partly  of  volcanic  material. 
The  limestone  series  and  the  overlying  blue  shales  may  be  taken 
as  the  equivalents  of  the  Middle  Devonian  formations  of  Victoria 
(Buchan  and  Bindi  Beds).  Similar  limestone  beds  to  those  on 
the  Murrumbidgee  have  been  observed  as  far  south  as  Lobbs' 
Hole,  and  occur  on  the  Snowy  River,  just  across  the  Victorian 
border.  The  following  is  a  comparison  of  the  Devonian  rocks  of 
Western  Victoria  and  Southern  New  South  Wales :  — 

New  South  Wales 
Victoria. 


Upper  Devonian 


Middle  Devonian 


Lower  Devonian 


Mount   Tambo    and 
Iguana  Creek  Beds. 


Buchan 
Beds. 


and    Bindi 


Por- 


(Southern). 
Genoa  Creek,  Pambula, 
and  Braid  wood  Beds. 

/  Murrumbidgee  Beds — 
J  Tuffaceous  shale  stage. 
j  Murrumbidgee  Beds — 
\  Limestone  stage. 

Murrumbidgee    Beds- 
Volcanic  stage. 


Snowy     River 
phyries. 

There  seems  to  be  no  reason  for  separating  the  volcanic  stage 
of  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds  from  the  overlying  marine  beds  ;  the 
two  appear  to  be  conformable,  and  the  volcanicity  continued,  to 
a  greater  or  less  degree,  throughout  the  deposition  of  the  marine 
strata. 

II.  The  Tamworth  Beds. — The  Lower  Devonian  formation  in 
the  Tamworth  district  is  described  by  Messrs.  David  and  Pittman 
as  having  a  thickness  of  upwards  of  9,000  feet,  and  consisting  of 
coralline  limestones,  radiolarian  limestones,  claystones,  tuffs, 
and  radiolarian  cherts.  The  following  section  has  been  measured 
by  them  :—  Thickness. 

feet. 

Claystones  and  tuffs  with  Lepidodendron       ...  1,450 
Cherty-shales  with  beds  of  tuff  and  lenticular 

beds  of  radiolarian  limestone       1 , 430 

Claystones,  tuffs,  radiolarian  cherts,  and  radio- 
larian limestones   ...          ...          ...          ...  1,960 

Tuffs  with  Lepidodendron  Australe      ...          ...  7 

Claystones  with  Lepidodendron  Australe        ...  50 
Radiolarian    cherty   shales    with    interbedded 

radiolarian  limestones  and  tuffs   ...          ...  4,150 

Coralline  limestones      140-1,000 

Claystones  ...          ...          ...          ...  Unknown  thickness. 


38 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  basal  volcanic  series  of  the  Murrum- 
bidgee  area  is  apparently  absent  here  ;  nevertheless  loti'g-continued 
volcanic  activity  is  evidenced  in  the  abundance  of  volcanic  ash 
which  occurs  throughout  the  series.  This  volcanic  material 
varies  from  acidic  to  intermediate  in  composition,  and  some  of 
the  tilff  beds  individually  attain  a  thickness  of  100  feet.  The 
limestone  beds  of  the  two  areas  are  not  very  similar  in  their 
fossil  contents,'  as  will  be  seen  from  a  comparison  of  the  fossils 
given  later.  The  beds  which  succeed  the  limestones  possess  two 
features  of  special  interest ;  (1)  the  great  abundance  of  Radiolaria  ; 
(2)  the  occurrence  of  Lepidodendron  Avstrale.  In  the  Black 
Cherts  radiolarian  casts  occur  to  the  extent  of  1,000,000  to  the 
cubic  inch,  and  the  rock  contains  over  90  per  cent,  of  silica. 
The  claystones  also  contain  casts  of  these  organisms,  but  in  a 
lesser  degree  ;  these  beds  are  fine-grained,  often  minutely 
laminated,  and  are  occasionally  ripple-marked.  The  radiolarian 
limestones  occur  as  thin  lenticular  beds,  varying  from  a  few 
inches  up  to  2  feet  in  thickness,  and  are  irregularly  interstratified 
with  the  other  radiolarian  rocks.  In  composition  they  consist 
largely  of  carbonate  of  lime,  but  contain  about  18  per  cent,  of 
silica,  the  latter  due  mainly  to  the  presence  of  the  radiolaria ;  as 
no  other  fossils  have  yet  been  found  in  them,  the  source  of  the 
carbonate  of  lime  is  unknown.  It  will  be  seen  that  all  of  the 
Tarn  worth  Devonian  rocks  are  remarkably  fine-grained  in  tex.ture  ; 
this  fact,  together  with  the  abundance  of  radiolaria,  might  be 
taken  to  indicate  that  they  were  deposited  in  deep  water.  The 
presence,  however,  of  plant  remains  (Lepidodendron)  on  at  least 
three  distinct  horizons,  the  occurrence  of  limestone  beds,  and  of 
ripple-marks  on  some  of  the  shales,  are  opposed  to  this  view. 
It  seems  probable,  therefore,  that  this  series  of  strata  was 
deposited  in  a  sea,  not  necessarily  very  deep,  but  sufficiently  far 
removed  from  land  to  be  beyond  the  reach  of  any  but  the  very 
finest  sediment. 

i  Bingera  and  Barraba  Districts. — A  series  of  strata  occurs  here, 
not  unlike  that  of  the  Tarn  worth  district,  consisting  of  jointed 
claystones  with  numerous  interstratified  beds  of  tuff  and 
occasional  thick  beds  of  coralline  limestone.  Some  of  the  beds 
contain  numerous  radiolaria,  and  in  some  of  them  Lepidodendron 
Australe  is  abundant.  This  series  is,  no  doubt,  an  extension  of 
the  Tamworth  beds.  A  very  conspicuous  feature  in  the  district 
is  a  dyke-like  belt  of  serpentine,  from  a  quarter  to  half  a  mile  in 
width,  extending  in  a  south-south-east  direction  from  Bingera  for 
a  distance  of  about  180  miles.  This  rock,  which  is  an  altered 
peridotite,  intrudes  the  Devonian  strata ;  a  zone  of  red  and  dark 
grey'jasperoid  cherts,  several  hundreds  of  feet  in  width,  occurs 
alonjg  the  junction  and  contain  abundant  radiolarian  casts.  This 
intrusion  has  materially  influenced  the  metalliferous  character 


39 

of  the  adjoining  sedimentary  rocks,  with  the  result  that  numerous 
auriferous  reefs  occur  in  them  in  close  proximity  to  it  as  at 
Bingera,  Wood's  Reef,  Ironbark,  Bowling  Alley  Point,  and 
Nundle. 


Fig.  18. 

Lower  Devonian  Corals  and  (?)  Sponges. 

1.  CyathophyHiim  Mitchelli.   2.  Syringopora  speleana.    3.  Diphyphyllum  gemmiforme. 
4  and  5.  Receptaculites  Australis. 


LOWER  DEVONIAN  LIFE. 

The  following  are  lists   of  the  fossils  collected  from  the  two 
important  districts  where  rocks  of  this  age  are  developed. 


Murrumbidgee  District. 
Plantse— 

Spongida-  —Receptaculites  Australis. 
Hydrozoa — 

Strom  atopora. 


Tarn  worth  District. 
Lepidodendron. 


Stromatopora. 


40 


Actinozoa— 

Diphyphyllum  gemmiforme. 

Cyathophyllum  Mitchelli. 

Syringopora  speleana. 

Favosites. 

Cystiphyllum. 

Zaphrentis. 

Campophyllum. 


Diphyphyllum  Porteri. 

,,  robustum. 

Syringopora  auloporoides* 

„  Porteri. 

Favosites  gothlandica. 

,,          basaltica. 
Sanidophyllum  Davidis. 
Spongophyllum  giganteum. 
Actinocystis. 
Alveolites  alveolaris. 
Litophyllum  Konincki. 
Heliolites  porosa. 
Brachiopoda — 

Spirifer  Yassense.  Atrypa  reticularis. 

Chonetes  Culleni. 
Rhynconella  Wilsoni. 
Atrypa  desquamata. 
Gasteropoda — 

Pleurotomaria. 
Murchisonia. 
Bellerophon. 

Dentalium  tenuissimum. 
Cephalopoda — Orthoceras. 
Pisces — Ganorhyncus  Sussmilchii. 

PROTOZOA. — Radiolaria  were  locally  abundant  (Tamworth  Beds). 
Foraminifera  are  unknown. 

PORIFERA. — Receptaculites,  an  organism  whose  true  affinities  are 
still  uncertain,  occurs  in  abundance  in  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds. 

CCELENTERATA. — Corals  still  retain  the  dominating  position 
they  held  in  the  Silurian  Period.  Of  the  Tabulata,  Halysites  was 
extinct,  but  Favosites  and  Syringopora  continued  to  flourish,  the 
latter  in  even  greater  abundance  than  before ;  the  former  is 
represented  mainly  by  branching  types.  Of  the  Tetracoralla,  the 
genus  Diphyphyllum  occurs  in  large  numbers,  and  is,  perhaps,  the 
most  distinctive  of  the  Lower  Devonian  corals ;  Cyathophyllum 
is  still  abundant,  but  Mucophyllum,  Heliophyllum,  and  other 
typical  Silurian  genera  have  become  extinct.  The  Cystiphyllidse 
are  more  strongly  represented,  such  genera  as  Spongophyllum 
and  Actinocystis  being  abundant,  but  Rhizophyllum  is  absent. 
Heliolites  (Octocoralla)  is  still  very  plentiful. 

MOLLUSCOIDEA. — Brachipods  were  locally  abundant,  particu- 
larly the  genera  Spirifer  and  Chonetes  ;  these  occur  in  enormous 
numbers  in  some  of  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds.  Atrypa  still  lingers 
on,  but  Pentamerus,  so  characteristic  of  the  Silurian  period,  is 
absent. 


41 

MOLLUSCA. — Cephalopods  were  large  and  numerous,  the  straight- 
shelled  types,  such  as  Orthoceras,  still  predominating.  The 
Gasteropods  were  still  represented  mainly  by  long  turreted  forms 
(Murchisonia,  &c.)  ;  but  genera  with  depressed  shells,  such  as 
Setlerophon,  become  more  common.  Pelecypods  appear  to  have 
been  rare. 


Fig.119. 

Lower  Devonian  Molluscoidea  and  Mollusca. 

1  and  2.  Chonetes  Culleni.     3.  Murchisonia  turris.     4.  Orthoceras  subdimidiatum. 
5.  Loxonema  anglicum.     6,  6a,  6b.  Spirifer  Yassemis. 


CRUSTACEA. — No  Trilobites  or  other  Crustacea  have  yet  been 
found. 

VERTEBRATA. — The  Murrumbidgee  Beds  have  yielded  one  fossil 
fish,  Ganorhyncus,  which  must  have  been  about  5  feet  in  length, 
and  belonged  to  the  Dipnoi.  This  is  one  of  the  oldest  recorded 
fish  for  Australia. 


42 


!**• 


a  « 


ll 

g  '% 


The  Flora. — The  lycopod,  Lepido- 
dendron,  if  the  age  assigned  to  the 
beds  in  which  it  occurs  at  Tarn  worth 
is  correct,  must  have  occurred  in 
abundance.  No  other  fossil  plants  are 
known. 

Comparison  of  the  Murrumbidgee  and 
Tamworth  Faunas. — The  fossil  fauna 
of  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds  differs 
markedly  from  that  of  the  Silurian 
period.  There  is  an  entire  absence 
of  such  characteristic  Silurian  corals  as 
Halysites,  Mucophyllum,  Tryplasma, 
Heliophyllum,  ifec.  On  the  other  hand, 
Diphyphyllum,  the  most  characteristic 
of  the  corals  of  the  Murrumbidgee 
Beds,  does  not  occur  in  Silurian  strata. 
Similarly,  the  brachiopod,  Pentamerus, 
is  absent  from  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds. 
Such  genera  as  are  common  to  both 
formations  are  represented  for  the  most 
part  by  different  species. 

While  the  fossil  fauna  of  the  Tam- 
worth Beds  also  differs  from  that  of 
the  Silurian  period,  it,  in  addition, 
displays  a  marked  difference  from  that 
of  the  Murrumbidgee  Beds.  Mr.  W.  S. 
Dun  has  pointed  out  that  the  Tam- 
worth fauna,  as  a  whole,  is  more  closely 
related  to  that  of  the  former  than  it  is 
"to  the  latter. 

If  the  faunas  of  the  Murrumbidgee 
and  Tamworth  Beds  were  contempo- 
raneous they  certainly  must  have  been 
provincial  faunas,  i.e.,  were  evolved  in 
seas  so  isolated  from  one  another  that 
intermigration  was  practically  impos- 
sible. The  fossil  lycopod,  Lepido- 
dendron,  is  unknown  from  both  the 
Silurian  strata  and  the  Murrumbidgee 
Beds  ;  it  is,  on  the  other  hand,  very 
common  in  Upper  Devonian  strata. 
This  raises  the  question  as  to  whether 
the  Lepidodendron-bearing  strata  of 
Tamworth  should  not  be  correlated 
with  the  Upper  Devonian  Beds. 


43 
THE  UPPER  DEVONIAN  OR  LAMBRIAN  SERIES. 

Mount  Lambie  Beds. — The  best  known  occurrence  of  Upper 
Devonian  strata  is  that  occurring  along  the  western  edge  of  the 
Blue  Mountain  Tableland.  At  Mount  Lambie  (near  Rydal)  this 
formation  has  a  thickness  of  not  less  than  10,000  feet,  and 
includes  shales,  claystones,  sandstones,  and  quartzites,  the  last 
predominating.  Marine  fossils  occur  in  abundance  in  some  of 
the  strata,  and  consist  mainly  of  Brachiopods  (Spirifer,  Rhyn- 
chonella,  Lingula)  and  Pelecypods,  the  former  largely  pre- 
dominating. In  these  marine  beds  drift  Lepidodendron  also 
occurs. 

At  Capertee,  some  distance  to  the  north-east  of  Mount  Lambie, 
the  formation  consists  of  quartzites,  conglomerates,  claystones, 
&nd  limestones.  The  limestone  beds  are  usually  thin,  but  some- 
times thicken  into  solid  masses  of  considerable  extent ;  they 


SOLITARY  CREEK. 


Fig.  21. 

Section  of  Upper  Devonian  Strata,  near  Mount  Lambie.    (After  David  and  Pittman.) 

A  =  Granite.    B  =  Quartzite,  with  Spirifer  disjuncta  and  Lepidodendron  Australe. 

-C  =  Ferruginous  shales.      D  =  Grey  shales,  with  obscure  plant  impressions. 

E  =  Conglomerate.     F  =  Quartzites  and  shales,  with  Lepidodendron. 


Contain  fossil  corals  (Favosites,  Heliolites,  Syringopora,  and 
Cyathophyllum).  This  occurrence  of  a  coralline  limestone  in  the 
Upper  Devonian  formation  of  New  South  Wales  is  unusual.  The 
whole  series  has  been  folded  into  symmetrical  anticlines  and 
«ynclines. 

In  the  adjoining  Mudgee-Hargraves  district,  thick  beds  of 
tuff  and  contemporaneous  lava-flows  occur  at  the  base  of  the 
series  These  flows  consist  of  rhyolite  and  augite-andesite. 
Conglomerates  are  also  strongly  developed  in  this  region. 


SUCCESSION  OF  STRATA 

along" 

GAP*  SPRING  CREEKS. 


Quarbzibes 

and 
Sandstones 


^Shales*  Sandstones 

>  with  Lmgula.SpiHfer     186 
Rhynconella  .Favosites.fcc 

>  Red  Sandstones  w.t*    200 

Thin  band  of  Conglomerate 


=r--^=-g--  ^Shales 


30* .. .. 


Conglomerates 

with  inberbedded        413   .. 
Red  Shale  *Sandstones 

. .  Protaklt  small  unconform/Cy  here 


•*f-,'v  I  Red  TuFFs  with  bands  of 


J^Llk^^-  '     rgreen  cherty  shales  &    2 
j_"  '.;  '-•  :•  :     I  6large  masses  of  Rhyolite. 


238 


:Z%e  Molong-C 'anobolas  Beds. — Immediately  to  the  west  of  the 
Canobolas  Mountains  the  following  succession  of  strata  occurs : — 

The  Devonian  strata 
shown  represent  only  a 
portion  of  the  original 
Thickness.  thickness,  much  having 

been  removed  by  subse- 
382feet  quent  denudation.  They 
rest  uncomformably  up- 
on the  Silurian  strata, 
and  the  basal  conglome- 
rates contain  waterworn 
pebbles  of  the  Silurian 
limestone.  All  the  beds, 
with  the  exception  of 
some  of  shales,  have 
a  more  or  less  red  colour, 
the  sandstones  in  par- 
ticular presenting  a  typi- 
cal "old  red  sandstone" 
appearance.  Many  of  the 
strata  exhibit  current- 
bedding,  ripple-marks, 
335  and  annelid  tracks.  The 

whole  series  must,  there- 
fore, have  been  deposited 
in  shallow  water  along  a 
shore-line.  As  is  usual 
ao  ..  ..  in  New  South  Wales,, 
the  fossils  are  nearly 
all  brachiopods,  and 
these  include  Spirifer 
disjuncta,  RJiynchonella 
pleurodon,  and  Lingula 
gregaria.  Some  plates  of 
Fig.  22.  a  placo- ganoid  tish  have 

Section  showing  thickness  and  succession  of  Silurian    also     been     found     here, 
and  Devonian  Strata  at  Gap  Creek,  Orange  District.       At     Qanowindra,     some 

30  miles  to  the  south, 

similar  Upper  Devonian  shales  and  sandstones  occur,  containing 
in  one  and  the  same  stratum  the  fossil  shell  Lingula  gregaria 
and  the  fossil  plant  Lepidodendron ;  these  plant  remains 
evidently  drifted  to  their  present  position.  At  Wellington, 
about  60  miles  to  the  north  of  the  Molong  locality,  a  massive 
series  of  Upper  Devonian  conglomerates,  quartzites,  and  shales 
occurs,  also  containing  Spirifer  disjuncta  and  RJiynchonella. 
pleurodon. 


:    :  '••••'. 

• 

— 



• 

R 

L 

(T 

.  —         — 

— 

Efs^di" 

r 

&£ 

=>rc>T<:=>..'°<=>Ta. 

CT,  «=>  <i  tfjjp 

*^s>* 

-yvs?^.-. 

^ 

<'<=£<* 

^<J®i? 

^^•^o.V- 

5|E 

','"r~l.~ 

.•".&.'•'.  '-;<y.';' 

} 

— 

—  —  - 

— 

—  :  —    = 

*^ 

"'TT.  n 

> 

— 

—  — 

—=_ 





Green  Shales  with 
occasional  thin 
.bands  oMine- 
-grained  Tuff 


Coralline  Limestone 
with  Halysitee.&c 


Shales  &  Tuf  Fs 


In  the  Parkes-Forbes  dis- 
trict the  Devonian  system 
is  represented  by  a  much 
denuded  series  of  quartzites, 
sandstones,  and  chocolate  and 
greenish-grey  coloured  shales. 
The  thickness  of  the  beds  ex- 
posed to  the  east  of  Parkes 
exceeds  5,000  feet.  A  pecu- 
liarity of  the  series  is  the 
repeated  alternation  of  quartz- 
ites and  chocolate-coloured 
shales.  Specimens  of  Lepi- 
dodendron  Austrcde  and  of 
fish-scales  and  plates  are  fairly 
common  in  these  beds.  From 
one  locality  the  formation  has 
yielded  poorly  preserved  speci- 
mens of  Rhychonella,  Pteri- 
ncea,  and  Orthis. 

Many  other  outcrops,  some 
of  them  covering  considerable 
areas  and  consisting  of  similar 
massive  conglomerates,  quartz- 
ites, and  shales,  occur  in 
various  localities  in  the  wes- 
tern districts  of  New  South 
Wales.  These  occurrences 
have  not  yet  been  systematic- 
ally examined,  and  have,  in 
nearly  all  cases,  been  referred 
to  the  Upper  Devonian,  from 
their  lithological  character 
only.  Mr.  E.  C.  Andrews 
has  quite  recently  mapped  an 
extensive  series  of  Upper  De- 
vonian strata  in  the  Cobar 
district,  lying  immediately 
to  the  west  of  the  Silurian 
mineral  belt.  They  resemble 
the  Mount  Lambie  Beds  in 
their  lithological  characters, 
and  contain  imperfectly-pre- 
served brachiopod  shells  and 
crinoid  stems. 

South  -  Eastern  District. — 
Extensive  areas  of  similar 


46 

strata  occur  in  the  south-eastern  district  extending  at  intervals 
from  the  Shoalhaven  River  to  the  Victorian  border.     In  the  County 


of  Auckland  these  strata  have  a  thickness  of  upwards  of  1,200 
feet.  Here,  in  the  Narrungutta  and  Yambulla  Ranges,  the  beds 
are  nearly  horizontal,  but  on  the  Wolumla  gold-field  they  have 
suffered  considerable  folding.  In  some  of  them  ripple-marks  and 


47 


annelid  tracks  are  not  uncommon.'  On  the  Genoa  River  fresh- 
water or  estuarine  shales,  which  occur  near  the  top  of  the  series, 
have  yielded  the  following  fossil  plants  :  — 

Pecopteris  obscura. 
Sphenopteris  Carnei. 
Archceopteris  Howitti. 
Cordaites  Australia. 


These  are  the  oldest  fresh-water  beds  yet  observed  in 
South  Wales.  Farther  to  the  north  on  the  Pambula  gold-field  a 
thick  series  of  Upper  Devonian  strata  is  seen  resting  unconform- 
ably  upon  the  Silurian  beds.  On  the  Yalwal  gold-field,  still 
further  to  the  north,  contemporaneous  lava-flows  and  tuffs  are 
associated  with  similar  Upper  Devonian  strata  ;  rhyolite  and 
basalt  flows  apparently  alternate  with  one  another,  and  the 
former  outcrop  on  a  grand  scale  for  miles  along  the  Upper 
Danjera  Creek,  forming  precipitous  walls  to  the  gorge.  Fluxion 
and  spherulitic  structures  are  particularly  \vell  developed  in  the 
rhyolites.  Certain  belts  of  these,  Devonian  strata  have  been 
impregnated  with  gold,  along  what  are  probably  shear  zones,  and 
have  been  extensively  mined  for  that  metal. 


Fig.  24. 
Upper  Devonian  Fossils . 

1.  Lepidodendron  Australe.     2.  Pteronites  Pittmani.     31.  Spirijer  disjunctus^ 
4.  Rhynbonella  pleurodon'. 


48 

UPPER  DEVONIAN  LIFE. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  more  important  fossils  at  present 
known  from  these  beds  : — 

Hydrozoa — -Stromatopora. 

Actinozoa — Heliolites,  Favosites,  Syringopora  (three  species). 

Crinoidea — Crinoid  stems. 

Vermes — Annelid  tracks. 

Bryozoa — Fenestella. 

Brachiopods — Lingula  gregaria.  Spirifer  disjuncta,  Spirifer 
Jaqueti,  Rhynchonella  pleurodon,  Chonetes,  Athyris,  Atrypa, 
Leptcena  rhomboidalis. 

Pelecypoda — Pteronites  Pittmani,  Leptodomus,  Aviculopecten, 
Pterinea. 

Gasteropoda — Loxonema,  Murchisonia,  Euomplialus  Culleni, 
Bellerophon. 

Pisces — Plates  of  placo-ganoid  fish. 

Filicales — Pecopteris  obseura,  Sphenopteris  Carnei,  Archceopteris 
Howilti. 

Lycopodiales — Lepidodendron  Australe. 

Cordaitese — Cordaites  Australia. 

The  fauna,  so  far  as  we  know  it,  is  for  the  most  part  a  littoral 
one  in  which  Brachiopods  predominate.  The  two  cosmopolitan 
species  Spirifer  disjuncta  and  Rhynconella  pleurodon  are  particu- 
larly abundant,  certain  beds  being  literally  crowded  with  their 
shells.  Lingula  is  also  abundant  at  some  localities.  The  sea- 
bottom  where  these  brachiopod  shells  accumulated  must  have  been 
not  unlike  the  oyster-banks  of  the  present  day.  Pelecypods  were 
numerous,  and  belonged  largely  to  the  oblique-winged  aviculids. 
The  gasteropods  were  less  numerous,  the  long  turreted  forms  of 
the  Silurian  and  Lower  Devonian  now  giving  place  to  flattened 
types  sfich  as  Euomphalus  and  Bellerophon.  The  Brachiopods 
and  Mollusca,  although  numerous,  do  not  seem  to  have  attained 
large  dimensions  as  individuals.  The  shallow  waters  of  the  Upper 
Devonian  seas,  constantly  receiving  large  quantities  of  sediment 
from  the  neighbouring  land,  were  unfitted  for  such  organisms  as 
crinoids  and  corals  to  live  in,  and  as  one  would  expect,  their 
remains  are  seldom  found  in  these  Devonian  strata.  Coralline 
limestones  occur  in  the  Capertee  district,  and  probably  represent 
temporary  local  conditions  of  open  and  clear  waters  in  which  the 
coral  polyps  were  able  to  flourish. 

The  absence  of  trilobites  is  not  easy  of  explanation ;  they 
flourished  abundantly  in  the  Silurian,  and  as  we  find  them  also 
in  considerable  numbers  in  the  Carboniferous,  they  evidently  had 


49 

not  become  extinct.  The  muddy  waters  of  the  Upper  Devonian 
should  have  provided  a  suitable  habitat  for  them.  Very  little 
collecting  has  been  done  in  these  strata  however,  and  they  may 
still  be  found  in  them.  Fragmentary  fish  remains  have  been 
obtained  from  several  localities,  but  little  is  at  yet  known  about 
the  fish  to  which  they  belonged. 

The  Devonian  Flora. — This  fiora  is  interesting  as  being  the 
oldest  yet  discovered  in  Australia ;  it  includes  ferns,  lycopods, 
and  cordaitese.  The  occurrence  of  such  widely  different  groups  of 
land-plants  living  side  by  side  in  this  period  is  a  strong  argument 
in  favour  of  the  existence  of  a  terrestial  fiora  in  the  Silurian 
period,  or  even  earlier.  A  long  period  of  time  must  have  been 
necessary  for  the  evolution  of  such  diverse  types  of  plants  as  this 
fiora  displays.  Lepidodendron  is  the  most  abundant  and  widely 
distributed  of  the  Devonian  plants,  due,  no  doubt,  to  the  fact 
that  its  trunks  and  branches  were  able  to  survive  transportation 
by  sea  and  to  resist  decomposition  long  enough  to  become  water- 
logged and  thus  be  buried  in  the  Devonian  marine  sediments. 
The  scarcity  of  the  other  members  of  this  flora  is  due,  no  doubt, 
to  the  comparative  absences  of  known  fresh-water  strata;  the 
ferns  found  in  the  Genoa  Creek  beds  were,  no  doubt,  just  as 
widely  distributed  on  the  Devonian  land  surfaces  as  Lepido- 
dendron was. 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  DEVONIAN  PERIOD. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  Devonian  formation  in  New  South 
Wales  is  so  incomplete  that  it  is  difficult  to  make  any  broad 
generalisations  as  to  the  geographical  conditions  and  earth 
movements  of  this  period.  The  conclusions  advanced  here  are 
therefore  tentative,  and  will,  no  doubt,  need  considerable  modifica- 
tion as  fuller  information  becomes  available. 

It  has  been  shown  that  Devonian  strata  of  two  different  types 
occur  in  New  South  Wales,  and  that  they  have  been  referred  to 
the  Lower  and  Upper  Devonian  epochs  respectively.  Both  the 
Upper  and  Lower  series  are  uncomformable  with  the  Silurian 
strata,  but  their  stratigraphical  relation  to  one  another  is  quite 
unknown,  as  no  junction  between  them  has  yet  been  found,  nor 
are  both  known  to  occur  in  one  and  the  same  district.  In 
Victoria,  however,  the  Upper  Devonian  strata  (Mt.  Tambo  beds, 
Iguana  Creek  beds)  rest  directly  upon  the  Middle  Devonian  beds 
of  these  localities,  and  the  junction  between  them  shows  a 
marked  uncomformity.  The  Upper  Devonian  strata  of  Victoria, 
however,  are  all  believed  to  be  fresh-water  beds.  Judging  by  the 
known  distribution  of  the  Lower  Devonian  beds  in  New  South 
Wales,  the  deformative  movement  which  closed  the  Silurian 


50 

Period  must  have  raised  a  considerable  portion  of  the  State  above 
sea  level,  leaving,  however,  at  least  two  considerable  areas  still 
under  marine  conditions,  one  in  the  south,  stretching  from  the 
Murrumbidgee  River  southwards  into  Victoria,  the  other  to  the 
north,  in  what  is  now  the  Tarn  worth -Barraba  district.  The 
littoral  deposits,  whose  deposition  might  reasonably  be  expected 
to  have  followed  this  extensive  uplift,  do  not  apparently  exist, 
or  if  they  do  have  still  to  be  found  ;  off-shore  deposits,  such  as 
shales  and  limestones,  are  the  prevailing  rock  types.  Vulcanisrn 
was  a  pronounced  feature,  particularly  at  the  beginning  of  the 
period,  and  continued  intermittently  throughout ;  the  main 
centres  of  eruption  seem  to  have  been  in  the  south. 

As  already  pointed  out,  the  fossil  faunas  of  these  two  areas 
indicate  that  if  they  were  contemporaneous  the  seas  in  which 
they  lived  could  not  have  been  in  direct  communication,  but 
must  have  been  separated  from  one  another  by  a  land  barrier 
which  prevented  the  new  species  evolved  in  either  area  from 
migrating  to  the  other. 

Marine  life  was  abundant  in  these  seas,  and  reference  to  the 
lists  of  fossils  already  given  will  show  that  reef-building  corals 
flourished,  while,  in  the  Murrumbidgee  region,  Brachiopods  and 
the  various  groups  of  Mollusca  were  also  well  represented.  From 
these  beds  the  oldest  vertebrates  yet  found  in  Australia  have 
been  obtained.  These  were  primitive  fish,  belonging  to  a  group 
called  the  Dipnoi ;  an  allied  genus,  Ceratodus,  still  survives  in 
Queensland. 

Assuming  that  the  Upper  Devonian  strata  were  deposited 
later  than  the  Lower  Devonian  strata,  and  that  a  marked 
unconformity  exists  between  them  in  New  South  Wales,  as 
appears  to  be  the  case  in  Victoria,  then  a  deformative 
movement  must  have  followed  the  deposition  of  the  Lower 
Devonian  sediments.  The  wide  extent  of  the  Upper  Devonian 
strata  indicates  that  this  must  have  been  followed  by  an  extensive 
subsidence,  which  allowed  of  the  'formation  of  broad  shallow 
epicontinental  seas,  in  which  the  Upper  Devonian  sediments 
were  deposited.  The  common  occurrence  of  conglomerates,  grits, 
and  sandstones  indicates  the  existence  of  considerable  areas  of 
dry  land  at  no  great  distance  to  provide  the  necessary  material 
for  their  formation  ;  this  supposition  is  supported  by  the  presence 
of 'abundant  drift-wood  in  the  same  strata.  It  is  impossible,  with 
our  present  deficient  knowledge,  to  reconstruct  the  geography  of 
New  South  Wales  as  it  was  at  this  time,  but  it  seems  probable 
that  there  existed  an  archipelago  of  large  islands  separated  by 
broad,  shallow^  epicontinental  seas.  An  abundant  marine  inver- 
tebrate fauna,  consisting  of  Braehipods,  Pelecypods,  and 
Gasteropods  inhabited  these  seas.  Vertebrate  animals  were 


51 

represented  by  fish  only,  which  appear  to  have  I »een  both  large 
and  numerous. ,  That  the  neighbouring  land  was  clothed  with 
vegetation  is  shown  by  the  abundant  drift  Lepidodendron  which 
is  found  in  these  marine  strata  and  the  occurrence  of  plant  beds 
near  the  Victorian  border.  These  plants  were  all  Cyptogams 
(lycopods  and  ferns). 

An  alternative  explanation  of  the  relations  between  the  Lower 
and  Upper  Devonian  formations,  however,  suggests  itself,  and 
that  is,  that  the  two  formations  were  deposited  more  or  less 
contemporaneously,  the  former  in  an  open  but  comparatively 
shallow  epicontinental  sea,  at  some  distance  from  a  shore-line  ; 
the  latter  in  the  shallow  coastal  waters  of  the  same  sea.  The 
marked  differences  in  the  faunas  of  the  two  formations  would  be 
due  in  this  case  to  differences  of  environment.  It  has  already 
been  pointed  out  that  the  beds  of  the  typical  Murrumbidgee  type 
and  of  the  typical  Mount  Lambie  type  do  not  occur  in  one  and 
the  same  districts ;  that  fact  lends  some  support  to  this  view. 
The  occurrences  of  Lepidodendron  Australe  in  the  beds  above 
the  coralline  limestones  in  the  so-called  Lower  Devonian  beds  at 
Tamworth,  and  the  occurrence  of  a  coralline  limestone  with 
flavosites,  Heliolites,  and  Syringopora  in  the  Upper  Devonian 
formation  near  Capertee  supplies  additional  evidence.  One  would, 
of  course,  if  this  view  were  the  correct  one,  expect  to  find  formations 
somewhat  intermediate  in  character  between  the  characteristic 
Murrumbidgee  and  Mount  Lambie  types  ;  these,  however,  may  yet 
he  found.  Until  further  evidence  is  available  it  would  be  prefer- 
able, therefore,  to  use  the  terms  Murrumbidgean  and  Lambian  in 
lieu  of  Lower  and  Upper  Devonian. 

CLOSE  OF  THE  DEVONIAN  PERIOD  (KANIMBLA  EPOCH). 

The  close  of  this  period  was  one  of  the  greatest  mountain- 
making  epochs  of  New  South  Wales  ;  and  no  part  of  the  State, 
excepting  the  North -Eastern  section,  has  since  been  subjected  to 
similar  orogenic  earth  movements.  Throughout  the  central  and 
southern  tablelands  the  Ordovician,  Silurian,  and  Devonian  strata 
are  strongly  folded,  Carboniferous  strata  are  absent,  and  the 
strata  of  the  succeeding  period  (Permo-Carboniferous)  rest  upon 
the  Devonian  and  earlier  formations  with  a  marked  unconformity. 
These  Permo-Carboniferous  strata  are  either  quite  horizontal  or 
have  a  very  low  angle  of  dip;  and  have  not  been  folded  ;  their 
present  elevation  above  sea  level  is  due  to  epeirogenic  movements 
(vertical  uplift)  only.  Throughout  the  greater  part  of  this  area 
the  two  lowest  subdivisions  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  series, 
viz.,  the  Lower  Marine  Series  and  the  Lower  Coal  Measures,  are 
absent,  the  Upper  Marine  Series  resting  directly  upon  the  denuded 
of  the  Devonian  or  older  strata.  It  is  apparent,  therefore. 


52 

that  the  orogenic  movements  which  folded  the  Devonian  strata  in 
the  region  under  consideration  must  have  taken  place  before  the 
Permo-Carboniferous  strata  were  laid  down,  probably  also  before 
the  Carboniferous  sediments  to  the  north  were  deposited.  This 
latter  opinion  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  when  the  Permo- 
Carboniferous  seas  invaded  this  area,  the  Devonian  strata  had 
been  so  deeply  denuded  as  to  expose  extensively  the  large  granite 
bathyliths  by  which  they  had  been  intruded.  (See  Fig.  52.) 
The  folding,  therefore,  must  have  taken  place  either  at  the  close 
of  the  Devonian  or,  at  latest,  early  in  the  Carboniferous  Period, 
and  was  on  such  an  extensive  scale  as  to  convert  the  greater- 
part  of  New  South  Wales  into  dry  land.  For  this  mountain- 
making  period  the  name  Kanimbla  Epoch  is  suggested,  and  will 
be  used  in  that  sense  in  this  account  of  the  geology  of  New 
South  Wales.  The  strata  then  folded  now  dip  either  to  the  east 
or  the  west,  the  axes  of  the  folds  striking  nearly  north  and  south, 
i.e.,  approximately  parallel  to  the  existing  coast  line.  The 
tangential  thrust  which  produced  this  folding  probably  came  from 
the  east. 

The  folding  was  accompanied  by  the  intrusion  of  numerous 
bosses  and  bathyliths  of  igneous  rock.  These  rocks  vary  con- 
siderably in  composition,  but  are  all  more  or  less  acidic,  and 
are,  for  the  most  part,  granites  and  tonalites. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


THE  CARBONIFEROUS  PERIOD. 

THE  great  mountain-making  movement  which  closed  the  Devonian 
Period  converted  the  greater  part  of  New  South  Wales  into  dry 
land,  the  exception  being  the  north-eastern  portion,  now  known 
as  the  New  England  Tableland.  The  greater  part  of  this  region 
was  covered  by  the  sea  during  a  considerable  part  of  the  Carboni- 
ferous Period.  In  the  southern  and  western  parts  of  this  area 
extensive  deposits  of  Carboniferous  marine  and  fresh-water  beds 
occur,  having  their  present  southern  and  south-western  boundary 
approximately  parallel  to  the  railway  line  from  Newcastle  to 
Narrabri,  and  at  no  great  distance  from  it.  The  only  known  out- 
crop of  Carboniferous  strata  south  of  this  line  is  the  small  inlier 
surrounded  by  Permo-Carboniferous  strata  at  Pokolbin. 

The  Carboniferous  formation  in  New  South  Wales  has  been 
subdivided  into  :— 

(a)  Upper    Carboniferous,    with    Lepidodendron     Veltheim- 

ianum  and  Rhacopteris. 

(b)  Lower  Carboniferous,  with  Lepidodendron  Australe. 

Lower  Carboniferous.  — Considerable  thicknesses  of  strata,  occur- 
ring in  the  New  England  district,  have  been  referred  to  the 
Lower  Carboniferous  Period  because  of  a  supposed  lithological 
resemblance  to  a  formation  in  Queensland,  known  as  the  Gympie 
Series.  Some  of  these  strata  have  been  traced  across  the  border 
into  Queensland,  and  have  been  found  to  be  continuous  with  some 
of  the  so-called  Gympie  beds  of  that  State.  Certain  of  the  strata 
included  in  the  Gympie  series  in  Queensland  are  undoubtedly  of 
Carboniferous  age  ;  some  are  probably  of  Permo-Carboniferous 
age,  while  other  strata  which  have  been  referred  to  this  series  are 
very  probably  older  than  Carboniferous,  perhaps  in  some  cases  as 
old  as  Ordovician  ;  the  absence  of  fossils  in  many  localities  makes 
a  correct  determination  difficult. 

No  marine  fossils  have  yet  been  obtained  from  most  of  the 
so-called  Gympie  beds  in  New  South  Wales,  and  their  reference 
to  the  Lower  Carboniferous  epoch,  based  entirely  on  lithological 
resemblances  to  strata  in  Queensland,  whose  geological  age  is  so 
very  doubtful,  is  not  conclusive.  As  some  of  them  have 
Permo-Carboniferous  strata  resting  unconformably  upon  them, 
as,  for  example,  at  Ashford,  near  Inverell,  these  cannot,  of  course, 
be  younger  than  Carboniferous. 


54 

The  fossil  plant  Lepidodendron  Australe  has  been  obtained 
from  some  of  these  beds,  but  as  this  fossil  is  very  common  in 
Devonian  strata  in  other  parts  of  the  State,  its  occurrence,  in  the 
absence  of  other  fossils,  might  more  justly  be  taken  to  indicate  a 
Devonian  age  for  such  beds.  Until  detailed  surveys  have  been 
carried  out  in  this  region  no  confident  opinion  can  be  expressed 
as  to  the  geological  age  of  many  of  these  so-called  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous (Gympie)  beds,  but  the  balance  of  evidence  is  in  favour  of 
a  Devonian  age  for  at  least  some  of  them.  Quite  recently  some 
of  these  so-called  Gyrnpie  beds  of  northern  New  England  have 
been  shown  to  be  of  Permo-Carboniferous  age. 

Upper  Carboniferous  Series. — These  are  extensively  developed 
on  the  watersheds  of  the  Karuah,  Williams,  and  Paterson  Rivers, 
which  are  all  tributaries  of  the  Hunter  River,  draining  the 


rizmsul  ?.»!*    t_— £ ?       .  ff  .CWit  ?«rtl«al  Brak 


WILLIAMS  X  t0lkaan1tM^  ... r , PADDY*  Hill 


/    -x  -  vx  rt  KARUAH    RIVER 

CLARENCETOWH"  *  jv  v\>    "r\^.  <~ir*£~~~ s 

<t<"\         '  '\**.X   \          \  \*">'\  ^         •    ^s".'   •""''*kCr'  """ •••"•"'   '"    .'   •V"r."^""-T-      -~- ~_.^^</-,/,..        „... 

""'A'""^ *"".V^'-.        "VK  v     "^-V<   •"  •.'...--;-  -  ;•••/-.'  -~j:y 


Geological  sketch  section,  from  the  Williams  River,  at  Clarence  Town,  S.E.  and  K.  to  the  Karuah  River. 

Fig.  25. 
Section  of  Carboniferous  Strata  from  Clarence  Town  to  Karuah  River.     (Jaquet). 

southern  slopes  of  the  New  England  tableland.  These  strata, 
according  to  Mr.  Jaquet,  have  a  thickness  of  at  least  19, 000  feet 
They  are  partly  marine  and  partly  fresh-water  in  origin,  and 
consist  of  tuffaceous  sandstones,  claystones,  limestones,  conglome- 
rates, cherty  shales,  with  contemporaneous  lavas  and  tuffs.  Some 
of  the  beds  contain  numerous  marine  fossils  of  undoubted  Carbo- 
niferous age,  while  in  the  fresh-water  beds  abundant  plant  remains 
are  found.  The  marine  beds  are  well  developed  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Clarence  Town,  where  they  consist  of  fossiliferous  shales 
and  sandstones,  interstratified  with  coarse-grained  arkose  sand- 
stones and  tuffs  ;  limestones  occur,  but  are  not  very  thick,  and, 
when  followed  in  the  direction  of  their  strike,  pass  rapidly  by 
insensible  gradations  into  calcareous  shales ;  oolitic  structure  is 
not  uncommon.  Fresh- water  beds  occur  interstratified  with  the 
marine  beds,  more  or  less,  throughout  the  series,  increasing  in 


55 

importance  towards  the  top,  where  they  entirely  replace  the 
marine  beds.  These  fresh-water  beds  consist  of  shales  and  tufface- 
ous  sandstones,  with  thin  seams  of  inferior  coal.  Throughout  the 
Upper  Carboniferous  epoch  volcanicity  was  a  marked  feature,  as 
evidenced  by  the  numerous  thick  beds  of  tuff'  and  lava  which 
occur  over  wide  areas,  interstratified  with  both  the  marine  and 
fresh-water  sediments.  In  the  Clarence  Town  and  Paterson 
districts  no  less  than  twelve  successive  lava  flows  occur,  ranging, 
individually,  up  to  500  feet  or  more  in  thickness  (Fig.  25). 

These  volcanic  rocks  comprise  rhyolites,  rhyolite-glass,  and 
hypersthene-andesites  with  their  corresponding  tuffs.  Some  of  the 
latter  are  very  coarse-grained,  with  blocks  up  to  3  feet  in  diameter 
embedded  in  them ;  they  contain  also  water- worn  fragments 
of  older  rocks,  and  merge  gradually  into  arkose-sandstones.  At 
Bulladelah  one  of  the  rhyolite  flows  has,  by  the  action  of  thermal 
springs,  been  altered  into  Alunite  (hydrous  sulphate  of  alumina 
and  potash)  ;  this  has  been  quarried  on  a  large  scale  for  the 
manufacture  of  alum.  Another  feature  of  possible  economic 
importance  is  the  occurrence  of  numerous  beds  of  Titaniferous- 
Magnetite  interstratified  with  the  Upper  Carboniferous  Series. 
These  beds  are  of  sedimentary  origin,  the  Magnetite  having 
associated  with  it  a  variable  proportion  of  quartz  and  felspar 
grains,  and  they  merge  by  insensible  gradations  into  ordinary 
tuffs  and  arkose-sandstones.  This  iron  ore  varies  considerably 
in  composition,  containing  36  per  cent,  to  50  per  cent,  of 
metallic  iron,  10  per  cent,  to  28  per  cent,  of  silica,  and  3  per 
cent,  to  16  per  cent,  of  titanic  acid.  Professor  David  has 
suggested  that  these  beds  have  been  formed  by  wave-action  on  a 
sea-beach,  mechanically  concentrating  the  grains  of  magnetite 
contained  in  the  volcanic  ash,  so  abundantly  ejected  during  this 
period. 

At  Pokolbin,  some  miles  to  the  south  of  West  Maitland,  an 
"inlier"  of  these  Upper  Carboniferous  strata  occurs,  entirely 
surrounded  by  strata  of  Permo-Carboniferous  age ;  here  also 
rhyolite  lavas  and  tuffs  are  extensively  developed.  Further 
outcrops  occur  also  along  the  western  edge  of  the  New  England 
tableland,  as  for  example  at  Crow  Mountain,  near  Barraba,  where 
they  consist  of  conglomerates,  sandstones,  shales,  and  limestones, 
with  which  are  associated  rhyolites  and  rhyolite  tuffs  These 
beds  contain  similar  marine  fossils  to  those  at  Clarence  Town. 
An  extensive  development  of  these  acid  lavas  and  tuffs  occurs 
further  to  the  north,  in  a  belt  running  parallel  to  and  west  of 
the  Northern  railway  line;  they  also  underlie  the  Permo-Carbo- 
niferous rocks  in  the  Drake  District.  Marine  Carboniferous 
strata  also  outcrop  on  the  coast  from  Port  Stephens  to  Port 
Macquarie. 


56 

CARBONIFEROUS  LIFE. 

(a)  The  Flora.— The  Flora  is  well  preserved,  much  more  so 
than  that  of  the  Devonian  Period  already  described.  It  consists 
entirely  of  Cyptogams,  and  includes  the  following  species  : — 

Equisitacese. — Catamites  radiatus. 

Lycopodiaceae. — (?)  Lepidodendron  Australe,  Lepidodendron 
veltheimiamum ,  Lepidodendron  volkmanniamum ,  Cyclostigma 
Australe. 

Filicacese. — Rhacopteris  (Aneimites)  inequilatera,  Rhacopteris 
intermedia,  Rhacopteris  septentrionatis,  Archceopteris  Wilkinsoni, 
Cardiopteris  pohjmorpha. 


n? 


Fig.  26. 

Carboniferous  Plants. 

1.  Archceopteris  Wilkinsoni  (Feist).     2.  Lepidodendron  Volkmannianum.     3.  Rhacopteris 
{Aneimites)  inequilatera.     4.  Calamites  radiatus.     5.  Cyclostigma  Australe. 

The  geological  range  of  Lepidodendron  Australe  is  uncertain ; 
that  it  was  abundantly  present  during  the  Devonian  Period  is 
unquestioned,  but  as  to  whether  it  lived  on  into  the  Carboniferous 
Period  is  very  doubtful.  It  has  never  yet  been  found  associated 
with  the  other  members  of  the  flora  listed  above,  neither  has  it 


Fig.  27. 

A  Carboniferous  Trilobite. 
Phillipsia  dubia. 


been  found  associated   with  marine    beds   containing   a   typical 

Carboniferous   marine  fauna.     The  beds   in  which  it  occurs,  as. 

already  pointed  out,   in  the  absence  of 

other  fossils,  might  more  reasonably  be 

referred  to  the  Devonian  Period.     The 

most  abundant  and  characteristic  fossil 

plant  of   the  Carboniferous   Period   is 

Rhacopteris,  and  from  it  the  flora  as   a 

whole  has  been  termed  the  Rhacopteris 

Flora. 

(b)  The  Fauna. — This,  as  far  as  we 
know  it,  is  entirely  a  marme  inver- 
tebrate fauna,  consisting  largely  of 
Brachiopods,  Bryozoa,  Gasteropoda, 
Trilobites,  and  Corals,  <fec.  The  Bra- 
chiopods appear  to  have  largely  pre- 
ponderated, but  so  little  collecting 
has  been  done  that  generalization  is 
difficult.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the 
more  important  genera  and  species  so 
far  described : — 

Actinozoa. — Amplexus,  Zaphrentis  Culleni,  Lophophyllum 
corniculum,  Campophyllum  columnare,  Cyathophyllum  Davidis, 
Michelinia. 

Crinoidea. — Actinocrinus,  Periechocrinus. 

Blastoidea. — Metablastus  (?). 

Bryozoa. — Fenestella,  Polypora. 

Brachiopoda. — Spirifer  striata,  Spirifer  bisulcata,  Orthis 
(Rhypidomella)  Australia,  Orthis  (Schizophoria)  resupinata, 
Leptcena  rhomboidalis,  Productus  semireticulatis,  Productus 
punctatus,  Productus  com,  Chonetes  papilionacea,  Orthotetes 
crenistria,  A  thyris  planosulcata ,  Cyrtinacarbonaria,  Khynchonella 
pleurodon,  Strophalosia. 

Pelecypoda. — Aviculopecten,  Edmondia,  Entolium,  Pteronites. 

Gasteropoda.  —  Euomphalus  pentangulatus,  Loxonema  babbin- 
donensis,  Bellerophon. 

Cephalopoda. — Orthoceras, 

Trilobita. — Phillipsia^  Griffithides. 

PROTOZOA. ^Neither  Foraminifera  nor  Radiolaria  appear  to 
have  been  abundant. 

ACTINOZOA. — Corals,  so  far  as  is  known,  were  only  moderately 
abundant ;  most  of  those  found  built  simple  coralla  and  belong  to 
the  Tetracoralla.  The  Tabulata,  which  was  so  strongly  represented 
in  the  Silurian  and  Devonian  Periods,  is  here  represented  by  one 
genus  only  (Michelinia}. 


58 

ECHINODERMATA. — Crinoids,  although  less  abundant  than  in  the 
Silurian  Period,  are  still  present  in  considerable  numbers.  This 
formation  contains  the  first  and  only  recorded  Blastoid  from  this 
State. 


Fig.  28. 
Carboniferous  Brachiopode. 

1-3.  Orthis  (Schizophoria)  resupinata.     4-5.  Productus  semireticulatus  (Martin). 
Leptcena  analoga  (Phillip).      7.  Orthis  (Rhipidomella)  Australis.      8.  Spirifer  striata. 
9.  Orthotetes  crenistria. 


59 

MOLLUSCOIDEA. — Bryozoa  are  numerous,  and  mo?t  of  those 
found  belong  to  the  Fenestellidse,  the  most  characteristic  Palaeozoic 
representatives  of  this  class.  Brachiopods  are  present  in  great 
abundance  and  dominate  all  the  other  invertebrates  ;  the  families 
Stropkomenidce,  Orthidce,  Productidce  and  Spiriferidw  are  all 
well  represented.  Rhynconella  pleurodon,  which  lived  in  such 
countless  numbers  in  the  Upper  Devonian  Epoch,  still  survived, 
but  is  not  abundant. 

MOLLUSCA. — All  the  important  classes  were  represented,  but 
were  quite  subordinate  in  importance  to  the  Brachiopods. 

CRUSTACEA. — The  Trilobites  still  lingered  on,  but  were  repre- 
sented by  but  two  genera,  both  of  which  are  small  in  size.  This 
unique  and  important  group  of  Palaeozoic  organisms  became 
extinct  at  the  close  of  this  period. 

SUMMARY. 

The  crustal  movements  which  closed  the  Devonian  Period 
probably  converted  the  whole  of  New  South  Wales  into  dry  land. 
Most  of  it  remained  above  the  sea  during  the  succeeding  Car- 
boniferous Period,  but  in  the  north-eastern  part  of  the  State  a 
subsidence  began  at  the  beginning  of  this  period  which  allowed  of 
an  extensive  transgression  of  the  sea  taking  place  in  that  region. 
Much  detailed  mapping  of  the  Carboniferous  formation  will  have 
to  be  done,  however,  before  the  extent  of  this  transgression  will 
be  at  all  accurately  known.  Subsidence  continued  more  or  less 
throughout  this  period,  but  repeated  oscillations  in  this  downward 
movement  brought  about  alternate  marine  and  fresh-water 
conditions,  particularly  towards  its  close.  The  sea  contained 
an  abundant  invertebrate  fauna,  while  the  land  supported  a  well- 
developed  cryptogamous  flora.  This  subsidence  was  accompanied 
by  intense  and  widespread  vulcanicity,  and  from  numerous  centres 
of  activity  in  the  north-eastern  part  of  the  State  extensive  lava 
flows  and  deposits  of  volcanic  ash  were  produced.  These  eruptions 
continued  at  intervals  throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  Carbon- 
iferous Period,  but  were  most  pronounced  towards  its  close. 


CHAPTER  IX. 


PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS  PERIOD. 

A  TYPICAL  Permian  formation,  analogous  to  that  of  the  Northern 
Hemisphere,  does  not  occur  in  Australia,  its  place  being  taken  by 
the  so-called  Permo-Carboniferous  system.  This  name  has  been 
applied  in  Australia  to  a  thick  series  of  marine  and  fresh-water 
beds  which  follow  the  Carboniferous  formation  described  in  the 
last  chapter,  and  which  are  in  turn  overlain  by  fresh- water 
Triassic  strata.  In  New  South  Wales  this  Permo-Carboniferous 
system  has  a  maximum  thickness  of  about  17,000  feet,  and 
includes  both  marine  and  fresh-water  sediments.  The  marine 
beds  contain  an  abundant  fauna  which,  taken  as  a  whole,  is 
essentially  different  from  that  of  the  underlying  Carboniferous 
strata,  and  which  has  affinities  with  both  the  Carboniferous  and 
Permian  marine  faunas  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  The 
fresh-water  beds,  interstratified  with  these  marine  sediments, 
-contain  a  fossil  flora  absolutely  different  from  that  of  the  under- 
lying Carboniferous  beds,  and  which  displays  a  decidedly 
Mesozoic  aspect ;  nevertheless  it  is  quite  different  from  that 
preserved  in  the  overlying  Triassic  strata. 

The  Permo-Carboniferous  system  is  strongly  developed  in  the 
•eastern  part  of  New  South  Wales,  especially  in  what  might  be 
called  the  central-eastern  portion  of  the  State.  Here  it  occurs  in 
the  form  of  a  great  basin  extending  from  the  coast  to  the 
western  edge  of  the  Blue  Mountain  tableland,  and  from  the 
Illawarra  district  northwards  to  the  southern  edge  of  New 
England  tableland.  Throughout  the  greater  part  of  this  area 
the  Permo-Carboniferous  strata  are  overlain  by  Triassic  beds  ;  a 
continuous  outcrop  of  them  occurs,  however,  around  the  edge  of 
the  basin,  excepting  along  that  part  of  the  coast  between 
{Joalcliff  and  Lake  Macquarie.  In  addition  to  this  main  basin, 
Permo-Carboniferous  strata  are  extensively  developed  along  both 
the  eastern  and  western  flanks  of  the  New  England  tableland, 
but  are  quite  absent  in  the  south-eastern  and  in  the  western 
parts  of  the  State. 

Where  the  Permo-Carboniferous  formation  comes  in  contact 
with  the  underlying  Carboniferous,  as  in  the  Hunter  River 
district,  the  two  systems  seem  to  be  separated  by  a  slight  uncon- 
formity, and  there  is  frequently  considerable  overlap  of  the  en  tire 
strata  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  on  the  Carboniferous,  so  that 
in  many  places  the  basal  beds  are  entirely  concealed  from  view 
by  the  later  beds. 


61 

The  following  subdivison  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  system 
is  used  in  New  South  Wales  : — 

Maximum  thickness. 

Upper  Coal-measure  Series  ...  ...  1,500  feet 

Dempsey  Series     ...          ...  ...  ...  3,000    „ 

Middle  Coal-measure  Series  ...  ...  1,700    ,, 

Upper  Marine  Series         ...  ...  ...  6,400    ,, 

Lower  Coal-measure  Series  ...  ...  300    „ 

Lower  Marine  Series         ...  ...  ...  4,800    ,, 


Total  ...      17,700 


(A). — THE  LOWER  MARINE  SERIES. 

The  Hunter  River  District. — This,  the  lowest  subdivision  of 
the  Permo-Carboniferous  system,  has  its  greatest  development  in 
the  Hunter  River  district,  where  it  attains  a  maximum  thickness 
of  about  4,600  feet.     The  following  strata  occur  (in  descending 
-order). 

Thickness. 
Parley  stage — 

Marine  sandstones ...          ...          ...          ...     800  feet 

Ravensfield  sandstones       ...          ...          ...        15     ,, 

Lochinvar  stage — 

Tuffaceous    and     calcareous     shales     and 
cherts    (with     abundant    Bryozoa    and 

Foraminifera)      ...      700    „ 

Amy gdaloidal  basalt  flow 100-500    „ 

Harper's    Hill   sandstones  and    conglome- 
rates (passing  into  andesite  in  places)  ...      200    ,, 
Tuffaceous    shales    (with    glacial    erratics 
and  two  contemporaneous  basaltic  lava 

flows)       2,500    „  . 

Massive  sandstones,  with  plant  remains...        50     „ 
Glacial     beds     with      numerous     striated 

boulders 200    „ 

The  basal  beds  consist  of  shales  and  sandstones  containing 
numerous  ice-striated  pebbles  and  boulders.  These  are  not  in 
any  sense  boulder  -  clays  or  till,  but  are  ordinary  sediments 
into  which,  during  their  deposition,  glaciated  pebbles  have  been 
dropped  by  floating  ice.  It  might  be  mentioned  here  that  this  is 
the  probable  origin  also  of  the  striated  boulders  and  erratics 
which  occur  on  several  higher  horizons  in  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
system  in  New  South  Wales.  These  glacial  beds  grade  upwards 
into  massive  sandstones  containing  plant  remains.  Then  follows 
a  series  of  shales  with  occasional  glacial  erratics,  and  containing 


62 

abundant  marine  fossils.  These  beds  are  about  2,500  feet  thick, 
and  include  several  contemporaneous  lava-flows.  The  tuffaceous 
sandstones  and  conglomerates  which  come  next  are  typically 
exposed  at  Harper's  Hill  and  in  the  railway  cuttings  at  Allandale, 
They  contain  abundant  fossil  shells,  some  of  which,  such  as 
Eurydesma,  Keenia,  Aviculopecten,  &c.,  attain  a  considerable  size. 
In  close  association  with  the  Eurydesma  beds  occur  andesitic  lava- 
flows  and  tuffs,  typically  developed  at  Blair  Duguid,  to  the  south 


Fig.  30. 

Photograph  of  a  Glacial  Erratic  (Granite)  occurring  in  Upper  Marine  Strata, 
near  Branxton,  New  South  Wales.     (David.) 

of  Allandale.  The  Harper's  Hill  beds  are  followed  by  a  series  of 
basic  lavas  and  tuffs  ranging  from  100  to  500  feet  in  thickness, 
the  latter  containing  fossil  plants.  This  volcanic  series  is  well 
exposed  at  Mount  View,  still  further  to  the  south  of  Allandale, 
and  is  overlain  by  about  700  feet  of  soft  calcareous  shales,  some 
of  which  are  crowded  with  exquisitely  preserved  fossil  Bryozoa 
(Fenestella,  Polypora,  Stenopora)  and  Foraminifera  (Nubecularia f 
&c.).  These  calcareous  shales  are  more  or  less  tuffaceous ;  they 
close  the  Lochinvar  stage  and  are  succeeded  by  the  Ravensfield 
sandstones,  the  basal  beds  of  the  Farley  stage.  This  bed  of 


63 

sandstone,  although  not  more  than  15  feet  in  thickness,  is  so 
persistent,  that  in  one  place  it  can  be  traced  for  a  distance  of 
20  miles ;  it  contains,  in  places,  numerous  fossils,  the  most 
characteristic  of  which  are  the  genera  Goniatites  and  Edmondia. 
Some  beautiful  starfish  are  also  obtained  from  this  stratum.  The 
remaining  beds  of  the  Farley  stage  have  a  thickness  of  about 
1,000  feet,  and  consist  mainly  of  sandstone,  in  some  of  which 
marine  fossils  are  very  abundant. 

Near  Raymond  Terrace  the  Lower  Marine  series  includes  some 
fresh  water  beds  which  occur  at  about  the  same  horizon  as  the 
Eiirydesma  beds  of  Allandale.  These  contain  abundant  fossil 
ferns  (Gangamopleris)  and  a  coal  seam  about  10  feet  thick,  known 
as  Garrett's  Seam. 

The  Northern  Rivers  District. — Extensive  outcrops  of  Lower 
Marine  strata  are  known  to  occur  at  various  localities  between 
the  Hunter  River  and  the  Queensland  border,  notably  on  the 
watershed  of  the  Macleay  River,  and  about  the  headwaters  of  the 
Upper  Clarence  River.  The  former  occurrence  extends  from  the 
coast  at  the  mouth  of  the  Macleay  River,  westward,  to  the  eastern 
fall  of  the  New  England  tableland,  but  very  little  however  is  at 
present  known  as  to  its  real  extent.  In  his  account  of  the  Drake 
Gold-field,  Mr.  E.  C.  Andrews  has  described  the  occurrence  of 
Lower  Marine  strata,  associated  with  which  is  an  extensive  series 
of  andesitic  lavas  and  tuffs,  the  whole  resting  unconformably  upon 
an  older  series  of  acid  lavas  and  tuffs  ;  the  latter  are,  probably,  of 
Carboniferous  age.  The  Per  mo-Carboniferous  strata  in  this  region 
have  been  extensively  folded,  and  have  been  intruded  by  at  least 
two  separate  granite  intrusions. 

Mr.  J.  E.  Carrie  has  quite  recently  proved  the  existence  of 
similar  Lower  Marine  strata  in  the  Emmaville  district. 

Overlapping  of  the  Lower  Marine  Beds. — In  the  Hunter  River 
district,  where  the  northern  edge  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
basin  occurs,  the  Lower  Marine  beds,  as  well  as  the  Lower  Coal 
Measures  which  follow  them,  dip  south  and  west  under  the  later 
members  of  the  system,  but  fail  to  reappear  again,  either  on  the 
southern  or  the  western  edges  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  basin. 
Both  series,  therefore,  have  evidently  been  overlapped  by  the 
Upper  Marine  series,  which,  in  these  regions,  rest  directly,  and, 
at  the  same  time,  unconformably,  upon  strata  of  Devonian  age, 
(see  Fig.  53).  Just  how  far  to  the  south  and  south-west  this 
overlap  takes  place  is  unknown. 

(B). — THE  LOWER  COAL-MEASURE  SERIES. 

Hunter  River  District. — In  this  district  the  lower  Coal  Measures 
are  generally  referred  to  as  the  Greta  Coal  Measures,  and  have  a 
thickness  of  from  150  to  250  feet.  They  comprise  fresh-water 


It 


&l 


Q  *4 


65 


II 


-S   "4£ 


S  a 


H 


*•     x       x      x  ;      *      < 


x      x      x.      x      X     X 
*     x    x     x     x 

X       A       X       X       X 

x     x      X 

X       X        X       X       X       V 


X      X       X      X 
XXX 

t     x     x     x     x     x  > 
x     x     x     x     x    «^          § 

X       X       X       X       X       x 

XXXXXX-X  M 

rXXXAXXXy  fc 

/xxxxvx      x\ 


66 

shales,  sandstones,  and  conglomerates,  and  contain  two  important 
coal  seams.  The  lower  coal  seam  is  known  as  the  Homeville 
Seam  ;  it  varies  from  3  to  11  feet  in  thickness  and  contains  a 
hard  bituminous  coal.  la  the  South  Greta  Mine  the  base  of 
this  seam  consists  of  kerosene  shale.  The  upper  seam,  called  the 
Greta  Seam,  varies  from  14  to  32  feet  in  thickness,  and  is 
undoubtedly  the  finest  seam  of  coal  yet  found  in  Australia.  The 
coal  is  very  hard,  bright,  and  bituminous,  and  shows  remarkable 
uniformity  in  composition  throughout  the  district  in  which  it 
occurs  ;  it  is  of  excellent  quality  for  steam,  gas,  and  household 
purposes.  In  some  places  it  merges  into  a  cannel  coal,  and 
Dccasionally  into  kerosene  shale.  IP  the  sandstones  and  shales 
forming  the  roof  of  this  seam  stems  of  trees  of  considerable  size 
occur. 

A  bed  of  conglomerate,  containing  white  and  green  pebbles, 
which  overlies  the  bottom  seam  of  coal,  forms  a  very  characteristic 
"  persistent  horizon  "  which  has  been  very  useful  in  mapping  the 
outcrop  of  these  coal-measures.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the  anti- 
cline a  continuous  line  of  collieries  extends  from  West  Maitland 
to  Cessnoekj  nearly  all  of  which  have  been  opened  up  during  the 
past  few  years  As  these  coal  seams  are  not  horizontal,  but  dip 
at  angles  ranging  up  to  50°,  or  even  more  in  some  places,  their 
depth  below  the  surface  must  rapidly  increase  in  the  direction  of 
the  dip,  when  the  latter  is  considerable.  Using  a  limit  of  4,000 
feet  as  the  vertical  depth  at  which  coal  seams  can  be  profitably 
worked,  Professor  David  has  estimated  that  these  two  seams 
exist  at  a  workable  depth  over  an  area  of  158  square  miles,  and 
contain  a  gross  available  quantity  of  1,893,000,000  tons  of  coal. 

A  rich  fossil  flora  has  been  preserved  in  the  shale  beds,  and 
includes  the  genera  Gangamopteris,  Glossopteris,  Sphenopteris, 
Noeggerathiopsis,  and  Dadoxylon ;  of  these  the  first  is  the  most 
abundant. 

New  England  Tableland. — The  Lower  Coal  Measures  extend 
northwards  along  the  western  fall  of  the  New  England  Tableland 
toward  the  Queensland  border.  They  are  known  to  outcrop  in 
the  Parish  of  Tangorin  (County  of  Durham),  where  they  appear 
to  have  been  much  disturbed.  From  there  the  outcrops  trend 
north-westwards  past  Muswellbrook,  where  a  fine  seam  of  coal 
15  feet  in  thickness  is  now  being  opened  up.  At  Wingen  the 
Greta  coal  seam  is  on  fire,  and  has  been  burning  for  probably 
1,000  years  or  more.  Still  further  to  the  north  at  Ashford,  near 
Inverell,  a  long  narrow  coal-field  occurs  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
wide  and  extending  northward  nearly  to  the  Queensland  border. 

Here  the  Lower  Coal  Measures  have  a  thickness  of  over  400 
feet,  and  include  a  fine  coal  seam  27  feet  in  thickness  and  of  good 
quality.  These  beds  have  a  dip  of  40°  and  rest  unconformably 


67 

upon  a  series  of  highly  inclined  slates  which  have  been  referred 
to  the  Carboniferous  Period.  It  is  quite  possible  that  these 
latter  beds  are  of  Devonian  age.  The  fossil  plants  associated  with 
the  coal  seam  here  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Greta  Series.  At 
Wilson's  Downfall,  near  Tenterfa'eld,  deposits  of  graphite  occur,, 
associated  with  slates  and  tuffs,  all  of  which  have  been  intruded 
by  granite.  The  graphite  deposit  has  resulted  from  the  alteration 
of  a  dirty  coal  seam  by  the  granite  inclusion.  These  beds 
probably  belong  to  the  Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Illawarra  District. — Fresh- water  beds  containing  coal  seams 
have  been  found  underlying  the  Upper  Marine  Series  at  several 
localities  immediately  to  the  south  of  the  Shoalhaven  River. 
They  vary  from  a  few  feet  up  to  150  feet  in  thickness,  and  rest 
unconformably  upon  tilted  Devonian  strata.  Near  the  head  of 
the  Clyde  River  these  bede  outcrop  at  an  altitude  of  1,300  feet, 
and  include  two  coal  seams,  the  upper  one  of  which  is  about 
5  feet  thick  (including  bands).  Thin  layers  of  kerosene  shale 
occur  near  the  top  of  this  seam.  Similar  fresh- water  beds  occur 
elsewhere  in  the  district,  but  they  have  no  great  thickness,  and 
the  coal  seams  are  either  poor  or  absent.  The  formation,  as  a 
whole,  appears  to  occur  in  the  form  of  small  isolated  basins 
rather  than  to  be  continuous  over  any  considerable  area,  and,  as- 
coal-measures,  they  appear  to  have  very  little  commercial  value. 
These  measures  have  been  correlated  with  the  Lower  Coal 
Measures  of  the  Hunter  River  district,  but  it  is  very  doubtful  if 
they  are  co-extensive  with  them. 

(C).  — THE   UPPER  MARIXE  SERIES. 

This  series  extends  over  a  wider  area,  perhaps>  than  any  of  the 
other  subdivisions  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  System  in  New 
South  Wales,  and  outcrops  all  around  the  edges  of  the  main  coal 
basin.  A  description  of  its  occurrence  in  the  Northern,  Southern, 
and  Western  Coal  fields  will  serve  to  give  a  general  idea  of  the 
main  features. 

Hunter  River  District  (Northern  Coal-field).- — The  Upper 
Marine  Series  here  attains  a  maximum  thickness  of  6,000  feet,, 
and  consists  of  the  following  strata : — 

Orinoidal  Stage.  feet. 

Cha?nomya  Beds        ...          ...          ...          ...          ...         100 

Crinoidal  shales          2,900 

Muree  Stage. 
Conglomerates  and  sandstones        ...          ...          ...         400 

Branxton  Stage. 
Marine     shales,    sandstones,     and     conglomerates 

(with  erratics) ...      3,000 


68 

(a)  The  Branxton  Stage. — These  beds  consist  mainly  of  sand- 
stone     and    shale,   in    which    marine    fossils,    particularly    the 
Fenestellidse     family     of     the     Bryozoa,     are    very    abundant; 
glacial     erratics     are     also     very     numerous.        These     latter- 
range    up    to    5    tons    in    weight,    generally  consist  of  granite, 
and  some  of  the  smaller  ones  are  distinctly  striated.     One  of 
these  erratics  is   shown  in  Fig.  30.     The  position  in    which  it 
rests,  poised  on  edge,  and  the  way  in   which  it  seems  to  have 
indented  the    underlying   shales,    shows    that   it    was    probably 
dropped  from  floating  ice  into  a  bed  of  soft  marine  mud  and  left 
standing  in  the  position  in  which  it  is  now  seen.     One  of  the  few 
fossil  corals  which  occur  in  the  Per  mo-Carboniferous  strata,  viz., 
Tracliypora,  occurs  abundantly  near  the  top  of  this  stage. 

(b)  The  Muree  Stage. — The    lowest    stratum    is    a    calcareous 
conglomerate,  containing  numerous  small  and  occasionally  large 
glacial  erratics  and  an  abundance  of  marine  fossils.     Its  hardness 
and  resistance  to  weathering  causes  it  to  make  a  bold  outcrop. 
This    bed    is    usually  about    3,000   feet   above    the   Greta  Coal 
Measures,  and  passes  upward  into  a  series  of  massive  calcareous 
sandstones    about    400    feet    in    thickness,   in    which    a    small 
brachiopod  (tStrophalosia)  occurs  in  great  numbers. 

(c)  The  Crinoidal    Stage. — The    strata    on    this    horizon   are 
mainly    shales,    and,    as    the    name    implies,    contain    abundant 
remains  of  Crinoids.     The  thickness  varies  from  1 ,500  to  3,000 
feet,  and  they  terminate  upwards  in  beds  of  hard  cherty  shales 
called  the  Choenomya  Beds,  on  account  of  the  number  of  pele- 
cypods  of  that  name  which  they  contain. 

The  Lithgoic-Capertee  District  (Western  Coal-field). — The 
Permo-Carboniferous  formation  here  has  a  total  thickness  of  from 
800  to  1,600  feet  as  compared  with  a  thickness  of  over'  15,000  feet 
in  the  Hunter  River  district.  The  Lower  Marine  Series  and  the 
Lower  Coal  Measures  are  entirely  absent,  while  the  Upper  Marine 
Series-,  the  oldest  subdivision  represented,  rests  unconformably 
upon  highly  tilted  Lower  Palaeozoic  strata.  It  seems  evident, 
therefore,  that  this  region  was  dry  land  undergoing  denudation 
during  the  time  the  absent  members  of  the  formation  were  being 
deposited  elsewhere.  A  fairly  rapid  subsidence  toward  the  later 
part  of  the  Upper  Marine  epoch,  however,  allowed  the  sea  to 
transgress  much  farther  westwards  than  had  been  the  case  in  the 
earlier  part  of  the  period.  That  the  subsidence  was  fairly  rapid 
is  indicated  by  the  thick  coarse  conglomerates  which  occur  at  the 
base  of  the  Upper  Marine  Series  in  the  western  district.  This 
is  a  typical  basal  conglomerate  produced  by  the  waves  working 
over  the  regolith  as  the  eea  advanced  on  the  land.  The  boulders 
in  it  are  mainly  granite  and  quartzite,  derived  from  the  older 
rocks  upon  which  the  conglomerate  rests  ;  the  material  cementing 


69 

the  boulders  together  is  frequently  granite  sand  (arkose  con- 
glomerates). These  conglomerates  are  of  considerable  thickness, 
with  increasing  coarseness  towards  the  lowest  stratum,  where 
occasional  boulders  of  quartzite  several  tons  in  weight  occur.  It 
has  been  suggested  that  these  large  boulders  have  been  trans- 
ported by  floating  ice,  but  as  this  is  a  typical  littoral  deposit  laid 
down  along  an  old  shore-line,  and  as  the  boulders  appear  to  have 
been  derived  from  the  underlying  and  adjacent  older  strata,  this 
explanation  hardly  seems  necessary.  It  is  true  that  undoubted 
glacial  erratics  exist  in  the  Upper  Marine  strata  of  the  Newcastle 
district,  but  they  occur  on  what  is  probably  a  lower  horizon. 
Above  the  conglomerates  occur  alternating  beds  of  shale,  sand- 
stone, and  conglomerate,  the  shales  predominating  as  the  top  of 
the  series  is  reached  :  here  thin  bands  of  dolomite  and  earthy 
limestone  also  occur. 

The  Upper  Marine  strata  in  these  western  districts  are  singu- 
larly poor  in  fossil  remains,  and  such  as  do  occur  are  found  in  the 
lower  beds  only.  The  following  forms  have  been  identified  : — 

M.artiniopsis  subradiata.  Gonularia  inornata. 

Spirifer  vespertilio.  Goniatites  micro  mphalus. 

Spirifer  tastnaniensis.  Fenestella  fossula. 

Productus  brachythwrus.  fitenopora  tasmaniensis. 

Moeonia  carinata.  Aviculopecten  tenuicollis. 

Strophalosia  Clarkei.  Platyschisma. 

In  some  localities  the  basal  conglomerates  are  auriferous  ;  at 
Tallawang,  and  at  Gough's  Valley,  near  Gidgong,  the  auriferous 
conglomerates  have  been  mined,  and  have  yielded  from  1  to  15 
dwt.  of  gold  per  ton,  while  nuggets  weighing  up  to  5  oz.  have 
been  obtained.  The  gold,  which  was  coarse  and  waterworn,  had 
undoubtedly  been  shed  by  reefs  in  the  underlying  Lower  Palaeozoic 
formations  at  the  time  the  conglomerates  were  being  formed,  but 
its*  distribution  in  the  conglomerates  was  very  patchy. 

The  South-Western  Coal-fidd. — The  Upper  Marine  Series  outcrop 
in  the  valleys  intersecting  the  tableland  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Bundanoon,  &c.,  and  consist  mainly  of  sandstones  and  shales 
containing  abundant  marine  fossils.  Farther  south  at  Tallong 
the  formation,  which  ranges  up  to  400  feet  in  thickness,  consists 
mainly  of  conglomerates  with  thin  bands  of  fossiliferous  sandstone. 
The  pebbles  in  the  basal  conglomerates  have  been  derived  from 
the  underlying  older  Palaeozoic  rocks,  and  include  graphitic  slates, 
quartzite,  &c. 

The  I/lawarra  District. — Here,  as  has  already  been  shown 
with  regard  to  the  Western  Coal-field,  the  Lower  Marine  Series 
is  absent  and  the  Upper  Marine  Series,  where  the  base  is  visible, 
rests  unconformably  upon  truncated  Lower  Palaeozoic  strata. 
Near  the  southern  edge  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  basin,  however, 


11 

1.1 

5  t> 


6     It 
o    PQ 


o  _o 


71 

fresh-water  beds,   such  as   those   at   the   Clyde   River,    tmderly 
the  Upper  Marine  Beds,  but,  as  already  pointed  out,  to  a  very 
limited  extent.      Upper  Marine  strata  outcrop  along  the  coast 
from  Wollongong  to  as  far  south  as  Ulladulla.      North  of  the 
Shoalhaven  River  they  are  overlain  by  the  Upper  Coal  Measures, 
but  south  of  it  they  occupy  the  surface  of  the  tableland  over  a 
very  considerable  area.     When  the  tableland  is  intersected  by 
the  river  valleys,  these  beds  have  been  removed,  and  the  under- 
lying Lower  Palaeozoic  strata  exposed.    The  Upper  Marine  Beds, 
which  here  have  a  maximum  thickness  of  about  3,000  feet,  have 
been  subdivided  as  follows  : — 

Thick. 
Volcanic  Series — Crinoidal  shales  ...          ...      1,000  feet 

Nowra  grits  ...          ...          ...          ...          ...         250    ,, 

Wandra-Wandrian  sandstone         ...          ...         550    „ 

Conjola  Beds  1,400    „ 

(a)  Conjola  Beds. — These  occur  at  the  base  of  series  and  rest 
either  upon  the  underlying  fresh-water  beds,  or  unconformably 
upon   Devonian  or  older  strata.     They  consist  of  conglomerates, 
grits,  and  pebbly  sandstones.      Large  boulders  of  granite,  quartz 
porphyry,  and  quartzite  occur  both  in  the  basal  conglomerates  and 
the  overlying  beds  of  coarse  sandstone.     Marine  fossils  are  fairly 
common  in  these  beds,  particularly  the  genus  Mceonia  (a  pelecypod). 

(b)  The  Wandra-  Wandrian  Sandstones. — These  outcrop  strongly 
along  the  road  from  Nowra  to  Milton,  but  possess  no  features  of 
special  interest. 

(c)  The  Nowra  Grits. — These  are  the  gritty  sandstones  which 
outcrop  around  the  township  of  Nowra  and  along  the  banks  of 
the   Shoalhaven  River.     They  resemble  the  Muree  rock   of  the 
Hunter  River  district  both  in  lithological  character  and  in  their 
contained  fossils. 

(d)  Crinoidal  Beds. — These  consist  mainly  of  marine  shales  and 
sandstones.     In  the  Kiama  district  their  place  is  taken  largely 
by  the  Volcanic  Series.     The  lower  beds  contain  crinoid  stems  in 
abundance,  while  in  the  Gerringong  district  the  strata  are  literally 
crowded  with  fossils,  due  probably  to  the  rapid  killing  off  of  the 
marine  organisms  by  the  showers  of  fragmental  material   which 
now  began  to  be  ejected  by  volcanoes.     The  richness  of  this  marine 
fauna  is  shown  in  the  following  list  of  fossils  : — 

Upper  Marine  Fossils  from  Gerringong. 
PLANTS. — Coniferous  wood  (Dadoxylori),  Fucoid  remains. 
CRINOIDEA. — Tribrachiocrinus   corrugatus,   Phialocrinus  Step- 
hensi. 

BRYOZOA.  —  Stenopora    crinita,    K.    Tasmaniensis,   Fenestella 
fossula,  F.  internata,  Polypora,  Protoretepora  ampla. 


72 

BRACHIOPODA. —  Lingula  ovata,  Productus  brachythcerus,  Die- 
lasma  hastata,  Martiniopsis  subradiata,  Martiniopsis  oviformis, 
Spirifer  vespertilio.  S.  tasmaniensis,  S.  Clarkei,  >S.  Strzeleckii, 
Spiriferina  duodecimcostata. 

PELECYPODA. — Deltopecten  subquinquilineatus,  D.  leniusculus, 
Merismopteriamacroptera,Mcecniaelongata,M.  valida,  M.  carinata, 
Chcenomya  Etheridgei,  C.  Mitchelh,  Astartila  polita,  Notomya 
securiformis,  Stutchburia  costata,  Nuculana  Darwini. 

GASTEROPODA. —  Playschisma  oculum,  Ptycomphalina  Morris- 
siana,  Mourlonia  Strzeleckiana,  Murchisonia  verneuliana. 

PTEROPODA. — Hyolithes  lanceolata,  Conularia  inornata. 

CEPHALOPODA. — Goniaiites  micromphalus,  Orthoceras. 


Vertical    Scale 


Cambewarra 
Mtn. 


Jamberoo 

•  About  13  Miles - >-Mtn.?l30ft 

Robertson  Basalt 


2000  Ft 


1000  ft 


r  Nowra_-  -Berry;  ^      -  x  <       v         <      * 


/.  Howra     • 

i4  Grits,     '. 

and  Ardl/jceous  Sandstones 


Wa/l&ya  Do/erite 
Nepheline  Syenite 


Saddleback  Doieriie 


West/ey  Park  Tuffs 
Argillaceous  Sandstones  and  Shales 


Fig.  36. 

ession  of  1 
[iama  District.     (Jaquet  and  Card.) 


Diagrammatic  Section  showing  the  succession  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Volcanic  Series 
in  the  Ki 


(e)  The  Volcanic  Series. — From  the  Cambewarra  Mountains  to 
Port  Kembla  the  upper  portion  of  the  Upper  Marine  formation 
consists  entirely  of  lavas  and  tuffs;  these  have  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Kiama  a  maximum  thickness  of  about  1,000  feet.  To 


73      - 

the  north,  south,  and  west  the  volcanic  series  gradually  thins  out 
and  gives  place  to  ordinary  marine  sediments.  From  the  first 
centre  of  eruption,  which  seems  to  have  been  in  the  neighbourhood 


of  Kiama,  a  great  series  of  basic  lavas  and  tuffs  was  ejected  and 
deposited  on  the  surrounding  sea-bottom.  A  second  centre  of 
eruption  then  developed  further  to  the  south,  in  the  direction  of 
Cambewarra,  which  produced  trachytic  lavas  and  tuffs  ;  these  in 
turn  were  followed  by  basic  lavas.  Vulcan icity  was  resumed  on 


74 

a  smaller  scale  in  the  Upper  Coal-measure  epoch  with  a  further 
outpouring  of  basic  lavas.  The  section  in  Fig.  36  shows  this 
volcanic  series,  including  the  lavas  of  the  coal- measure. 


1.  Westley  Park  Tuffs. — These  are  about  40  feet  in  thickness  ; 
followed  downwards,  they  merge  imperceptibly  into  marine  shales 
and  sandstones.  They  contain  abundant  marine  fossils,  while 
ejected  volcanic  blocks  up  to  a  ton  or  more  in  weight  are  not 
uncommon. 


75 

2.  Blowhole  Flow. — This  outcrops  at  sea-level  at  Kiama,  and 
extends  southwards  as  far  as  Gerringong.     This  flow  is  a  typical 
basalt,  and  is  about  140  feet  in  thickness. 

3.  Kiama  Tuffs. — These  overly  the  Blowhole  flow,  and  have  a 
thickness  of   120  feet.     They  are  basic  in  composition,  are  fine- 
grained and  well  stratified.     Bands  of  lapilli  occur  at  intervals. 
Their  basic  composition  results  in  a  rich  reddish-brown  colour  on 
weathering. 

4.  Bumbo  Flow. — This  is  a   very  extensive  sheet  of  lava,  and 
ranges  from  30  to  500  feet  in  thickness.     It  is  strikingly  columnar, 
some  of  the  columns  attaining  a  height  of   50  or  60  feet  and  a 
diameter  of  8  feet. 

The  rock  is  a  basalt,  which  approaches  andesite  in  chemical 
composition  and  is  markedly  porphyritic  in  texture,  the  phenocrysts 
of  Labradorite  being  as  much  as  1  \  inches  in  length.  The  rock 
also  contains  a  very  small  percentage  of  native  copper.  The  flow 
has  been  extensively  quarried  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Kiama 
for  railway  ballast  and  for  road-making,  its  perfect  columnar 
structure  being  of  material  assistance  in  quarrying. 

5.  Jamberoo  Tuffs.— These  are  trachytic  in  composition,  and 
have  a  maximum  thickness  of  over  600  feet.     They  extend  from 
Cambewarra  to  as  far  north  as  Jamberoo,  and  overlap  the  basic 
flows  and  tuffs  already  described. 

6.  Saddleback  Flow. — This  is  a  basalt,  and  covers  a  less  exten- 
sive area  than  the  other  lava  flows  of  the  district ;  it  has  a  thick- 
ness of  about  60  feet. 

7.  Cambewarra  Flow. — Excepting   perhaps   the   Bumbo  flow, 
this  is  the  largest  and  most  extensive  flow  in  the  district.     It  has 
a  maximum  thickness  of   600  feet,  and  extends  from  Stockyard 
Mountain  (north-west  of  Kiama)  to  the  southern  edge  of  the  Cam- 
bewarra Range,  a  total  distance  of  22  miles.     It  is  a  trachyte,  and 
consists  mainly  of  Orthoclase  and  Plagioclase,  with  a  subordinate 
amount  of  Augite.     The  chemical  analysis  of  these  lavas  is  given 
on  page  168. 

(D). — THE  TOMAGO  SERIES  AND  THE  DEMPSEY  SERIES. 

The  Middle  Coal  Measures. 

Lying  between  the  Upper  Marine  Series  and  the  Upper  Coal 
Measures  in  the  Newcastle-Maitland  area  of  the  Hunter  River 
district  there  is  a  considerable  thickness  of  fresh- water  beds.  The 
lower  part  of  this  formation  contains  several  workable  coal  seams, 
and  has  been  called  the  Tomago  or  East  Maitland  Coal  Measures 


76 

while  the  upper  part,  which  is  not  known  to  carry  any  coal  seams, 
is  known  as  the  Dempsey  Series.  Neither  of  these  are  known  to 
occur  in  any  other  district. 

(a)  The  Tomago  or  East  Maitland  Coal  Measures. — These  are 
fresh- water  beds,  varying  from   600  to  2,000  feet  in  thickness, 
and  include  the  following  strata  : — 

Four-mile  Creek  Beds —  feet. 

Conglomerates           ...          ...          ...  ...  20 

Sandstone  and  shales            ...          ...  ...  58 

No.  1  Coal  Seam  (top  searn)            ...  ...            4J 

Sandstones    ...          ...          ...          ...  ...  68 

No.  2  Coal  Seam      7 

Shales  with  (Glossopteris]    ...          ...  ...            5 

No.  3  Coal  Seam      ...          ...          ...  ...            6 

Shales  and  sandstones  (with  two  thin 

coal  seams)    ...          ...          ...  ...  38 

Buttai  Beds- 
Sandstones  and  shales          ...          ...          ....        220 

Rathluba  Beds — 

Rathluba  Coal  Seam             ...          ...          ...  H 

Shales,  &c 82 

Morpeth  Coal  Seam ...          4J-8 

Shales,  sandstone,  &c.           ...          ...          ...  94 

The  coal  seams  are  very  variable  in  thickness,  frequently  split- 
ting, and  in  places  show  marked  evidence  of  contemporaneous 
erosion,  The  coal  is  friable  and  inferior  to  that  obtained  from 
the  Lower  and  Upper  Coal  Measures.  The  aggregate  thickness 
of  coal  is  about  40  feet,  of  which  about  20  feet  has  been  proved 
to  Tbe  workable. 

(b)  The  Dempsey  Series. — This  is  a  series  of  fresh-water  beds, 
shales,   and    sandstones,   about  2,000  feet    in    thickness,    lying 
between    the    East   Maitland    Coal    Measures    and   the    Upper 
Newcastle   Coal  Measures.      They    appear   to   contain   no   coal 
seams,  and  possess  no  features  of  special  interest. 


(E).; — UPPER  -COAL  MEASURES. 

:This,'  the  topmost  subdivision  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
system,  extends  over  nearly  the  same  area  as  the  Upper  Marine 
Series,  and,  except  in  parts  of  the  Hunter  River  district,  directly 
succeeds  :  the  latter  formation.  It  is  the  most  important  and 
extensive  coal-bearing  formation  in  Australia.  The  Upper  Coal 


77 

Measures     in    the    Newcastle    district     include    the    following 

strata  : — 

feet. 

Wallarah  coal  seam      ...           ...          ...  ...  5 

Shales    ...  6 

Conglomerates ...           ...           ...           ...  ...  120 

Great  Northern  coal  seam       ...          ...  ...  14 

Tuffaceous  shales  (with  fossil  trees)    ...  ...  80 

Coriglo rne rates  ...          ...          ...          ...  ...  45 

Shales,  sandstones,  and  cherts             ...  ...  54 

Upper  Pilot  coal  seam 

Shales,  tuffs,  and  cherts           ...          ...  ...  33 

Lower  Pilot  coal  seam               ...          ...  ...  5 

Conglomerates  (with  current  bedding)  . . .  200 

Cardiff  coal  seam  (with  bands)             ...  ...  16^ 

Shales,  &c.        ...  30" 

Burwood  coal  seam       ...          ...          ...  13^ 

Shales  and  cherts          ...          ...          ...  ...  35 

Nobbys  coal  seam           . .          ...          ...  ...  6 

Shales    ...          40 

Dirty  coal  seam             ...          ...          ..  ...  7 

Shales 50' 

Yard  coal  seam 

Shale  and  sandstones   ...          ...          ...  . .  200 

Borehole  coal  seam       ...          ...          ...  ...      6-20 

Waratah  sandstone      ...          ...           ...  ...  30 

Shales,  &c.  (with  two  small  coal  seams)  ...  170 

Total  thickness  -1,221 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  Newcastle  Coal  Measures  include  ten 
important  coal  seams,  as  well  as  several  smaller  ones.  Of  these, 
the  Borehole  seam  has  received  the  greatest  attention  from  the 
coal  miner,  and  is  worked  at  nineteen  distinct  collieries.  It 
varies  from  4^  to  20  feet  in  thickness,  and  in  places  splits  into 
two  seams,  the  upper  division  being  then  known  as  the  Young 
Wallsend  Seam.  The  upper  seams  correspond  with  those  in  the 
Illawarra  Coal  Measures,  and  are  being  worked  in  several 
collieries.  The  two  Pilot  seams  apparently  coalesce  in  a  south- 
westerly direction,  and  form  the  Australasian  Seam,  which 
(including  clay  bands)  has  a  thickness  of  50  feet,  and  is  the 
thickest  coal  seam  in  New  South  Wales ;  only  the  lower  7  feet  of 
the  coal  is  mined. 

The  aggregate  thickness  of  workable  coal  in  the  seams  of  the 
Newcastle  Coal  Measures  is  from  35  to  40  feet. 

The  coals  are  fairly  hard  ;  they  include  both  splint  and  bitu- 
minous coals,  and  the  quality  fe  excellent  for  gas-making  arid: 


78 

steaming  purposes.  The  strata  with  which  these  coal  seams  are 
associated  consist  of  conglomerates,  sandstones,  shales,  and  cherty 
tuffs.  Conglomerates  are  strongly  in  evidence  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  series,  individual  beds  ranging  up  to  200  feet  in  thick- 
ness. A  feature  of  special  interest  with  regard  to  these  conglome- 
rates, is  that  they  show  strongly  marked  current  bedding,  the 
laminae  in  many  cases  dipping  from  the  ocean  towards  the  land ; 
this  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  land  which  supplied  the 


36  feet  Greenish-grey  shales  passing  into  red  shales  like  the  chocolate 
Narrabeen  stage. 

10  feet  ]  Conglomerate  weathering  ochreous  brown. 

10  feet  Chiefly  shales,  greenish-grey  to  ochreous  and  red. 

2  feet  Hard  whitish  sandstone.    The  basal  bed  of  the  Triassic  rocks. 

2  feet  Coal  much  weathered.    This  is  the  Wallarah  or  Bulli  Seam. 
1  inch  Brown  shale,  with  Vertebrana. 

linch  Coal. 

8  inch  Shaly  coal,  with  bands  of  brown  shale. 

3  feet  Dark  grey  shale,  becoming  lighter  in  colour  downwards. 
1  foot  Red  shale  like  chocolate  shale. 

1  foot  Fine-grained  sandstone. 

45  feet  Coarse  conglomerate. 


20  feet     Conglomeratic  sandstone. 


of  the      N 


Fig.  39. 

Cliff  Section,  Moon  Island,  south  of  Newcastle,  showing  junction  of  Triassic  Rocks 
and  Upper  Coal  Measures.    (David.) 


pebbles  for  the  building  up  of  these  beds  lay  to  the  east  of  the 
existing  coast.  The  shales  contain  an  abundance  of  fossil  plants, 
among  which  the  genus  Glossopteris  is  particularly  plentiful. 
Remains  of  fossil  insects  (Mayflies)  also  occur  on  some  horizons. 
The  beds  of  chert  which  occur  at  frequent  intervals,  particularly 
between  the  Nobbys  and  Burwood  coal  seam,  have  been  shown  to 
consist  of  minute  broken  fragments  of  felspar  crystals,  inter- 
spersed with  volcanic  ash.  These  beds  then,  fine-grained  as  they 
are,  are  really  tuffs ;  excellent  samples  of  them  may  be  seen  in 
the  cliff  sections  adjacent  to  Newcastle. 


79 

Origin  of  the  Coal. — Professor  David,  in  his  description  of  the 
Pilot  seam  and  the  adjacent  strata,  makes  the  following  remarks 
regarding  the  origin  of  the  coal : — "  No  more  impressive  evidence 
can  be  imagined  as  to  the  origin  in  situ  of  our  coal  seams  than 
that  afforded  by  this  beautiful  section.  (See  Fig.  40.)  The  beds 
of  chert  which  separate  the  Upper  Pilot  seam  from  the  Lower- 


Coarse  conglomerate. 

Horizon  for  14-foot  (Great  Northern)  coal  seam. 

?il  trees  on  horizon  of  the  Awaba  Trees  of  Fennel  Bay. 


80  feet,  chiefly  tuffaceous  grey  shales,  with  occasional   cherty  bands, 
and  some  perished  coal,  perhaps,  on  horizon  of   Fassifern   Seam 


45  feet  conglomerate,  passing  downwards  into  pebbly 
sandstone,  with  drift  trees  fossilised  in  ironstone 


to  3  ieet  dark  grey  shale. 


40  feet  hard,  bluish-grey  sandstone. 

Bottom  of  Government  Quarry. 

12  feet  cherts  and  Carbonaceous  shales. 

8  feet  9  inches  coal  and  bands,  Upper  Pilot  Seam 

6  feet  5  inches  soapy  shales  and  hard  cherty  rock. 

8   feet    speckled  tuft's,    well  stratified    sandstones,   an 

cherty  shales. 

19  feet  cherts  and  grey  shales. 
.">  feet,  Lower  Pilot  Seam,  w>al  and  shale  band 
:H     feet    sandstone,    passing    downwards    into 
hard,  line  conglomerate. 


Fig.  40. 
Section  of  Upper  Coal  Measures,  Government  Quarry,  Swansea.    (David.) 


are  traversed  by  numerous  vertical  stems  of  large  trees,  now 
converted  into  chalcedony  These  can  be  traced  downwards 
almost  from  the  lioor  of  the  Upper  seam  through  a  thickness  of 
from  20  to  30  feet  of  chert  into  the  roof  of  the  Lower  seam.  As 
they  are  traced  downwards  into  the  top  layer  of  the  coal  of  the 
Lower  Pilot  seam,  the  substance  of  the  fossil  trees  changes 
quickly  from  chalcedonic-quartz  into  a  form  of  hydrocarbon.  It, 
is  a  fact  most  obvious,  even  to  the  most  casual  observer,  that: 


80 

these  trees  are  all  in  situ  in  the  roof  of  this  lower  coal  seam,  and 
that  their  stems  and  roots  have  become  partly  absorbed  into  the 
substance  of  the  coal.  The  trees  were  about  5  yards  apart  from 
•centre  to  centre,  and  their  diameter  varies  from  10  to  15  inches. 
In  the  floor  of  both  the  Upper  and  Lower  Pilot  seams  there  are 
great  numbers  of  more  or  less  vertical  roots  of  vertebraria  [the 
rhizome  of  Glossopteris. — C.A.S.],  while  the  layers  of  black  shale 
between  the  beds  of  coal  abound  in  Glossopteris  [a  fossil  fern. — 


20  to  30  feet.     Coarse  sandstones  and  fine  conglomerates. 

Fossil  trees. 
20  feet  (about).     Dark-grey  clay  shales  and  sandstones. 

6  feet     Sandstone. 
10  feet     Cherts  and  cherty  shales. 

13  feet    Burwood  Coal  Seam. 

16  feet     Dark-grey  clay  shales. 

Thin  coal  seam. 
10  feet     Fine  greyish-white  sandstone. 

Sea  level. 

10  feet     Clayey  sandstones. 


^  10  to  12  feet    Cherts. 
5  to  6  feet    Nobbys  Coal  Seam. 


Fig.  41. 

Cliff  Section,  Portion  30,  Parish  of  Kahibah,  south  of  Newcastle  (David).  This, 
with  the  two  preceding  sections,  gives  a  nearly  complete  succession  of  the  Upper 
Coal  Measures  as  seen  outcropping  along  the  coast  south  from  Newcastle. 

C.A.S.],  and  the  black  fireclay  bands  are  full  of  mother-of-coal 
and  sporangia  (seed  vessels).  It  is  quite  evident  that  we  have 
here  to  deal  with  an  ancient  fossil  forest  which  marked  the  final 
stages  in  the  evolution  of  a  huge  peaty  swamp  in  Permo-Carboni- 
ferous  times.  This  forest  was  formed  of  closely-packed,  tall, 
coniferous  trees,  rooted  on  the  surface  of  thick  peat.  It  is  clear, 
then,  that  in  this  seam,  as  in  the  case  of  all  Newcastle  seams, 
the  woody  material  which  went  to  form  the  coal  actually  grew  on 
the  spot  where  the  seams  are  now  found. 


81 

The  past  geological  history  of  this  part  of  the  coal-field  may 
probably  be  read  as  follows  : — Along  a  wide  coastal  plain  there 
was  a  development  of  plant  growth  in  shallow  marshes,  the  pre- 
dominant type  of  plants  at  first  being  Glossopteris  and  Sphenopteris. 
This  growth  of  lowly-organised  plants  like  ferns  was  followed  later 
by  a  spread  of  forest  trees." 

Rix's  Creek  Coal-field. — The  Upper  Coal  Measures  which  occur 
at  Rix's  Creek,  near  Singleton,  have  a  thickness  of  upwards  of 
1,000  feet  and  dip  to  the  west.  Bores  put  down  in  these 
measures  at  Ravensworth  penetrated  twelve  (12)  seams  of  coal, 
the  aggregate  thickness  of  coal  being  86  feet.  These  coal 
measures  are  probably  the  equivalent  of  the  Newcastle  Coal 
Measures. 

The  Curlewis-Gunnedah  Coal-field. — The  same  coal  seams 
extend  in  a  westerly  direction  to  Gunnedah,  where  they 
have  been  worked  to  a  small  extent.  The  following  succes- 
sion of  strata  have  been  described  from  this  locality  by 
Mr.  J.  E.  Carne. 

Thickness. 

feet. 

Tertiary  (3)    Dolerite  Flow    200 

{'  Hawkesbury  Stage     130 
f  Chocolate  shales 3 

Narrabeen  Stage  -<  Sandstones  40 

(  Conglomerates 90 

(  Sandstones 50 

Coal  seam    12-15 

Shales,  sandstones,  and  conglome- 
rates           100 

Permo-Carboniferous  -  Upper^j  g^erty Tales' :.'  50 

Coal  Measures.  Sandstone,      conglomerate,      and 

shales    58 

Coal  seam     6 

j  Shales   and   sandstone    (unknown 
I         thickness)    

The  Mnrrurundi  District,. — Here  the  Upper  CoalMeasure  Series 
consist  mainly  of  lavas  and  tutf's ;  interstratified  with  them,  how- 
ever, there  are  some  fresh- water  beds. 

The  rhyolites  and  rhyolite  tutf's  which  occur  at  the  base  of  the 
series  are  probably  of  Carboniferous  age.  The  fresh-water  beds 
are  about  100  feet  thick,  and  contain  at  least  one  coal  seam  in 
which  an  important  deposit  of  Kerosene  Shale  occurs,  and  which 
is  now  being  opened  up.  The  lavas  and  tuffs  associated  with 
these  fresh-water  beds  are  basic  in  composition,  and  are  upwards 
of  1,200  feet  in  thickness. 


83 

The  Western  Coal-field. — This  coal-field  occurs  along  the  western 
edge  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Basin,  the  coal  measures 
outcropping  beneath  the  Triassic  strata  along  the  sides  of  the 
valleys  on  the  western  edge  of  the  Blue  Mountains  Tableland, 
from  Lithgow  northwards  to  Gunnedah.  South  from  Lithgow 
the  outcropping  edge  of  the  coal-basin  trends  south-west  past 
Burragorang  to  the  South-western  Coal-field. 

The  Lithgow  Coal  Measures  are  the  equivalent  of  the  Newcastle 
and  Bulli  Coal  Measures,  and  in  the  Lithgow  district  have  a  thick- 
ness of  about  480  feet ;  northwards  the  thickness  gradually  in- 
creases, until  at  Talbragar,  and  in  the  North-western  Coal-field 
generally,  a  thickness  of  about  1,200  feet  is  reached.  The  base 
of  the  coal  measures  in  the  Lithgow  district  is  marked  by  a  bed 
of  conglomerate  about  50  feet  in  thickness  called  the  Marangaroo 
Conglomerate  ;  the  remaining  strata  consist  of  shales  and  sand- 
stones, with  a  few  thin  bands  of  conglomerate  and  cherty  tuffs. 
Seven  coal  seams  are  known  to  occur,  three  of  which  are  of  com- 
mercial importance.  Of  these  the  lowest  (Lithgow  seam)  is  the 
most  extensively  worked,  seven  collieries  operating  on  it  at 
Lithgow,  and  five  collieries  at  Wallerawang  and  Cullen  Bullen. 

The  next  seam  (sixth  seam),  which  is  60-80  feet  above  the 
Lithgow  seam,  is  worked  to  some  extent  at  Portland,  Cullen 
Bullen,  and  Wallerawang,  and  is  somewhat  similar  in  composi- 
tion. The  "  Top  "  or  "  Katoomba  "  seam  occurs  at  the  top  of  the 
series,  immediately  below  the  Triassic  strata.  This  seam  is 
apparently  identical  with  the  " Bulli"  seam  of  the  Illawarra 
district  and  with  the  seam  now  being  worked  in  the  Balmain 
Colliery  (Sydney).  It  has  been  mined  for  coal  at  Hartley  Yale 
and  elsewhere,  but  its  importance  is  due  mainly  to  the  occurrence 
in  it  of  a  band  of  kerosene  shale,  varying  from  2  feet  to  6  feet  in 
thickness,  which  has  been  extensively  mined  at  Hartley  Yale, 
Katoomba,  &c.  The  nature  and  origin  of  kerosene  shale  will  be 
referred  to  later.  The  shales  associated  with  the  coal-measures 
are  very  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  brick,  pottery,  stoneware, 
and  fire-brick",  and  are  being  extensively  used  for  this  purpose 
at  Lithgow.  The  fossil  flora  preserved  in  these  shales  is  similar 
to  that  found  in  the  corresponding  strata  in  other  districts, 
and  includes  Olossopteris,  Vertebraria,  tiphenopteris,  Phyllotheca, 
Brachyphyllum,  Dadoxylon,  and  the  Nce.ggerathiopsis.  In  the 
cherty  tuffs  near  Lithgow,  these  plants  are  particularly  well 
preserved. 

The  South-  Western  Coal-field. — This  occurs  adjacent  to  the  Main 
Southern  Railway  Line  from  Mittagong  to  Tallong.  Here  the 
main  streams  have  cut  down  their  gorges  through  the  Triassic  strata 
which  forms  the  surface  of  the  Tableland,  and  have  exposed  the 
underlying  upper  coal-measures.  These  range  up  to  200  feet  in 


84 

thickness  and  include  several  coal  seams.  At  Tallong,  on  the 
southern  edge  of  the  basin,  conglomerate  and  sandstones  pre- 
dominate. Here  the  coal  is  of  a  very  poor  quality,  as  might  have 
been  expected,  since  it  was  produced  at  the  very  border  of  the  coal 
swamps,  and  therefore  subject  to  contamination  by  mechanical 
sediments.  Here  also  the  leaves  of  Nceggerathiopsis  are  far  more 
plentiful  than  fronds  of  Glossopteris,  probably  due  to  the  fact  that 
the  dry  land  to  the  south  and  west  was  clothed  with  Dadoxylon 
trees  from  which  the  leaves  were  shed.  Throughout  this  coal-field 
the  coal  is  apparently  not  of  such  good  quality  as  that  from  other 
parts  of  the  State,  owing  to  the  relatively  higher  percentage  of  ash 
contained.  Kerosene  shale  of  very  good  quality  has  been  mined 
near  Mittagong. 

The  Southern  (Illawarra)  Coal-field. — The  upper  coal-measures 
in  the  Newcastle  district  dip  south,  and  at  Sydney  are  nearly 
3,000  feet  below  sea-level.  From  here  they  begin  to  rise,  until 
at  Clifton  they  again  appear  above  sea-level.  Followed  still 
further  southwards,  the  strata  continue  to  rise  until,  at  Carnbe- 
warra  on  the  southern  edge  of  the  basin,  they  reach  an  altitude 
of  1,600  feet.  Here  they  have  a  thickness  of  only  40  feet, 
whereas,  at  Jamberoo,  some  20  miles  northwards,  the  thickness 
has  increased  to  850  feet,  which  is  about  the  average  thickness 
for  the  district.  The  strata,  often  referred  to  as  the  Bulli 
Coal  Measures,  consists  mainly  of  shale  and  sandstones  ;  but  at 
Jamberoo  the  basal  beds  are  tuffs,  and  two  basaltic  lava-flows 
occur  in  the  series.  Cherty  tuffs,  similar  to  those  of  the  Newcastle 
district,  also  occur.  Five  seams  of  coal  exist  throughout  the 
greater  part  of  the  district,  as  follows  : — 

No.  1,  or  the  Bulli  seam    2-1 4  feet  in  thickness. 

No.  2,  or  the  dirty  seam     .  ..    .  4-13     ,,  ., 

No.  3,  or  the  thick  seam  £-17     ,,  ,, 

No.  4  seam  7-9       ,,  ,, 

No.  5,  or  the  bottom  seam    ..  4-14     ,,  ,, 

Of  these  the  top,  or  Bulli  seam,  has  been  mined  all  along  its 
outcrop  from  Clifton  to  Mount  Kembla.  The  coal  is  an  excellent 
steaming  and  coking  coal. 

The  same  seam  is  being  mined  at  Helensburgh  in  the  Metro- 
politan Colliery,  at  a  depth  of  1,100  feet  below  the  surface,  and 
in  the  Sydney  Harbour  Colliery,  at  a  depth  of  about  2,900  feet 
below  sea-level.  The  coal  from  the  latter  colliery  is  semi- 
anthracitic  in  composition,  and  is  almost  smokeless. 


CHAPTER  X. 


PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS  PERIOD  (continued}. 

I. — PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS  LIFE, 

(a)  The  Marine  Fauna.— -The    marine   life   of    this    period   is 
thoroughly  Palaeozoic  in  character,  and  contains  an  admixture  of 


SS*?-^ 


1 

w$nr 

mm  i 

^ri-,ll'l 


Fig.  43. 

Permo  Carboniferous  Corals  and  Bryozoa. 

1.  Polypora.     2.  Stenopora  crinita.     3.  Trachypora  Wilkinsoni.     4.  Zaphrentis. 
Cainodon.     5-7.  Zaphrentis  Gregoriana. 


86 

what  would,  iri  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  be  considered  as 
distinct  Carboniferous  and  Permian  types.  That  it  differs 
markedly  from  the  marine  fauna  of  the  true  Carboniferous  forma- 
tion of  New  South  Wales,  already  described,  is  shown  by  the 
following  list  of  its  more  important  members  ;  such  genera  as  are 
common  to  the  two  periods  are  represented,  in  most  cases,  by 
different  species  : — 

Foraminifera  : — Nubecularia,  Lituoln,  Nodosaria,  Endothyra, 
Lagena. 

Spongida  : — Hyalostelia. 

Actinozoa  :—Zaphrentis,  Trachypora. 

Crinoidea  : — Phialocrinus,  Tribrachiocrinus. 

Asteroidea  : — Pahester. 

Echinoidea  : — Archceocidaris. 

Bryozoa  : — Fenestella,  Polypora,  Protoretepora,  Stenopora. 

Brachiopoda  : — Lingula,  Dielasma,  Productus,  Martiniopsis, 
Spirifer,  Spirifer  ina,  Strophalosia. 

Pelecypoda  : — Aviculopecten,  Deltopecten,  Mceonia,  Meris- 
mopteria,  Chcenomya,  Cleobis,  Notomya,  Edmondia, 
Eurydesma,  Stutchburia,  Pleurophorus,  Astartila,  Apha- 
naia. 

Pteropoda  : — Hyolithes,  Conularia. 

Cephalopoda  : — Orthoceras,  Goniatites. 

Crustacea  (Ostracoda)  : — Entomis,  Polycope,  Carbonicola. 

PROTOZOA. — Foraminifera  are  abundant,  particularly  so  in  the 
lower  marine  strata  of  the  Pokolbin  district.  Radiolaria  are 
not  known  to  occur. 

SPONGIDA. — Sponges  are  uncommon. 

CCELENTERATA. — The  corals  are  the  only  group  represented, 
and  are  uncommon,  only  two  genera  being  known.  The  refrigera- 
tion of  the  climate,  as  indicated  by  the  glacial  beds,  is  the  cause 
generally  assigned  for  the  practical  extinction  of  the  more 
abundant  corals  of  the  previous  periods. 

ECHINODERMATA. — The  crinoids  were  at  times  abundant, 
particularly  in  the  latter  part  of  the  Upper  Marine  Epoch.  The 
genus  Phialocrinus  had  a  calyx  up  to  4  inches  in  diameter,  and 
is  the  largest  known  crinoid  yet  found  in  Australia.  Tribra- 
chiocrinus is  an  interesting  type,  possessing  three  simple  arms  and 


87 


two  double  arms — it  is  the  commonest  genus,  and  is  confined  to 
Australia.      Large  starfish  occur,  particularly  on  the  Ravensfield 


sandstone    horizon.        Hea-urchins    were 
cystoicls  and  blastoids  are  unknown. 


not    numerous,    while 


Fig.  44. 

Permo-Carboniferous  Echinodermata. 
1.  Phialocrinus  princeps.     2.  Palcester  giganteus 


MOLLUSCOIDEA. — The  Bryozoa  become  more  important  than 
they  had  ever  been  before.  The  Fenestellidre  ( Fenestella,  Polypora, 
&c.)  occurred  in  great  numbers,  and  their  beautiful  lace-like 
structures  are  wonderfully  well  preserved  in  some  of  the  marine 
shales.  The  coral-like  genus  Stenopora  was  also  abundant,  and  is 
represented  by  both  massive  (S.  crinita)  and  branching  forms 
(S.  Tasmaniensis). 

The  BRACHIOPODA  lived  in  countless  numbers,  and  probably 
dominated  all  the  other  invertebrates.  The  Spiriferidse  (Spirifer, 
Martiniopsis,  &c.)  and  the  Productida?  (Productus  and  Stropha- 
losia)  were  the  most  abundant  of  these ;  the  genus  Spirifer, 
in  particular,  was  represented  by  large  numbers,  both  of 
species  and  individuals.  Martiniopsis  supplied  the  largest 
brachiopod  shells  yet  found  in  Australia.  The  Strophomenidse 
and  Orthidse,  so  abundant  in  the  Carboniferous  strata,  are 
absent  here. 


Fig.  45. 
Permo-Carboniferous  Brachiopods. 

1.  Spirifer  convolutus.  2.  M artiniopsis  subradiatus.  3.  Martiniopsis  subradiatus 
{internal  cast).  4-5.  Spirifer  Tasmaniensis.  6-7.  Terebratula  (Dielasma)  sacculus. 
8,  10.  Productus  brachythcerus  (ventral  valve).  9.  Productus  brachythcerus  (dorsal 
valve). 

MOLLUSCA. — These  rival  the  Molluscoidea  in  numbers,  the  two 
sub-kingdoms  together  providing  the  great  bulk  of  the  marine 
fauna.  The  Permo-Carboniferous  was  undoubtedly  the  *'  Age  of 
the  Shell-fish."  The  Pelecypods  dominate  the  other  classes  of 
the  mollusca,  and  were  more  abundant  and  individually  larger 
than  they  had  been  in  any  previous  period.  The  shells  of 
Aphanaia  attained  a  length  of  15  inches,  while  Cleobis  and 
Eurydesma  also  built  very  large  and  thick  shells. 


89 


Fig.  46. 
Permo-Carbon  if erous  Molhi  s<  -a . 

1-2.  Eun/desma  cordatum  (Morris).  3.  Aviculopecten  tenuicollis  (Dana). 
4.  Mceonia  elongata  (Dana).  5.  Goniatites  (Agathiceras)  micromphalus  (Morris). 
6.  Keeneia  platyschismoides  (Eth.  fll.).  7.  Platyschisma  oculum  (Sowerby). 
8.  Orthoceras  (Cameroceras)  Phillipsi  (De  Kon.). 

The  Gasteropoda,  while  not  so  numerous  as  the  Pelecypoda, 
were  larger  than  they  had  ever  been  before.  Platyschisma,  and 
its  ally  Keeneia,  were  the  largest  and  most  characteristic  genera. 
The  Cephalopoda  were  relatively  uncommon  ;  Orthoceras  still 
persists  and,  together  with  Goniatites,  is  fairly  abundant  on  the 
Ravensfield  sandstone  horizon.  The  great  advance  in  the 
Cephalopods,  which  took  place  in  other  parts  of  the  world 


90 

towards  the  close  of  the  Palaeozoic  Era,  and  which  foreshadowed 
their  extraordinary  development  in  the  Mesozoic  Era,  has  no 
parallel  in  New  South  Wales. 

ARTHROPODA. — Trilobites  are  unknown,  and  evidently  became 
extinct  at  the  close  of  the  Carboniferous  Period. 

The  Ostracods  are  the  only  known  representative  of  the  sub- 
kingdom,  and  even  those  are  not  abundant. 

(B.)  The  Terrestrial  Flora  and  Fauna. — This  includes  the 
following  genera  : — 

Equisitales — - Phyllotheca,  Schizoneura,  Annularia. 

Filicales  (Ferns) — Glossopteris ,  Gangamopteris,    Vertebrariu, 

Sphenopteris,  Alethopteris,  Taencopteris. 
Cordaitese  (?) — Dadoxylon,  Noeggerathiopsis. 
Coniferse  (?) — Brachyphyllum. 
Ginkgoacese — Baiera. 
Insecta — Neuroptera  (?). 
Amphibia — Bothriceps. 
Pisces  (Fish) — Urosthenes. 


Fig.  47 

Permo-Uarboniferous  Plants. 
1-2.  Glossopteris  linearis  (McCoy).     3-4.  Glossopteris  Browniana  (Bgt.). 


91 

The  most  characteristic  member  of  this  flora  is  the  fern 
Glossoptens  (Fig.  47)  ;  its  fronds  occur  in  enormous  numbers,  and 
the  peculiar  anastoraising  venation  shown  in  the  illustration  is 
very  characteristic.  Ganyamopteris,  although  less  abundant,  is 
just  as  characteristic,  particularly  for  the  earlier  part  of  the 
period  ;  it  has  a  similar  venation  to  Glossopteris,  but  no  midrib 


Fig.   48. 

Permo-Carboniferous  Plants. 

1.  Gangamopteris  Clarkei  (Feist.).  2.  ScMzoneura  Australis  (Eth.  fil.).. 
3.  BracfiypJiyllum  Australe  (Feist.).  4.  Vertebraria  Australis  (McCoy).  5.  Phyllotheca 
Australis — stem  (Bgt.).  6.  Phyllotheca  Australis— whorl  of  leaves. 

(Fig.  48).  Vertebraria  was  the  rhizome  of  Glossopteris.  Both 
ferns  must  have  nourished  abundantly  in  the  coal-measure 
swamps,  as  also  did  the  horsetail  Phyllotheca.  Dadoxylon  was 
the  largest  of  the  plants,  and  probably  ranged  up  to  1 00  feet  in 
height;  numerous  trunks  occur  in  situ  immediately  on  top  of 
some  of  the  coal-seams,  and  it  is  frequently  found  as  driftwood, 
both  in  the  marine  and  fresh-water  beds.  It  apparently  flourished 
on  the  dry  land  surrounding  the  coal  swamps,  and  spread  over 


92 


the  surface  of  the  coal  seams  after  coal-making  conditions  had 
ceased.  The  fossil  leaves  called  Nceggerathiopsis  are  believed  to 
have  been  the  foliage  of  these  trees.  The  classification  of 
Dadoxylon  is  uncertain,  but  it  is  believed  to  have  belonged  to  the 
Cordaitew,  a  group  which  combined  some  of  the  features  of 
Conifers  and  Cycads,  and  was,  perhaps,  the  ancestors  of  both. 
Schizoneura,  Alethopteris,  and  Baiera  appear  only  towards  the 
close  of  the  period  ;  in  the  Balmain  Colliery  they  occur 
immediately  above  the  coal  seam,  and  are  associated  there 
with  GLossopteris ;  all  three  plants,  as  well  as  Phyllotheca , 
pass  up  into  the  overlying  Triassic  strata.  Sphenopteris  also 
occurs  in  both  formations,  but  is  represented  by  different 
species. 

It  will  be  of  interest  to  make  a  comparison  here  of  the  Carbon- 
iferous, Permo-Carboniferous,  and  Triassic  floras. 

The  following  table  gives  a  list  of  the  more  important  members 
of  the  flora  from  each  of  these  periods  : — 


Carboniferous. 

Permo-Carboniferous. 

Triassic. 

Equisetales 

Calamites 

Phyllotheca 

Phyllotheca 

Schizoneura   Aus- 

S.  Australis 

tralis 

A  nnularia 

Equisetum 

Lycopodiales 

Lepif/odendron 

(Unknown) 

(Unknown) 

Filicales 

Aneimitex 

Glossopteris 

Thinnjeldia 

Rhacopteris 

Gangamopteris 

Tceniopteris 

Gardiopteris 

Vertebraria 

M  acrotcmiopteris 

A  rchcKOpteris 

Alethopteris  c.f. 

Alethopteris   Aus- 

Australis 

tralis 

Cordaitese 

(?) 

Sphenopteris 
Dadoxylon 

Sphenopteris 
(Unknown) 

Coniferse 
Cycadales 

(Unknown) 
(Unknown) 

Brae  hyphyllum 
(Unknown) 

(?) 
Podozamites 

Pterophyllum 

Ginkgoacese 

(Unknown) 

Baierti 

Baiera 

Ginkgo 

It  will  be  seen  that  not  a  single  member  of  the  Carboniferous 
flora  passed  upwards  into  the  Permo-Carboniferous.  The  re- 
frigeration of  the  climate,  which  took  place  at  the  beginning  of 
the  latter  period,  as  indicated  by  the  glacial  beds  in  New  South 
Wales  and  other  parts  of  Australia,  has  been  suggested  as  the 
cause  of  this  marked  break  between  the  two  floras.  There  is 
also  a  very  marked  difference  between  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
and  Triassic  floras,  all  the  more  important  members  of  the 
former  failing  to  pass  the  boundary.  Some  few  members 


93 


of    the    Triassic     flora    (Schizoneura,    Alethopteris,    and    Baler  a) 

.appeared,  however,  before  the  close  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous, 

and     we     have,     thus,     a 

.slight  commingling   of  the 

two  floras  in  the   topmost 

beds  of    the    Upper    Coal 

Measures. 

The  Permo-Carboniferous 
flora,  although  so  different 
from  that  of  the  Triassic 
Period,  has,  as  a  whole,  a 
decidedly  Mesozoic  aspect, 
and  were  it  not  for  the  fact 
that  some  of  the  fresh-water 
beds  containing  these  fos- 
sil plants  are  actually  in- 
terstratified  with  marine 
strata,  containing  an  un- 
doubted Upper  Palaeozoic 
fauna,  the  strata  contain- 
ing the  Glossopteris  flora 
would  probably  have  been 
referred  to  the  Mesozoic 
Era. 

Land  Animals. — The  Ter- 
restrial fauna  is  a  very 
limited  one  ;  a  Labyrintho- 
dont  (Bothricepft  major]  has 
been  obtained  from  the 
Upper  Coal  Measures  at 
Airley  in  the  Lithgow  dis- 
trict, and  is  the  oldest 
veitebrate  animal,  oth^r 
than  fish,  yet  found  in 
New  South  Wales.  A  fos- 
sil fa'sh  (Urostkenes  Aus- 
tralia) has  been  obtained 
from  the  Upper  Coal 
Measures,  both  in  the 
Lithgow  and  Newcastle 
districts,  while  from  the 
latter  locality,  the  wings  of 
some  undescribed  insects, 
belonging  probably  to  the 
Neuroptera,  have  been  ob-  Fig'  49' 

,     .        ,*  Permo-Carboniferous  Amphibian     Bothrtceps  majo 

tamed.  (A.S.W.)-  from  Airley. 


94 


II.  ECONOMIC  IMPORTANCE  OF  THE  PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS 
FORMATION. 

The  Coal — Quality  and  Available  Supply. — Various  estimates 
have  been  made  from  time  to  time  as  to  the  quantity  of  coal 
available  in  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Coal  Measures  of  New  South 
Wales.  The  first  of  these  was  made  by  the  late  Government 
Geologist  (Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson),  who,  assuming  4,000  feet  as  the 
limit  of  depth  at  which  economical  mining  could  be  carried  out, 
and  allowing  one- fifth  for  loss  in  working,  estimated  an  available 
supply  of  78,198,000,000  tons  of  coal.  He  excluded  seams  less 
than  2J  feet  in  thickness.  In  1890,  Professor  T.  W.  E.  David, 
taking  the  same  limit  of  depth,  but  excluding  seams  under  3  feet 
in  thickness,  arrived  at  an  estimate  of  from  130,000,000,000  to 
150,000,000,000  tons.  Still  later  in  1901,  Mr.  E.  R  Pittman, 
Government  Geologist,  with  more  accurate  data  as  to  the  area, 
over  which  the  coal  measures  occur,  viz  ,  an  area  of  16,550  square 
miles,  and  assuming  an  average  thickness  over  this  area  of  10  feet 
of  workable  coal,  reduced  the  above  estimate  to  115,346,880,000 
tons.  The  estimate  of  the  thickness  of  coal  used  in  making  this 
calculation  is  a  very  conservative  one.  The  output  for  the  past 
six  years  has  been  as  follows  : — 

1905  ...   6,632,138  tons.  1908  ...   9,147,025  tons. 

1906  ...   7,626,362     „  1909  ...   7,019,879     „ 

1907  ...  8,657,924     „  1910  ...  8,173,508     „ 

At  this  rate  of  production  the  estimated  available  supply  would 
last  for  over  12,000  years.  The  following  table  gives 'analyses  of 
the  coal  from  various  localities,  the  figures  given  in  most  cases 
being  an  average  of  a  considerable  number  of  published  analyses : — 


Volatile 

Calori- 

Locality. 

Water. 

Hydro- 
Carbon. 

Carbon, 

Ash. 

metric 
value. 

Lower      Coal  f 
Measures. 

Hunter  River  District 
Ashford  (near  Inverell) 
Clyde  River  

1-74 
0-71 

0-68 

39-42 
22-90 
34-96 

51-68 
68-96 

52-92 

7-14 
7-43 
11-53 

13-6 
13-83 

Middle     Coal  1 
Measures,     j 

East  Maitland  District 

1-60 

38-85 

53-85 

870 

12-4 

( 

Newcastle  District  .  .  . 

1-95 

34-48 

5420 

9-33 

12-8 

Singleton         ,, 

1-72 

36-76 

52-87 

8-25 

12-7 

Upper     Coal  J 

Curlewis    
Gunned  ah 

•2-40 

2  '55 

*3'30 
35-35 

56-30 
55'35 

8-00 
6'75 

12-0 
12*3 

Measures. 

Lithjjow  District    .  .  . 

1-87 

3]  -49 

52-61 

14-03 

11  5 

Illawarra     ,,          .... 

0-97 

23-10 

65-26 

1067 

12-6 

V 

Sydney  

0-66 

17-57 

71-09 

10-68 

13-0 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  coals  are  all  anhydrous  bituminous 
coals,  and  show  a  considerable  variation  in  the  relative  propor- 
tions of  fixed  carbon  and  the  volatile  hydrocarbons.  These 


95 

varieties  include  excellent  steam,  gas-making,  coking,  and  house- 
hold coals  ;  it  is  apparent,  therefore,  that  New  South  Wales 
possesses  excellent  coal  resources,  both  from  the  point  of  view  of 
quantity  and  quality,  and  as  they  are  at  the  same  time  very 
favourably  situated  for  commercial  purposes,  they  form  a  great 
national  asset. 

Kerosene  Shale. — This  substance  occurs  more  extensively  in 
New  South  Wales  than  perhaps  in  any  other  part  of  the  world. 
It  is  found  both  in  the  Upper  and  Lower  Coal  Measures,  but  the 
more  extensive  deposits  occur  in  the  former  formation.  In  nearly 
all  cases  the  deposits  occur  at  or  near  the  edges  of  the  coal  basin ; 
it  would  seem,  therefore,  that  the  edges  of  the  coal  measure 
swamps  provided  the  necessary  conditions  for  the  deposition  of 
this  material. 

The  most  extensive  deposit  at  present  known  is  that  now  being- 
opened  up  at  Wolgan,  some  miles  to  the  north  of  Lithgow.  The 
main  tunnel  here  has  exposed  a  seam  with  an  average  thickness 
of  over  4  feet  for  a  horizontal  distance  of  over  4,000  feet,  two- 
thirds  of  this  thickness  being  of  first  grade  quality  ;  ordinary  coal 
also  occurs  in  this  seam,  both  above  and  below  the  kerosene  shale. 
Kerosene  shale  also  occurs  at  many  other  places  in  the  Western 
district,  including  Katoomba,  Hartley  Yale,  and  Capertee  Valley, 
at  some  of  which  it  has  been  extensively  mined.  Important 
deposits  have  also  been  worked  at  Joadja,  near  Mittagong,  in  the 
south-western  coal-field,  arid  at  Mount*  Kembla,  in  the  Illawarra 
district,  and  an  extensive  deposit  is  now  being  opened  up  at 
Murrurundi. 

The  New  South  Wales  production  of  kerosene  shale  to  the  end 
of  1910  was  1,490,312  tons,  valued  at  £2,250,000. 

Kerosene  shale  is  a  close-grained,  brownish-black  rock,  with  a 
peculiar  toughness,  and  a  well-marked  conchoidal  fracture.  In 
composition  it  differs  markedly  from  coal,  in  containing  a  very 
high  percentage  of  volatile  hydrocarbons  and  a  correspondingly 
low  percentage  of  fixed  carbon,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  following 
analyses  of  samples  of  high-grade  material  from  various  localities 
in  New  South  Wales. 


Water. 

Volatile 
Hydro- 
Carbons. 

Fixed 
Carbon  . 

Ash. 

Torbane   . 

0'72 

69  '69 

9-04 

20'54 

Joadja    

0-16 

89'59 

5-27 

4-98 

Capertee  Valley  

0-30 

64-40 

13-85 

21-45 

Wolgan    

0'30 

67'92 

11-98 

19-80 

Hartley  Vale  

82-24 

4-97 

12-79 

Mount  Victoria  .  . 

0'47 

67*45 

14-63 

17-45 

Katoomba   

0-30 

74-10 

13-08 

15-52 

96 

The  average  of  the  analyses  from  61  New  South  Wales  samples 
from  various  localities  gives  69*85  per  cent,  of  volatile  hydro- 
carbon and  14*10  per  cent,  of  fixed  carbon,  or  a  ratio  of  about 
5  to  1.  With  an  increasing  proportion  of  fixed  carbon,  kerosene 
shales  merge  gradually  into  cannel  coals  ;  inferior  grades  contain 
increasingly  higher  percentages  of  inorganic  material  (ash). 

The  mode  of  occurrence  is  similar  to  that  of  ordinary  coal,  the 
two  often  occurring  in  one  and  the  same  seam,  it  being  not  un- 
common for  the  kerosene  shale  to  have  a  layer  of  coal  both  above 
and  below  it.  The  area  over  which  it  occurs  is  seldom  extensive, 
as  it  sooner  or  later  merges  into,  and  gives  place  to,  ordinary  coal. 
The  microscopic  structure  and  composition  of  kerosene  shale 
indicate  that  it  has  resulted  from  the  accumulation  of  an  ulmic 
precipitate,  together  with  seed-spores,  pollen  grains,  and  other 
vegetable  debris.  The  plant-remains  include  fronds  of  the  genus 
Glossopteris,  sometimes  in  considerable  abundance. 

It  eeems  probable,  therefore,  that  near  the  borders  of  the 
coal-measure  swamps,  expanses  of  open  water  occurred,  com- 
paratively free  from  the  usual  coal-making  vegetation.  Upon  the 
surface  of  this  water  showers  of  spores  and  pollen  grains  fell  from 
the  surrounding  vegetation,  while  the  water  itself  was  more  or  less 
charged  with  organic  material  in  solution.  These  materials 
slowly  accumulated  at  the  bottom  of  the  swamp,  and  as  they  had 
a  different  chemical  composition  from  that  of  ordinary  plant  fibre, 
the  resulting  rock  (kerosene  shale)  has  a  correspondingly  different 
composition  from  that  of  ordinary  coal. 

Clays. — The  shales  of  the  coal-measures  include  some  beds  of 
shale  which  are  very  suitable  for  making  bricks,  pottery,  &a 
These  are  being  utilised  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the  Lithgow 
district. 


III.  THE  PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS  GLACIATION. 

Nature  and  Extent  of  the  Glaciation. — The  occurrence  of 
glaciated  pebbles  and  erratics  in  both  the  Lower  and  Upper 
Marine  Strata  has  already  been  referred  to.  This  glacial  horizon 
is  not  confined  to  New  South  Wales,  but  occurs  also  in  Victoria, 
Tasmania,  South  Australia,  and  Western  Australia,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  interesting  features  of  the  Per  mo-Carboniferous 
Period  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere. 

As  already  pointed  out  the  glacial  beds  of  the  Hunter  River 
district  in  New  South  Wales  are  not  typical  boulder  clays  or 
till,  but  are  marine  sediments  into  which  glaciated  pebbles  and 
large  erratics  were  dropped  by  floating  ice  as  the  sediments. 


97 

accumulated.  No  actual  glaciers  are  known  to  have  existed  in 
New  South  Wales,  but  the  nature  of  some  of  the  transported 
boulders,  Devonian  quartzite  and  Silurian  limestone,  suggests, 
that  they  may  have  been  derived  from  corresponding  formations 
in  this  State.  In  Victoria,  Tasmania,  and  South  Australia, 
however,  the  glacial  deposits  are  true  moraine  deposits,  which 
rest  upon  glaciated  land  surfaces.  At  Bacchus  Marsh,  in  Vic- 
toria, fresh-water  sandstones,  containing  Gangamopteris  and 
Schizoneura,  are  interstratified  with  the  glacial  deposits.  In  the 
Inman  Valley  in  South  Australia,  the  removal  of  the  glacial 
deposits  is  re-exposing  the  Permo-Carboniferous  valley  down 
which  the  one-time  glacier  flowed.  Tn  West  Australia  the  glacial 
beds  are  analogous  to  those  of  New  South  Wales.  There  can  be 
no  question,  therefore,  that  gla.ciers  existed  on  the  Australian 
Continent  during  at  least  part  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
Period  ;  that  these  glaciers  extended  at  times  down  to  sea-level  is 
shown  by  the  fact  that  glaciated  pebbles  and  erratics  were  tran- 
sported by  floating  ice  and  distributed  over  the  bottom  of  the 
shallow  Permo-Carboniferous  sea. 

This  Permo-Carboniferous  glaciation  was  not  limited,  however, 
to  Australia ;  in  Peninsular  India  (Gondwana  Series),  in  South 
Africa  (Dwyka  Series),  and  in  Brazil,  glacial  deposits  analogous 
to  those  of  Australia  are  found,  in  each  case  associated  with 
strata  containing  the  characteristic  Glossopteris  flora.  The 
boulder  beds  of  all  these  regions,  and  the  glaciated  land 
surfaces  upon  which  they  rest,  are  just  such  evidences  as 
those  upon  which  the  existence  of  the  Pleistocene  Ice  Age 
of  the  Northern  Hemisphere  depends,  and  the  reality  of 
which  is  universally  accepted.  The  conclusion  has  been  gene- 
rally arrived  at,  therefore,  that  a  glacial  period  existed  in 
the  Southern  Hemisphere  during  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
Period. 

The  complete  change  in  the  flora  which  ushers  in  the  Permo- 
Carboniferous  Period  in  Australia  is  quite  in  harmony  with  this 
view.  The  marine  fauna,  however,  does  not  lend  the  same 
support.  The  absence  of  reef-building  corals  is,  of  course,  signi- 
ficant ;  but  there  is  not  that  marked  difference  in  the  marine 
faunas  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Permo-Carboniferous  Periods 
which  might  have  been  expected  had  there  been  a  refrigeration  of 
the  climate,  such,  for  example,  as  that  which  produced  the  Great 
Ice  Age  of  the  Pleistocene  Period.  On  the  contrary  the  glacial 
boulder  beds  of  the  Irwin  and  Gascoyne  River  Districts  of  West 
Australia  occur  in  a  marine  series  of  strata  which  contains  a 
remarkable  commingling  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Permo- 
Carboniferous  marine  faunas  of  New  South  Wales ;  a  similar 
commingling  of  these  two  faunas  appears  to  exist  to  some  extent 

3910— D 


98 

in  Queensland  also.  This  shows  that  the  change  from  one  fauna 
to  the  other  was  a  gradual  one,  and  not  a  sudden  one  as  might  be 
expected  if  it  were  due  to  a  sudden  change  to  a  colder  climate.  In 
the  Northern  Hemisphere,  on  the  other  hand,  the  palseoritological 
evidence  of  the  Pleistocene  Period  strongly  supports  the  theory 
of  an  Ice  Age.  While  it  must  be  admitted  that  extensive 
glaciers  existed  in  Australia  during  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
Period,  and  that  many  of  these  glaciers  extended  down  to 
sea-level,  it  is  improbable  that  Australia,  during  any  part 
of  this  period,  was  buried  under  an  ice-sheet  or  succession 
of  ice-sheets  analogous  to  those  which  submerged  such  a  large 
portion  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere  during  the  Pleistocene 
Ice  Age. 

The  transportation  of  glacial  material  by  floating  ice  extended 
to  as  far  north  as  the  Bo  wen  River  in  Queensland,  and 
the  Gascoyne  River  in  West  Australia,  but  the  existence  of 
land  ice  is  not  known  for  certain  from  further  north 
than  Derrinal  in  Victoria  and  the  Inman  Valley  in  South 
Australia.  The  direction  of  the  striae  on  the  glaciated  land 
surfaces  indicates  a  general  northerly  direction  of  movement  for 
these  glaciers. 

Cause  of  the  Glaciation. — The  cause  of  this  glacial  period,  and 
particularly  its  peculiar  localisation,  is  one  of  the  outstanding- 
problems  of  geology.  The  conditions  which  produced  the  Pleis- 
tocene glaciation  were  world-wide  in  their  effect,  and  the  areas 
most  strongly  affected  were  more  or  less  circumpolar.  In  the 
Permo-Carboniferous  Period,  on  the  other  hand,  the  regions 
affected  were  for  the  most  part  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere,  and  in 
India  glaciers,  extending  nearly  to  sea-level,  existed  within  a  few 
degrees  of  the  equator.  The  distribution  of  land  and  sea  at  this 
time  was  possibly  an  important  factor.  The  remarkable  simi- 
larity of  the  floras  of  Australia,  India,  and  South  Africa  at  this 
time  leads  to  the  inference  that  these  regions,  now  so  widely 
separated,  were  joined  by  direct  land  connections,  and  formed 
parts  of  a  continent,  covering  part  of  what  is  now  the  Indian 
Ocean  ;  this  supposed  continent  has  been  named  Gondwana  Land. 
There  are  also  reasons  for  thinking  that  Australia  at  this  time 
had  direct  land  connection  with  Antarctica  and  thence  to  South 
America.  With  this  distribution  of  land  and  sea,  there  must 
have  been  a  very  different  oceanic  circulation  to  that  which  exists 
at  the  present  day,  a  condition  of  things  which  must  have  had 
some  corresponding  influence  on  the  climate.  This  factor,  in 
itself,  was  probably  not  the  main  one  in  producing  the  glacial 
conditions,  but  was  most  likely  a  strong  contributing  cause 
working  in  conjunction  with  other  factors  which  are  still 
unknown. 


99 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS  PERIOD. 

No  very  definite  information  is  yet  available  as  to  the  earth 
movements  which  took  place  at  the  close  of  the  Carboniferous 
Period  in  New  South  Wales.  The  unconformity,  if  any,  which 
exists  between  the  strata  of  this  and  the  next  period,  is  not 
very  marked  where  junctions  between  these  two  formations 
are  definitely  known  to  occur.  If  any  uplift  did  take  place  at 
the  close  of  the  Carboniferous  it  was  quickly  followed  by  a  sub- 
sidence which  allowed  an  extensive  transgression  of  the  sea 
to  take  place.  The  limits  of  this  sea  are  not  definitely  known, 
but  it  certainly  covered  a  considerable  portion  of  what  is  now 
the  Hunter  River  district,  as  well  as  large  areas  between  there 
and  the  Queensland  border.  One  of  these  areas  extended  from 
the  coast  at  the  mouth  of  the  Macleay  River  westwards  to 
the  main  tablel  ind  ;  a  second  area  occurred  in  the  Drake 
district  near  the  Queensland  border,  and  extended  westwards 
to  at  least  as  far  as  Emmaville.  What  the  limits  of  these 
transgressions  of  the  sea  were,  and  as  to  whether  they  were 
separate  inlets  or  portion  of  one  continuous  sea,  is  not  yet 
known.  These  marine  conditions  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Permo-Carboniferous  Period  were  preceded  in  some  localities  for 
a  limited  time  by  fresh-water  conditions,  during  which  some 
fresh- water  beds,  including  a  coal  seam  in  one  case,  were  deposited  ; 
the  places  where  this  occurred  seem  to  have  been  limited  in  area. 

In  this  epicontinental  sea  was  deposited  that  thick  series  of 
marine  sediments  known  as  the  Lower  Marine  Series,  all  of 
which  must  have  been  laid  down  in  comparatively  shallow  water, 
floating  ice,  derived  perhaps  from  glaciers  in  Victoria  and 
Tasmania,  drifted  northwards  on  the  surface  of  this  sea,  dropping, 
as  it  melted,  its  load  of  morainic  material  into  the  marine 
sediments  as  they  were  being  deposited.  The  water  of  this  sea 
was  inhabited  by  an  exceedingly  numerous  and  varied  marine 
invertebrate  fauna  whose  hard  parts  have  been  beautifully 
preserved  in  many  of  the  strata.  At  certain  localities  these 
remains  collected  in  such  abundance  as  to  form  beds  of  limestone. 
From  time  to  time  this  tranquil  deposition  of  sediments  was 
interrupted  by  volcanic  eruptions  on  a  considerable  scale,  as  a 
result  of  which  extensive  lava  flows  were  poured  on  to  the 
surrounding  sea  bottom,  while  immense  quantities  of  volcanic  ash 
were  distributed  far  and  wide.  The  volcanic  cones  from  which 
these  eruptions  took  place  probably  stood  as  islands  in  this 
shallow  sea.  To  allow  of  the  deposition  of  such  a  great  thickness 
of  shallow-water  marine  sediments  (4,600  feet)  as  was  deposited 
during  the  Lower  Marine  Epoch,  a  more  or  less  continuous 
subsidence  must  have  been  slowly  taking  place. 


100 

An  upward  movement  of  the  Earth's  crust  now  followed,  which 
brought  about  the  entire  withdrawal  of  the  sea,  converting  some 
of  the  areas  previously  covered  by  it  into  dry  land,  but  converting 
the  southern  area  (Hunter  River  district)  into  a  large  fresh-water 
lake,  which  extended  in  a  north-westerly  direction  at  least  as  far 
as  Muswellbrook,  but  how  far  south  and  south-west  is  not  at 
present  known.  A  smaller  lake  extended  from  Inverell  to  the 
Queensland  border.  In  these  lakes  the  shales,  conglomerates,  and 
coal  seams  which  constitute  the  Lower  Coal  Measures  were 
deposited.  Twice  during  this  epoch  the  water  shallowed 
sufficiently  to  allow  of  the  whole  area  becoming  covered  by 
dense  vegetation,  whose  accumulated  remains  formed  two  seams 
of  coal  with  an  aggregate  thickness  of  about  40  feet.  This 
thickness  of  coal  would  have  required  a  thickness  of  at  least 
280  feet  of  vegetable  material  for  its  formation,  the  growth  and 
accumulation  of  which  must  have  required  a  very  long  period  of 
time. 

Renewed  subsidence  now  again  allowed  the  sea  to  invade  the 
land.  This  second  transgression  did  not  reach  its  maximum 
extent  until  fairly  late  in  the  Upper  Marine  Epoch,  when  the 
sea  extended  over  the  area  approximately  shown  on  the  map. 
(Fig.  29.)  The  area  then  covered  did  not  coincide  with  that 
covered  by  the  Lower  Marine  transgression,  for  while  it  extends 
considerably  farther  to  the  west  and  south,  its  northern  extent 
was  limited  to  the  present  Hunter  River  district.  The  Devonian 
and  Silurian  strata  covered  by  the  Upper  Marine  deposits  in  the 
southern  and  western  parts  of  the  area  effected  had  been 
undergoing  denudation  during  the  Carboniferous  Period  and  the 
earlier  part  of  the  Perino-Carboniferous  Period  ;  this  resulted 
in  the  development  of  an  extensive  peneplain  in  these  rocks, 
and  exposed  the  granite  bosses  by  which  they  had  been  intruded 
at  the  close  of  the  Devonian  Period.  (See  Fig.  52.)  As  the  sea 
now  slowly  advanced  on  the  land,  the  waves  worked  over  the 
regolith  on  this  old  land  surface  and  produced  the  thick  basal 
conglomerates  which  mark  the  base  of  the  Upper  Marine  Series 
in  these  regions 

This  re-advance  of  the  sea  was  accompanied  by  a  similar 
marine  fauna  to  that  which  had  inhabited  it  during  the  Lower 
Marine  Epoch  ;  very  few  of  the  species  of  the  older  fauna  failed 
to  reappear,  and  but  few  new  species  had  developed  in  the 
meantime.  That  glacier*  still  existed  (or  had  reappeared)  is 
evidenced  by  the  erratics  which  occur  in  the  Upper  Marine 
sediments.  Vulcanism  still  continued,  but  the  centre  of  activity 
had  shifted  to  what  is  now  the  Illawarra  district.  From  one 
point  of  eruption  near  Kiama  a  great  series  of  basic  lavas  and 
tuffs  were  poured  out ;  at  first  great  showers  of  volcanic  ash, 


101 


large  blocks  and  bombs  rained  down  into  the  sea,  causing  a 
wholesale  destruction  of  the  animals  by  which  it  was  inhabited, 
then  followed  great  floods  of  molten  lava  which  spread  far  and 
wide  over  the  sea  bottom.  After  these  eruptions  had  been  in 
progress  for  some  tim^,  a  second  centre  of  activity  developed  some 
few  miles  to  the  south  at  Cambewarra,  from  which  trachytic 
lavas  and  tuffs  were  ejected.  The  volcanic  activity  in  these 
regions  continued  until  the  close  of  the  epoch. 

The  development  of  a  land  barrier  to  the  east  now  cut  off  the 
Upper  Marine  Sea  from  the  ocean  and  converted  it  into  a  fresh- 
water lake  in  which  the  Upper  Coal  Measures  were  deposited.  The 
great  thickness  of  these  beds,  and  the  fact  that  throughout  they 
evidence  shallow-water  conditions  of  deposition,  show  that  a  slow 
subsidence  was  in  progress.  Each  coal-seam  indicates  a  period 
of  comparative  rest  from  the  downward  movement,  during  which 
the  waters  silted  up  and  became  sufficiently  shallow  to  allow  of  a 
dense  growth  of  swamp  vegetation  extending  far  and  wide  over 
its  surface.  Sooner  or  later  renewed  subsidence  carried  the 
accumulation  of  vegetable  material  beneath  the  water,  and 
brought  about  the  deposition  on  top  of  it  of  beds  of  shale,  sand- 
stone, and  conglomerate.  Volcanic  eruptions  still  continued  ;  in 
the  Newcastle  district,  showers  of  the  finest  volcanic  dust  from 
time  to  time  rained  down  into  the  coal-swamps,  while  in  the 
Murrurundi  and  Kiama  districts  basic  lava-flows  were  poured 
out  at  intervals  over  the  lake-bottom. 

It  will  be  seen  from  what  has  already  been  stated  that  a  sub- 
sidence area  developed  in  the  eastern  part  of  New  South  Wales 
at  the  beginning  of  and  continued  more  or  less  throughout  the 
Permo-Carboniferous  Period.  That  the  area  affected  and  the 
extent  of  subsidence  varied  in  different  parts  of  the  regions 
named  is  shown  by  the  following  table  giving  the  formations 
deposited  in  the  respective  areas,  together  with  their  thicknesses : — 


Hunter 
River 

District. 

Illawarra 
District. 

Lithgow 
District. 

Drake  District. 
Macleay  River 
area. 

ft. 

ft. 

ft. 

Upper  Coal  Measure  

1,500 

850 

480 

Absent. 

Dempsey  Series    

2.000-3,000  !  Absent. 

Absent. 

do 

Middle  Coal  Measure  800-1,700 

do               do 

do 

Upper  Marine  Series  !     6,400 

3,200           400 

do 

Lower  Coal  Measure  

300 

150         Absent. 

do 

Lower  Marine  Series    

4,800 

Absent. 

do              Present 

(thickness 

unknown). 

Total  Thickness  

17,700 

4,200 

880          Unknown. 

102 

The  apparently  permanent  retreat  of  the  sea  at  the  close 
of  the  Lower  Marine  Epoch  from  the  areas  covered  by  it  in 
the  Emrnaville,  Drake  and  Macleay  River  districts  suggests 
that  "some  important  earth  movements  may  have  affected  these 
regions  at  that  time.  This  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  the 
Lower  Marine  strata  here  are  much  more  highly  folded  than 
those  of  the  Hunter  River  district,  and  that  they  have  been 
extensively  intruded  by  plutonic  igneous  rocks.  The  overlap  of 
the  Upper  Marine  strata  on  the  Lower  Coal  Measures  and 
Lower  Marine  Series  at  several  places  in  the  northern  edge  of 
the  Maitland  coal-field  lends  further  support  to  this  view.  Jt 
would  appear  probable,  therefore,  that  at  the  close  of  the  Lower 
Marine  Epoch  (or  perhaps  Lower  Coal  Measure  Epoch)  the 
north-eastern  part  of  the  State  was  subjected  to  erogenic  earth- 
movement  which  folded  the  Lower  Marine  strata  and  lifted 
them  above  sea-level.  The  folding  was  accompanied  by  the 
intrusion  of  plutonic  igneous  rocks.  The  strength  of  this 
movement  decreased  southwards,  and  died  out  as  the  present 
Maitland  district  was  approached,  the  only  effect  here  being  to 
cause  a  slight  overlap  of  the  Upper  Marine  Series  on  the  earlier 
Per  mo-Carboniferous  strata.  Renewed  orogenic  earth-movements 
took  place  in  the  same  region  at  the  close  of  the  Permo- 
Carboniferous  Period,  and  this  time  extended  sufficiently  far 
southward  to  develop  a  series  of  broad  anticlinal  and  synclinal 
folds  in  the  Permo-Carboniferous  strata  along  the  northern  edge 
of  the  Maitland  coal-field.  Only  one  of  these  folds  (the  Lochinvar 
Anticline)  extends  much  to  the  south  of  the  present  course  of  the 
Hunter  River,  and  even  this  soon  flattens  out  and  disappears. 
This  was  the  last  occasion  upon  which  orogenic  earth -movements 
are  known  to  have  affected  any  part  of  New  South  Wales. 


CHAPTER  XI. 


TRIASSIC  AND  JURASSIC  PERIODS. 

ABOVE  the  Permo-Carboniferous  formation  described  in  the  last 
chapter,  there  is  found  in  New  South  Wales  an  extensive  series  of 


Fig.  50. 

Narrabeen  Beds  (Shales,  Sandstones,  and  Conglomerates),  as  seen  in  the  Cliff  Sections 
on  the  coast  near  Newport. 


104 

fresh- water  beds,  which  rest  conformably,  for  the  most  part,  upon 
them,  but  which  contain  a  distinctly  different  fossil  flora ;  this 
flora  is  of  undoubted  Mesozoic  age.  These  fresh- water  beds  are 
overlain  in  turn,  in  the  north-western  part  of  the  State,  by  marine 
strata  of  Cretaceous  age.  As  they  represent  the  total  sedimenta- 
tion which  took  place  from  the  close  of  the  Palaeozoic  Era  until  the 
beginning  of  the  Cretaceous  Period,  they  are  generally,  in  Eastern 
Australia,  referred  to  as  the  Trias- Jura  formation.  It  is  con- 
sidered by  some  authorities  that  part  of  these  fresh-water  beds 
in  New  South  Wales  (the  Hawkesbury  Series)  are  of  Triassic 
age,  while  the  remainder  (Clarence  Series  and  Artesian  Series) 
are  considered  to  have  been  deposited  later  ;  these  they  consider 
to  be  of  the  same  age  as  the  so-called  Trias-Jura  beds  of  the  neigh- 
bouring States  of  Queensland  and  Victoria.  The  reasons  for  this 
will  be  discussed  later. 

The  Triassic  and  Trias-Jura  formations  in  New  South  Wales 
occur  in  several  distinct  areas,  and  have  been  named  as  follows  : — 

1.  The  Hawkesbury  Series Triassic. 

2.  The  Clarence  Series     )  m  •      T 

3.  The  Artesian      „         } Tnas-Jura. 

4.  The  Talbragar    „  Jurassic. 

It  will  be  convenient  to  describe  each  series  separately,  and 
discuss  their  relative  ages  subsequently. 


1.  THE  HAWKESBURY  SERIES. 

These  overlie,  to  a  considerable  extent,  the  strata  of  the  main 
Permo-Carboniferous  coal-basin  of  New  South  Wales.  They  out- 
crop along  the  coast  from  the  Shoalhaven  River  nearly  to 
Newcastle,  and  extend  westwards  to  Lithgow.  What  are  said 
to  be  outliers  of  this  series  occur  as  far  north  as  Camden  Haven 
and  Broken  Bargo.  Adjacent  to  Sydney,  the  base  of  the  series  is 
nearly  3,000  feet  below  sea-level  ;  southwards,  westwards  and 
northwards  the  strata  rise  gradually  until  in  the  Illawarra 
Range  they  reach  an  altitude  of  nearly  1,000  feet  and  at  Lithgow 
over  3,000  feet  above  sea-level.  They  cap  the  greater  part  of  the 
Blue  Mountain  Tableland. 

This  series  has  been  subdivided  as  follows  :— 

1.  The  Wianamatta  Stage. 

2.  The  Hawkesbury       „ 

3.  The  Narrabeen          ,, 

The  Narrabeen  Stage. — The  beds  belonging  to  this  stage 
consist  of  sandstones  and  shales,  with  occasional  thin  beds  of 
conglomerate.  They  attain  their  maximum  thickness  near 


105 


106 


Sydney,  where,  in  the  Cremorne  bore,  the  following  section  was 
proved  : — 

Hawkesbury  Sandstones     ...          ...          ...      1,020  feet. 

Narrabeen  Beds  — 

Chocolate  shales ...          ...          ...          ...  170  ,, 

Sandstones,  shales  and  conglomerates   ...  1,082  „ 

Cupriferous  shales           ...          ...          ...  38  ,, 

Estheria  shales    ...          ...          ...          ...  561  „ 

Upper  Coal  Measures          ...  (Thickness  unknown.) 

The  Estheria  shales  are  so  called  because  some  of  the  beds  con- 
tain immense  numbers  of  a  small  ostracod  of  that  name  ;  beds  of 
sandstone  and  conglomerate  are  interstratified  with  these  shales. 
The  cupriferous  shales  which  follow  are  probably  redistributed 
tuffs,  and  contain  a  small  percentage  "of  copper,  too  small,  how- 
ever, to  give  the  beds  any  commercial  value.  Following  these 
there  is  a  thick  series  of  conglomerates,  sandstones  and  shales,  the 
latter  containing  abundant  fossil  plants.  The  chocolate  shales, 
which  occur  at  the  top  of  this  stage,  are  also  redistributed  tuffs, 
and  have  a  characteristic  chocolate-red  colour,  which,  together 
with  their  peculiar  lithological  characters,  enables  them  to  be 
readily  identified.  As  this  bed  maintains  these  characters  over 
the  whole  of  the  area  in  which  the  Hawkesbury  Series  occur,  it  is  a 
useful  " persistent  horizon"  in  mapping  these  beds.  These 
chocolate  shales  outcrop  strongly  on  the  coast  at  Narrabeen,  a 
few  miles  north  of  Sydney,  from  whence  the  formation  gets  its 
name. 

When  followed  westwards,  the  Narrabeen  beds  are  found  to 
thin  considerably,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  following  sections 
taken  from  various  localities  at  increasing  distances  westwards 
from  Sydney : — 


Cre- 
morne 
Bore, 
Sydney. 

More- 
bank 
Bore. 

Euroka 
Bore. 

Wood- 
ford 
Bore. 

Clar- 
ence 
Bore. 

Lith- 
gow. 

Hawkesbury   Sandstone 

Stage 

ft. 
1  100 

ft. 
1  000 

ft. 

079 

ft. 
284- 

ft. 

1Q1 

ft. 
135 

Narrabeen  Stage- 
Chocolate  shales  
Shales  and  sandstones.. 
Copper  shales  
Estheria  beds  . 

170 
1,082 
38 
561 

}W 

}   749 

V   1,165 

921 

355 

241 

' 

Totals  (Narrabeen  Stage) 

1,851 

1,493 

1,165 

921 

355 

241 

107 


fffli 


In  the  western  part  of  the  Blue  Mountains  the  Narrabeen  beds 
consist  mainly  of  massive  sandstones,  and  the  chocolate  shale  bed 
(170  feet  thick  at  Sydney)  has  split  into  three  well-defined  bands 
separated  by  sandstone,  the  upper  and  lower  bands  being  130  feet 
apart.  These  are  well  shown  in  the 
road-cuttings  on  the  Mount  Victoria  ^rxrso 
Pass.  On  the  north-western  edge  of 
the  basin,  at  Gunnedah  and  Mur- 
rurundi,  beds  of  conglomerate,  about 
200  feet  in  thickness,  occur  at  the  base 
of  the  Narrabeen  beds.  In  the  south- 
western part  of  the  basin  the  Narra- 
been beds  are  missing,  having  been 
overlapped  by  the  Hawkesbury  sand- 
stones. 

Fossil  plants  are  abundant  in  some  \  -g  |; 

of  the  shales,  particularly  those  near  /  J3  S-i 

the  top  of  the  series,  as,  for  example,  \    +*  2  li 

in  the  cliff  sections  along  the  coast 
between  Narrabeen  and  Barranjoey. 
Ripple-marks,  annelid  tracks  and  bur- 
rows, and  sun-cracks  are  common  in 
many  of  the  shale  beds,  while  current- 
bedding  is  frequently  seen  in  the  sand- 
stones. All  these  features,  together 
with  the  occasional  occurrence  of 
bands  of  conglomerate,  furnish  con- 
clusive evidence  of  shallowness  of  water 
in  which  these  beds  were  deposited. 

The  Hawkesbury  Sandstone  Stage. — 
These  beds  outcrop  strongly  along  the 
coast  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney, 
and  form  the  surface  rock  of  the 
greater  part  of  the  Blue  Mountain 
tableland.  The  precipitous  wall-like 
escarpments  which  this  formation  pre- 
sents around  the  sides  of  the  Blue 
Mountain  valleys  is  due  to  the  under- 
mining of  the  hard  Triassic  sandstones 
by  the  more  rapid  weathering  of  the  underlying 
of  the  coal-measures. 


S  o 


ill 

0     %® 


02     --3 

la 


a 
•< 

soft  shales 


The  Hawkesbury  Sandstone  formation  consists  mainly  of 
massive  sandstones  and  grits,  which  attain  a  maximum  thickness 
of  1,100  feet  at  Sydney.  Occasional  thin  lenticular  beds  of 
carbonaceous  shale  occur,  but  are  always  limited  in  extent. 


108 

Current-bedding  is    a   frequent  and  conspicuous  feature  in  the 
sandstones,  the  prevailing  direction  of  dip  of  the  laminae  being 


Fig.  53. 
Triassic  Sandstones,  Valley  of  the  Waters,  Blue  Mountains. 

north-north-east,  arid  the  average  angle  of  dip  about  20  degrees, 
It  seems  obvious  from  this  that  the  sandstones  were  deposited 
in  shallow  water  in  which  rapidly-moving  currents,  coming  mainly 


109 

from   the   south-south-west,   were    transporting    large    quantities 
of    sand.      Examples   of    contemporaneous   erosion   are   also   not 


uncommon.  Some  of  the  lenticular  beds  of  shale  above  referred 
bo,  contain  fossil-plants,  fish,  and  fresh-water  shells  (Unio),  and 
must  have  been  deposited  in  small  lakes  or  lagoons  temporarily  cut 
off  from  the  main  body  of  water  in  which  the  coarser  sediments.. 


no  ,; 

were  being  deposited.  The  sandstones  vary  somewhat  in  com- 
position— some  are  very  argillaceous,  others  are  the  reverse  :  others 
again  contain  much  mica,  still  other  beds  are  very  ferruginous  ; 


while  small  flakes  of  graphite  are  not  infrequently  found  in  many 
of  the  strata.  Where  the  Hawkesbury  Sandstones  have  been 
intruded  by  basalt-dykes,  prismatic  structure  has  been  developed 
in  many  cases,  the  most  notable  being  that  at  Bondi. 


Ill 

This  has  been  produced  in  what  were  porous  sandstone  beds, 
saturated  with  water  at  the  time  the  intrusions  took  place ; 
unequal  heating  started  convection  currents  which  heated  the 
particular  sandstone  bed  for  some  distance  away  from  the 
contact,  and  caused  the  rock  to  expand.  Subsequent  contraction 
on  cooling  developed  the  joints  whose  intersection  resulted  in  the 
prismatic  structure.  This  prismatisation  is  always  accompanied 
by  a  variable  amount  of  secondary  silification,  which  has  con- 
verted the  sandstone  into  an  imperfect  quartzite.  The  altered 
rock  has  been  much  in  demand  for  road-making  purposes,  and  is 
known  to  the  road-maker  as  "  white  metal";  consequently,  these 
interesting  occurrences  have  been  in  nearly  every  case  quarried 
out  and  removed. 

Another  interesting  feature  of  the  Hawkesbury  Sandstones  is 
the  contortion  of  the  laminae  in  certain  of  the  strata  showing 
current  bedding.  No  really  satisfactory  explanation  of  this 
feature  has  yet  been  forthcoming. 

Many  excellent  beds  of  "  free-stone,"  ranging  up  to  60  feet 
in  thickness,  are  found,  and  have  been  extensively  quarried  for 
the  building  of  the  metropolis.  Gold  occurs  more  or  less 
throughout  the  Hawkesbury  Sandstones,  but  the  quantity  (2 
or  3  grains  to  the  ton)  is,  of  course,  too  small  to  be  of  any 
value  ;  as  much  as  2  or  3  dwt.  per  ton  has  been  found  in  some 
places,  and  has  given  rise  to  much  profitless  expenditure  of 
money  in  prospecting  the  rocks  in  such  localities. 

The  Wianamatta  Stage. — The  strata  of  this  stage  consist  of  a 
thick  series  of  shales,  with  occasional  bands  of  sandstone, 
carbonate  of  iron,  and  thin  hands  of  impure  coal.  The  beds 
attain  their  maximum  thickness  in  the  Picton  and  Campbelltown 
districts,  wh^re,  according  to  the  late  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke,  the 
thickness  approaches  700  feet,  and  the  formation  includes  grits 
and  sandstones.  The  name  Wianamatta,  which  was  given  to 
them  by  this  geologist,  is  the  native  name  for  South  Creek  ;  he 
recorded  from  this  locality  a  seam  of  impure  coal,  4  feet  in 
thickness.  The  Wianamatta  Shales  overlie  the  Hawkesbury 
Sandstones  over  large  areas,  but  do  not  extend  so  far  to  the  west 
and  north  as  the  latter  formation.  In  the  Blue  Mountains,  they 
have  been  removed  from  considerable  areas  by  denudation  ;  the 
small  outliers  occurring  under  the  basalt  caps  at  Mounts  Tomah 
and  King  George,  and  the  larger  outlier  at  Springwood,. 
testifying  to  the  greater  area  once  occupied  by  these  shales  in 
this  region. 

Small  lenticular  beds  of  impure  fresh-water  limestone  occur  at 
Kurrajong,  which  contain  fossil  Ostracods  antf  Foraminifera. 
The  fossil  fauna  found  in  the  Wianamatta  Shales  inclydeB  fresh- 


water  fish,  pelecypods,  and 
large  amphibia  (Labyriri- 
thodonts) ;  fossil  plants 
also  occur  in  considerable 
abundance.  The  shales 
provide  excellent  brick- 
making  material,  and  are 
extensively  quarried  for 
that  purpose  m\the  en- 
virons of  Sydney ;  it  is 
from  such  quarries  at  St. 
Peters  that  specimens  of 
the  fossil  fish  and  amphibia 
have  been  obtained. 

Relation  of  the  Hawkesbury 
Series  to  the  Upper  Coal 
Measures. 

Throughout  the  greater 
part  of  the  area  over  which 
the  Hawkesbury  Series  oc- 
cur, they  rest  conformably 
upon  the  Upper  Coal 
Measures,  so  that  the  Tri- 
assic  sedimentation  seems 
to  have  followed  that  of 
the  Permo  -  Carboniferous 
without  any  interruption  ; 
it  is  a  matter  of  difficulty 
to  fix  the  dividing  line 
between  the  two  forma- 
tions. At  ^Ellalong,  how- 
ever, on  the  northern  edge 
of  the  basin,  a  well-marked 
unconformity  occurs,  as 
may  be  seen  from  the 
section.  (Fig.  56.) 

A  comparison  of  the 
floras  of  the  two  periods 
has  already  been  made  on 
page  92,  wherein  it  was 
shown  that,  although  a 
marked  difference  exists, 
a  slight  commingling  of 
them  occurs  at  the  junction 
of  the  two  formations. 


113 

Life  of  the  Triassic  Period  (Hawkesbury  Series). 
(A.)  Fossil  Plants. 

Equisetacese — Schizoneura  Australe,  Phyllotlieca  Hooker i  (P. 
concinna],  Equisetum. 

Filicales  —  Thinnfeldia  odontopteroides,  Thinnfeldia  Narra- 
beenensis,  Sphenopteris,  Alethopteris  (Cladoplebis)  Australia,  Mac- 
rotcvniopteris  Wianamattw,  Oleandridium  lentriculiforme^  titenop- 
teris  rigida,  Cycadopteris  scolopendrina,  Taeniopteris. 

Cycadales — Podozamites  lanceolatus. 

Ginkgoales — Ginkgo  dilatata,  Baiera  midtifida. 

Comferse—Araucarites. 


Fig.  57. 
Triassic  Plant.     Thinnfeldia  odontopteroides. 


(B.)  Fossil  Fauna. 

Foraminifera  —  Nubecularia,     Haplophraymium,     Endothyra, 
Discorbina,  &c. 

Pelecypoda — Unio,  Unionella. 


114 


Crustacea  (Ostracoda)  —  fieyrichia,  Darwinula,  Cytheridce, 
Estheria. 

Pisces  (fish) — Palaeoniscus,  Myriolepis,  Cleithrolepis,  Pleuracan- 
thus,  Elonichthys,  Gosfordia,  Apateolepis,  Dictyopyga,  Sagenodus, 
Acentrophorus,  Belonorhyncus,  Semionotus,  Pristisomus,  Elpiso- 
pholis,  Pholidophorus. 

Amphibia  (Labyrinthodonta) — Mastodonsaurus,  Platyceps. 

THE  EQUISITALES.  —  Schizoneura  had  already  appeared  before 
the  close  of  the  Permo  -  Carboniferous  •  it  continued  on  into  the 
Triassic,  but  soon  became  extinct.  Phyllotheca,  on  the  other 
hand,  continued  to  flourish  luxuriantly  throughout  the  Triassic. 
Equisetum  makes  its  first  appearance  here. 

THE  FILICALES. — Thinnfeldia  is  the  largest  and  most  abundant 
of  these;  the  size  of  the  frond  and  the  shape  of  the  pinnules  varied 
considerably,  but  the  frond  itself  was  always  dichotomous.  Among 
the  many  thousands  of  these  which  have  been  collected,  not  one 
fertile  frond  has  yet  been  observed,  and  it  is  more  than  probable 
that  this  so-called  fern  is  the  vegetation  of  some  more  highly 
organised  plant.  Specimens  of  an  influorescence  have  been  found 
associated  with  Thinnfeldia  both  at  Mount  Piddington  and  at 
Narrabeen,  which  possibly  may  have  been  derived  from  the  same 
plant.  Macrotwniopteris  and  Oleandridium  are  more  charac- 
teristic of,  and  are  fairly  abundant  in,  the  Hawkesbury  Series. 

THE  FISH. — These  occur  on  three  distinct  horizons — 1st,  the 
Hawkesbury  Sandstone  Stage,  at  Gosford  ;  2nd,  the  Wianamatta 
Stage,  at  St.  Peters  (near  Sydney),  and  at  Mittagong ;  3rd,  the 
Talbragar  beds  on  the  Talbragar  River,  near  Gulgong  ;  the  latter 
beds  have  been  referred  to  the  Jurassic  period  by  some  writers. 
There  is  some  doubt  as  to  whether  the  Gosford  fish-beds  are  near 
the  base  of  the  Hawkesbury  Sandstones,  or  near  the  top  of  the 
Narrabeen  beds.  The  fossil  fish  genera  described  from  the  locali- 
ties are  as  follows  : — 


Hawkesburv  Stage 
(Gosford). 

Wianamatta  Stage 
(St.  Peters). 

Talbragar  Beds 
(Jurassic). 

Elasmobranchii 

(An  imperfect  speci- 

Pleuracanthus. 

men). 

Dipnoi                       Gosfordia. 

Sagenodus. 

Teleostomi                 Myriolepis. 

Myriolepis. 

Coccole.pis. 

(Actinopterygii) 

Semionotus. 
Cleithrolepis. 
Pholidophorus. 

Semionotus. 
Cleithrolepis. 
Pholidophorus. 

Aphnelepis. 
Aetheolepis. 
Archceomene. 

Apateolepis. 

Acentrophorus. 

Leptolepis. 

Dictyopyge.                     Platysomus. 

Belenorhyncus.               Elipsopholis. 

Pristisomus.                   Elonichthys. 

Peltopleurus.                 Palceoniscus. 

115 


The  Gosford  fish  are  all 
regarded  as  being  hornotaxial 
with  the  Triassic  of  Europe ; 
the  assemblage  of  fish  from 
the  Wianamatta  shales  at  St. 
Peters,  however,  is  remarkable, 
in  that  it  displays  an  aston- 
ishing commingling  of  European 
Palaeozoic  and  Mesozoic  genera. 
Such  genera  as  Pleur acanthus, 
Sagenodus,  Elonichthys,  Platy- 
somus,  Paloeoniscus,  Acentro- 
phorus,  and  Elipsopholis  range 
in  Europe  from  Lower  Car- 
boniferous to  Permian,  and  do 
not  pass  upwards  beyond  the 
Palaeozoic.  On  the  oth°r  hand, 
Semionotus,  Cleithrolepis,  and 
Pholidophorus  are  typical  of 
the  Mesozoic  in  Europe.  This 
seems  all  the  more  strange 
when  one  remembers  that  at 
Gosford,  which  is  on  a  lower 
horizon,  only  Mesozoic  types 
occur.  The  Talbragar  fish  seem 
to  have  their  nearest  allies  in 
the  Jurassic  of  Europe.  Pleura - 
canthus  appears  to  have  been 
the  largest  of  these  Triassic 
fish,  and  attained  a  length  of 
nearly  6  feet. 

THE  AMPHIBIA. — These  had 
already  made  their  appearance 
before  the  close  of  the  Permo- 
Carboniferous,  but  the  Triassic 
examples  are  larger ;  one  un- 
described  Mastodonsaurus  (a 
Labyrinthodont)  from  the  St. 
Peters  fish  beds,  has  a  length 
of  quite  12  feet. 

THE  CRUSTACEA. — Esiheria 
was  the  most  important  genus, 
and  occurred  in  enormous  num- 
bers in  the  early  part  of  the 
period. 


116 


Fig.  59. 

New  South  Wales  Triassic  Fish. 
Palceoniscus  antipodeus.     b.  Cleithrolepis  granulatus. 


2.  THE  CLARENCE  SERIES. 

These  also  are  fresh-water  beds  occurring  in  the  form  of  a  basin 
in  the  north-east  corner  of  New  South  Wales.  They  outcrop 
strongly  over  the  eastern  part  of  the  watershed  of  the  Clarence 
River  and  along  the  coast  from  Woolgoolga  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Richmond  River;  northwards  they  cross  into  Queensland,  and 
are  continuous  with  the  Ipswich  beds  of  that  State.  At  Grafton, 
which  is  at  about  the  centre  of  the  basin,  a  borehole,  put  down  in 
search  of  artesian  water,  passed  through  a  thickness  of  3,700  feet 


117 


of  these  beds,  and  was  still  in  them  when  boring  ceased. 
Clarence  Series  have  been  subdivided  as  follow  :— 


The 


Upper  Clarence  Beds 
Middle  ,, 

Lower  „ 


Shales,  Ac. 
Massive  sandstones. 
Shales  and  sandstones  with  coal 
seams,  conglomerate. 


CO 


The  conglomerates  at  the  base  of  the  series  are  very  thick,  and 
outcrop  strongly  around  the  western  edge  of  the  basin  ;  they  are 
auriferous  at  Pretty  Gully,  about  15  miles  from  Drake,  but 
not  payably  so.  Five  seams  of  coal  occur  in  the  Lower  Clarence 


118 

Series  above  the  conglomerates,  and  range  from  2  to  37  feet  in 
thickness.  So  far  as  these  seams  have  been  prospected,  they 
appear  to  contain  too  many  clay-bands  for  the  coal  to  have  much 
economic  value,  except,  perhaps,  for  local  purposes.  The  sand- 
stones of  the  Middle  Clarence  Beds  have  a  strong  lithological 
resemblance  to  those  of  the  Hawkesbury  Series,  and  on  that 
account  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  Lower,  Middle,  and 
Upper  Clarence  beds  are  the  equivalents  of  the  Narrabeen, 
Hawkesbury  Sandstone,  and  Wianamatta  stages  of  the  Hawkes- 
bury Series.  The  fossil  flora  of  this  series  possesses  some 
differences  from  that  of  the  Hawkesbury  Series,  but  is  quite 
similar  to  that  of  the  Ipswich  beds  of  Queensland  and  the 
Trias- Jura  beds  of  Victoria  ;  it  is  characterised  by  the  relatively 
great  abundance  of  Tcuniopteris  Daintrei,  which  has  not  yet  been 
found  in  the  Hawkesbury  Series.  Several  species  of  Thinnfeldia 
are  present,  but  the  genus  is  more  variable  and  the  fronds  more 
delicate  than  those  from  the  Hawkesbury  Series.  Thinnfeldia  of 
the  true  Hawkesbury  type,  as  well  as  Macrotceniopteris,  have, 
however,  been  found  near  the  base  of  the  series;  coniferous  wood 
occurs  in  abundance. 

3.  THE  ARTESIAN   SERIES. 

Fresh-water  beds  of  Trias-Jura  age  outcrop  along  the  western 
edge  of  the  New  England  Tableland,  from  Dubbo  northwards 
past  Narrabri  and  Warialda  to  the  Queensland  border.  Here 
they  join  on  to  the  Ipswich  beds,  and  are  thus  linked  up  by  way 
of  Queensland  with  the  Clarence  Series.  The  width  of  outcrop 
of  the  artesian  beds  (the  intake  beds)  in  an  east  and  west  direction 
is,  on  the  average,  about  60  miles,  beyond  which  they  dip  west- 
wards beneath  Cretaceous  marine  strata.  Further  to  the  west 
they  have  been  met  with  at  considerable  depths  in  the  bore-holes 
put  down  to  tap  the  artesian  water  which  they  contain.  As  they 
have  been  intersected  at  localities  as  far  apart  as  Moree,  Coon- 
amble,  and  Nyngan,  these  Trias-Jura  strata  must  underlie  the 
Cretaceous  system  over  a  very  large  area  in  north-west  New  South 
Wales,  an  area  estimated  by  Mr.  E.  F.  Pittman  as  being  about 
•83,000  square  miles.  The  correlation  of  these  beds  with  the 
Clarence  Series  is  based,  firstly,  on  the  occurrence  in  both  of  them 
of  Tceniopteris  Daintrei  ;  and  secondly,  on  the  fact  that,  as  already 
stated,  they  are  actually  linked  up  with  them  by  way  of  the 
Ipswich  beds,  in  Queensland.  The  occurrence  of  artesian  water- 
in  these  strata  is  of  the  very  highest  importance  to  this  part  of  New 
South  Wales,  which  has  a  low  average  rainfall,  and  is  subject  to 
long  periods  of  drought.  Many  artesian  weJls  have  been  sunk 
throughout  this  region,  ranging  up  to  nearly  4,000  feet  in  depth, 
from  which  flows  of  water  have  been  obtained  in  the  case 
of  individual  bore-holes  up  to  3,000,000  gallons  per  day.  The 


119 

water  from  some  of  the  deeper  bores  has  a  fairly  high  temperature, 
115°  F.  in  the  case  of  the  Moree  bore,  and  although  the  bore  water 
generally  contains  a  fair  percentage  of  mineral  matter,  it  has 
proved  to  be  excellent  for  stock.  Its  use  for  agricultural  pur- 
poses is  not  altogether  so  satisfactory,  as,  after  it  has  been  used 
for  a  few  years,  the  soil  becomes  too  highly  charged  with  the 
mineral  substances  brought  on  to  the  land  by  the  bore  water. 
Upwards  of  160  wells  have  been  put  down  to  date;  but  some  of 
them  are  at  present  providing  a  considerably  diminished  supply 
as  compared  with  that  given  at  first  ;  whether  this  is  due  to 
exhaustion  in  the  artesian  beds,  or  due  to  the  partial  caving  in  of 
the  bore-holes  has  not  yet  been  determined. 

4.  THE  TALBRAGAR  SERIES. 

These  occur  on  the  Talbragar  River,  about  20  miles  from 
Gulgong  ;  they  are  fresh- water  beds  about  40  feet  in  thickness,  and 
the  area  over  which  they  extend  is  only  a  few  acres  in  extent. 
The  lowest  beds  consist  of  ferruginous  cherty  shales,  about  10  feet 
in  thickness,  literally  crowded  with  fish  and  plant  remains.  The 
plants  are  preserved  in  the  form  of  siliceous  impressions,  their 
pure  white  colour  being  in  marked  contrast  to  the  yellow  colour 
of  the  rock  on  which  they  occur  ;  the  fish  also  occur  as  impressions 
on  the  shale,  in  most  cases  with  the  bones  replaced  by  ochreous 
material,  and  are  beautifully  preserved.  These  fish  are  crowded 
together  as  if  suddenly  destroyed,  a  feature  characteristic  of  the 
Gosford  fish  beds  also ;  this  sudden  destruction  was  probably  due 
to  a  rapid  influx  of  sediment  into  the  lake  in  which  the  fish  were 
living.  The  fish  beds  are  succeeded  by  white  siliceous  shales  and 
siliceous  ironstone,  both  of  which  are  unfossiliferous.  The 
Talbragar  deposit,  as  a  whole,  appears  to  lie  in  an  erosion  hollow 
in  the  Hawkesbury  sandstones.  The  fossil  flora  is  very  similar  to 
that  of  the  Clarence  Series  ;  Podozamites  lanceolatus  is  particularly 
abundant,  while  Tceniopteris  Daintrei  and  Thinnfeldia  are  not 
uncommon.  The  fish  are  different  from  those  so  far  obtained 
from  other  Trias-Jura  localities  in  New  South  Wales,  and  have 
their  nearest  allies  in  the  Lias  and  Jurassic  of  Europe ;  they  are 
listed  on  page  114. 

Correlation  of  the  Hawkesbury,  Clarence,  Artesian,  and  Tal- 
bragar Fresh-water  Beds. — Considerable  diversity  of  opinion  exists 
as  to  the  relative  age  of  the  Triassic  and  Trias- Jura  beds  from 
the  different  localities  in  New  South  Wales.  The  Hawkesbury 
Series  are  generally  accepted  as  being  of  Triassic  age ;  the  flora 
and  fauna  both  support  this  view,  and  the  absence  of  any  break 
in  the  sedimentation  in  passing  from  the  Permo-Carboniferous 
strata  to  the  Narrabeen  beds  (with  the  exception  at  ^Ellalong 
already  mentioned)  confirms  it.  With  regard  to  the  Clarence  and 


120 


Artesian  Series,  however,  the  view  is  held  by  some  geologists 
that  these  were  deposited  later  than  the  Hawkesbury  Series.  It 
is  now  the  generally  accepted  view  that  the  Clarence  and  Artesian 
Series  are  of  the  same  geological  age  as  the  Ipswich  and  Burrum 
formations  in  Queensland,  with  which  they  are,  in  fact,  co-extensive, 
and  of  the  same  age  as  the  Gippsland  and  Cape  Otway  beds  in 
Victoria  ;  in  both  of  these  States  the  age  of  these  freshwater  beds 
is  taken  as  being  Trias- Jura.  Various  arguments  have  been  put 
forward  in  support  of  the  view  that  the  Hawkesbury  Series  are 
older  than  the  Clarence,  Artesian,  and  Talbragar  Trias-Jura 
beds.  Taking  the  Palseontological  one  first  as  being  the  most 
important,  what  differences  there  are  in  the  fossil  floras  will  be  seen 
from  the  following  lists  : — 


Schizonfum  AustTdla 

Hawkes- 
bury 

Series. 

Clarence 
and 
Artesian 
Series. 

Talbragar 
Beds. 

Ipswich 
Beds. 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

X 
X 
X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

(or  a  simi 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

iar  form) 

.A. 

Phyllotheea  Hookeri         

Equi^tujn  

ThiwnfcldicL  odontopt&Toidas 

Thinnfeldia  N  arrabeenensis    
Sph  €nopt&ris 

AlattioptfiTis  A.ustvci,l'ifi     

Macrotayniopteris  Wianamattce.  .  . 
Oleandridium  lentriculiforme  
Tceniopteris  Daintrei  
Podozamites  lanceolatus  
Ginkgo  dilatata  

BuidTtt  wiultijidci 

A  raucarites  

How  far  the  differences  are  due  to  insufficient  collecting,  or  how 
far  they  represent  real  differences  in  the  respective  floras,  is  at 
present  somewhat  difficult  to  decide.  The  fossil  fish  of  the 
Talbragar  beds  belong  to  genera  which  have  not  yet  been  found 
in  the  Hawkesbury  Series,  and  have  their  nearest  allies  in  the 
Jurassic  of  Europe ;  when  one  remembers,  however,  that  one 
particular  bed  in  the  Wianamatta  shales  at  St.  Peters  con  tains  an 
assemblage  of  fossil  fish  quite  different  from  that  in  another  bed 
in  the  same  quarry,  this  fact  loses  some  of  its  weight.  The 
absence  of  arte.-ian  water  in  the  Hawkesbury  Series,  which  occurs 
in  the  form  of  a  typical  basin,  has  been  urged  as  a  reason  why 
the  Hawkesbury  Series  should  not  be  of  the  same  age  as  the 
Artesian  Series.  This  argument  would,  however,  apply  equally 
well  to  the  Clarence  Series,  which  also  occurs  in  the  typical  basin 
form  but,  as  far  as  is  known,  contains  little  or  no  artesian  water. 


121 

The  absence  of  coal  seams  in  th«  Hawkesbury  Series  has  been 
similarly  cited  as  a  reason  for  their  greater  age ;  there  seems  to- 
be  no  valid  reason,  however,  why  sedimentation  could  not  go  on 
in  twro  distinct  basins  simultaneously  with  conditions  for  coal- 
making  favourable  in  the  one  locality  and  unfavourable  in  the 
other.  At  present,  therefore,  while  it  may  be  admitted  that 
there  are  some  differences  between  the  fossils  of  the  Hawkesbury 
Series  and  the  Trias-Jura  beds  of  New  South  Wales,  it  is, 
perhaps,  premature  to  say  definitely  that  the  former  were 
deposited  before  the  latter. 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  TRIASSIC.AND  JURASSIC  PERIODS. 

The  close  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Period,  as  already  pointed 
out,  was  marked  in  the  north-eastern  part  of  New  South  Wales 
by  mountain-making  (orogenic)  movements  which  folded  the 
Permo-Carboniferous  sediments  as  far  south,  approximately,  as 
the  present  Hunter  River  district,  where  the  folding  produced 
an  elevation  of  at  least  7,000  to  8,000  feet.  These  folded  strata 
suffered  considerable  denudation  early  in  the  Triassic  Period 
before  the  strata  of  this  period  were  deposited  uncomformably 
upon  them.  To  the  south  and  south-west  of  this  region  no  such 
earth  movements  took  place,  and  Triassic  sedimentation  followed 
that  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Period  without  any  apparent 
break.  The  beginning  of  the  Triassic  Period  found  the  whole  of 
New  South  Wales  above  the  sea,  and  extending  much  further 
eastwards  than  it  does  at  the  present  time.  Certain  large  areas 
remained  covered  with  fresh  water,  and  in  the  lakes  considerable 
sedimentation  took  place  ;  it  will  be  convenient  to  call  these  three 
sheets  of  water  the  Hawkesbury  Lake,  the  Clarence  Lake,  and  the 
Artesian  Lake  respectively.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  first-named 
existed  at  the  beginning  of  the  period,  but  there  is  some  reason  for 
thinking  that  the  two  latter  may  not  have  developed  until 
somewhat  later.  The  Hawkesbury  Lake  was  essentially  the  same 
sheet  of  water  as  that  in  which  the  Upper  Coal  Measures  were 
deposited,  although  for  a  time  somewhat  restricted  in  size, 
particularly  on  its  northern  margin  ;  in  this  lake  was  deposited  in 
succession  the  Narrabeen,  Hawkesbury,  and  Wianamatta  beds, 
with  a  maximum  thickness  of  about  3,000  feet.  As  shallow-water 
conditions  of  deposition  are  in  evidence,  more  or  less,  throughout 
all  these  beds,  the  lake-bottom  must  have  been  slowly  subsiding. 

The  other  two  lakes  mentioned  were  in  reality  parts  of  an 
extensive  sheet  of  fresh  water  which  covered  large  portions  of 
southern  Queensland  and  northern  New  South  Wales,  and  which, 
perhaps,  extended  into  South  Australia.  Parts  of  this  lake 
became  from  time  to  time  vast  shallow  swamps,  in  which  grew 
the  vegetation  from  which  the  Triassic  coal  seams  were  iormed. 


122 

The  great  thickness  and  the  nature  of  the  sediments  deposited 
shows  that  here,  too,  a  slow  subsidence  was  taking  place,  while 
the  coal  seams  indicate  that  the  subsidence  was  of  an  intermittent 
nature,  each  coal  seam  marking  a  period  of  comparative  rest  in 
the  downward  movement. 

In  the  waters  of  these  lakes  fish  abounded,  while  on  the 
adjacent  shores  lived  the  large  amphibia,  which  preyed  upon 
them.  Small  Pelecypods  (Unio)  and  Crustacea  also  inhabited 
the  lake  and  river  waters.  The  surrounding  country  was  clothed 
with  a  luxuriant  vegetation ;  Cycads  and  Conifers  nourished 
upon  the  uplands,  while  the  marshes  and  swamps  supported  a 
dense  growth  of  ferns  and  horsetails.  The  great  terrestrial  and 
flying  reptiles,  which  were  such  a  characteristic  feature  of  the  life 
of  other  continents  at  this  time,  do  not  appear  to  have  found  their 
way  into  Australia. 


CHAPTER  XII. 


THE  CRETACEOUS  PERIOD. 

STRATA  of  this  age  occur  over  an  extensive  area  in  the  northern 
and  north-western  parts  of  New  South  Wales — an  area  of  upwards 
of  70,000  square  miles.  They  are  not  known  to  occur  in  any 
other  part  of  the  State.  No  detailed  geological  surveys  have  been 
made  of  this  area,  consequently  information  regarding  the  Cre- 
taceous formation  is  somewhat  limited.  As  these  Cretaceous  strata 
are  continuous  with  those  of  the  sam^  period  in  the  adjoining  States 
of  Queensland  and  South  Australia,  the  information  gathered 
from  these  localities  will  be  made  use  of  to  supplement  that  which 
has  been  obtained  from  New  South  Wales. 

The  Cretaceous  Formation  of  Australia  has  been  subdivided  as 
follows  : — 

A.  The  Upper  Cretaceous  or  Desert  Sandstone  Formation. 

B.  The  Lower  Cretaceous  or  Rolling  Downs  Formation. 

The  Rolling  Downs  Formation. — Although  this  formation  has 
been  met  with  in  sinking  wells  and  bore-holes  in  New  South 
Wales,  no  surface  outcrops  have  yet  been  discovered.  In 
Queensland,  however,  outcrops  occur  over  extensive  areas,  par- 
ticularly in  that  part  of  the  southern  portion  of  the  State  known 
as  the  Rolling  Downs.  The  surface  here  consists  of  gently 
undulating  plains,  or  rolling  downs  as  they  are  called,  cut  out  of 
strata  of  Cretaceous  age,  hence  the  name.  The  strata  in  this 
region  consist  of  shales,  sandstones,  limestones,  marls,  and 
gypseous  clays,  mainly  of  marine  origin,  but  including  some  fresh- 
water deposits  containing  plant  remains  and  thin  seams  of  coal. 
The  basal  beds  of  the  series,  which  consist  of  very  porous  sand- 
stones, are  known  as  the  Blythesdale  Braestones,  and  have  been 
referred  to  by  the  Queensland  Geological  Survey  as  the  intake 
beds  of  their  artesian-water  basin.  As  already  stated,  no  surface 
outcrops  of  Lower  Cretaceous  strata  have  yet  been  met  with  in 
New  South  Wales,  but  considerable  thicknesses  have  been  passed 
through  in  sinking  artesian  wells.  The  Wallon  bore,  in  the 
Moree  district,  passed  through  a  thickness  of  1,500  feet  of  these 
beds,  consisting  mainly  of  marine  shales,  sandstones,  and  lime- 
stones. The  bore-hole  at  Bulyeroi,  60  miles  to  the  south-west, 
passed  through  similar  strata  620  feet  in  thickness.  In  both 
cases  the  Cretaceous  strata  were  met  with  only  a  few  feet  from 
the  surface,  being  covered  and  hidden  by  a  superficial  deposit  of 


124 

Post-Tertiary  age.  At  Yandama  Station,  in  the  Milparinka 
district,  450  miles  west  from  Moree,  strata  containing  marine 
fossils  characteristic  of  this  formation  were  met  with  in  sinking 
shallow  wells. 

Small  flows  of  artesian  water  have  been  obtained  from  some  of 
these  Lower  Cretaceous  strata,  but,  as  already  explained,  the 
main  supplies  in  New  South  Wales  are  being  obtained  from  the 
underlying  Triassic  rocks.  So  far  as  is  known,  no  unconformity 
exists  between  the  two  formations  in  New  South  Wales,  but  in 
Queensland  a  very  distinct  unconformity  is  believed  by  the  local 
geologists  to  exist. 

The  Desert  Sandstone  Formation. — This  gets  its  name  from  its 
occurrence  in  the  desert  regions  of  the  interior  of  Australia.  In 
New  South  Wales  the  formation  outcrops  extensively  in  the 
north-western  part  of  the  State,  and  consists  of  coarse  sandstones, 
grits,  conglomerates,  and  beds  of  a  fine-grained  white  siliceous 
rock,  resembling  kaolin  in  appearance.  The  sandstones  and  grits 
are  the  lowest  beds  of  the  series,  and  are  of  marine  origin.  In 
many  localities  the  sandstone  has  been  altered  into  an  intensely 
hard,  brittle,  porcellanous  rock  resembling  quartzite.  This  altera- 
tion has  been  brought  about  by  the  introduction  of  secondary 
silica,  possibly  by  the  action  of  thermal  springs.  At  some 
localities,  notably  at  White  Cliffs,  there  occur  above  the  sand- 
stone beds  of  a  very  fine-grained,  soft,  white  rock,  which  in  some 
places  is  almost  devoid  of  alumina,  and  consists  of  nearly  pure 
silica,  although  in  other  places  as  much  as  25  per  cent,  of  alumina 
may  be  present.  Doubtful  determinations  of  Badiolaria  and 
Diatoms  have  been  made,  suggesting  the  probability  of  the 
rock  having  an  organic  origin.  The  same  stratum  also  contains 
numerous  fossil  marine  shells,  fragments  of  fossilised  wood,  and 
the  bones  of  marine  reptiles  (Sauropterygia).  A  remarkable 
feature  at  White  Cliffs  is  the  occurrence  in  this  bed  of  numerous 
water- worn  boulders  of  a  fossiliferous  Devonian  quartzite,  ranging 
up  to  2  feet  in  diameter.  The  origin  of  these  boulders  has  given 
rise  to  considerable  discussion.  The  exceeding  fineness  of  the 
sediments  in  which  they  are  imbedded  precludes  the  possibility 
of  transportation  to  their  present  position  by  running  water. 
Transport  by  floating  ice  has  been  suggested  ;  the  boulders  do 
not,  however,  show  any  glacial  striae,  and  there  is  a  total  absence 
of  any  corroborative  evidence.  It  has  also  been  suggested  that 
they  may  have  been  transported  entangled  in  the  roots  of  drift- 
ing trees.  As  Devonian  quartzites  outcrop  about  20  miles  to 
the  westward,  where  part  of  the  shore-line  of  the  Cretaceous  sea 
probably  existed,  and,  as  fossil  driftwood  is  common  in  the  same 
bed  as  the  boulders,  there  seems  to  be  some  probability  of  this 
being  the  correct  explanation. 


125 


The  Upper  Cretaceous  strata,  which 
are  always  horizontal  or  nearly  so, 
attain,  both  in  the  De  Grey  Ranges 
and  at  Mount  Oxley  (near  Bourke),  a 
thickness  of  about  500  feet.  The 
formation,  as  a  whole,  has  been  exten- 
sively denuded  since  its  deposition,  so 
much  so,  that,  for  the  most  part,  mere 
isolated  outliers  remain  of  what  was 
at  one  time  a  much  more  extensive 
formation.  At  Mount  Brown,  at 
Tibbooburra,  and  near  Milparinka,  the 
basal  conglomerates  of  the  Cretaceous, 
where  they  dip  away  from  the  Lower 
Palaeozoic  strata,  are  auriferous.  The 
gold  has,  no  doubt,  been  derived  from 
reefs  traversing  these  Palaeozoic  strata, 
and  concentrated  in  the  Cretaceous 
gravels  during  the  time  they  were 
being  deposited. 

At  White  Cliffs  in  the  Wilcannia 
district,  and  at  Lightning  Ridge,  near 
Walgett,  precious  opal  occurs  in  the 
Upper  Cretaceous  rocks.  It  is  of 
secondary  origin,  and  occurs  as  irregu- 
lar veins  and  patches  in  the  white 
siliceous  rock  already  referred  to.  At 
the  former  locality  it  is  quite  common 
to  find  marine  shells,  reptilian  bones, 
and  fragments  of  fossil-wood  wholly  or 
partly  replaced  by  precious  opal.  The 
quality  of  the  opal  obtained  is  equal 
if  not  superior  to  that  obtained  in  any 
other  part  of  the  world,  and  the  value 
of  the  production  to  date  exceeds 
£1,237,899  sterling. 

The  Upper  Cretaceous  strata  in  New 
South  Wales,  so  far  as  is  known,  are 
conformable  with  the  underlying  Lower 
Cretaceous. 

Cretaceous  Ltfe. — The  Cretaceous 
flora  is  represented  in  New  South 
Wales  collections  by  coniferous  wood 
only.  In  the  De-Grey  Ranges  a  grove 
of  fossil-tree  stumps  occurs  in  the 
Desert  Sandstone  formation  ;  these  are 


Ill 


126 

standing  in  the  position  of  growth,  the  larger  ones  having  a 
diameter  of  about  4  feet.  They  must  have  been  covered  by  the 
Cretaceous  sediments  while  still  erect,  became  petrified  by  infil- 
tration of  silica,  and  have  been  re-exposed  since  by  weathering. 
The  occurrence  of  driftwood  in  some  of  the  marine  beds  is  not  un- 
common. In  Queensland  occasional  thin  seams  of  coal  occur  both 
in  the  upper  and  lower  beds,  and  the  fossil  leaves  of  a  considerable 
number  of  genera  of  dicotyledonous  plants  have  been  obtained 
from  fresh-water  beds  in  the  same  State.  There  is  considerable 
probability,  however,  that  these  leaf  beds  are  of  Tertiary  age. 

With  regard  to  the  fauna,  so  little  collecting  has  been  done 
from  the  New  South  Wales  strata  that  it  will  be  more  satisfactory 
to  refer  to  the  Cretaceous  fauna  of  Australia  as  a  whole.  The 
invertebrate  fauna,  so  far  as  we  know  it,  consists  dominantly  of 
mollusca.  Of  these,  the  Pelecypoda  are  particularly  numerous  ; 
fifty  genera  and  over  100  species  have  already  been  described. 
The  Cephalopoda  are  also  abundant,  and  with  regard  to  size 
dominated  all  the  other  invertebrates.  Specimens  of  Crioceras 
have  been  obtained  in  Queensland,  which  range  up  to  2  feet  or 
more  in  diameter.  The  genera  Ammonites  and  Belemnites  are 
abundantly  represented.  Gasteropods  are  only  sparingly  repre- 
sented. Foraminifera  are  abundant,  but  no  beds  of  chalk  are 
known  to  exist.  Crinoids,  echinoicls,  and  sponges  do  not  appear 
to  have  been  abundant,  while  reef-building  corals  are  totally 
absent.  The  vertebrates  were  represented  by  fish  and  reptiles. 
The  latter  belong  to  the  two  great  cosmopolitan  groups — the 
Sauropterygia,  and  the  Ichthyopterygia,  and  appear  to  have  been 
numerous.  The  great  terrestrial  and  flying  reptiles,  so  abundant 
in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  at  this  time,  were  absent,  or  at  any 
rate,  none  of  their  remains  have  yet  been  found. 

LIST  OF  THE  MORE  IMPORTANT  AUSTRALIAN 
CRETACEOUS  FOSSILS. 

PLANTS  : — Coniferous  Wood. 

FORAMINIFERA  : — Lagena,  Nodosaria,  Reophax,  Cristellaria, 
Haplophragmium ,  Polymorphina. 

SPONGIDA  : — Purisiphonia. 

CRINOIDEA  : — Isocrinus*  Pentacrinus. 

ECHINOIBEA  : — Micraster. 

VERMES  : — Serpula. 

BRACHIOPODA  : — Discina,  Lingula,  Rhynchonella,  Terebratula. 

PELECYPODA  : — Aucella,*  Corimyaj*  Gucullcea*,  Cyrenopsis* 
Glycimeris*  Inoceramus,*  Lima,  Maccoyella*  Modiola,*  Mytilus, 
Nucula,  Ostrea,  Pecten,  Pseudavicula,*  Tellina*  Trigonia* 

GASTEROPODA  : — Nqtica,  &c. 

CEPHALOPODA  :  — Belemnites,*  Ammonites,  Ancylcceras,*  Crio- 
ceras, Hamites,  Haploceras,*  Nautilus,  Scaphites. 


127 

PISCES: — Belonostcinus,  Lamna,  &c. 

REPTILIA: — Cimoliosaurus,*  Plesiosaurus,  Agrosaurus,  Ichthyo- 
saurus, Notochdone,. 

NOTE. — Those  genera  marked  with  an  asterisk  have  been  found  in 
New  South  Wales, 


Fig.  64. 

Cretaceous  Pelecypoda. 

1-2.  Maccoyella  Barklyi.      3.  Trigonia  nasuta.     4.  Trigonia  Maori.     5.  Inoceramus,  Sp. 
6.  Aucella  Hughendenensis. 


128 

SUMMARY. 

The  subsidence  which  had  been  taking  place  during  the 
deposition  of  the  Trias- Jura  fresh- water  beds  in  western  New 
South  Wales  and  Queensland,  finally  resulted  in  an  invasion  of 
the  sea  from  the  north,  which,  at  the  beginning  of  the  Cretaceous 
Period,  submerged  the  greater  part  of  Queensland,  a  considerable 
part  of  Central  Australia,  and  the  north-western  part  of  New  South 
Wales  (see  map),  and  converted  the  whole  of  this  area  into  a  vast 
epicontinental  sea.  This  subsidence  continued  intermittently 
throughout  the  Lower  Cretaceous  to  an  extent  of  at  least  1,500 
feet,  allowing  for  the  deposition  of  the  Rolling  Downs  formation, 


Fig.  65. 
Cretaceous  Cephalopoda. 

a.  Belemnites  oxys.     b.  Ammonites  (Haploceras)  Daintrei. 
c-d.  Crioceras  Jackil. 


129 

all  the  strata  of  which  show  more  or  less  evidence  of  shallow- 
water  conditions  of  deposition.  The  existence  of  fresh-water  beds 
and  thin  seams  of  coal  indicate  that  parts  of  this  Cretaceous  sea 
were  from  time  to  time  temporarily  cut  off  from  the  main  body 
and  converted  into  swamps,  in  which  a  luxuriant  vegetation 
flourished. 

The  unconformity  which  in  Queensland  exists  between  the 
Rolling  Downs  Formation  and  Desert  Sandstone  Series,  shows 
that  crustal  movements  took  place  after  the  deposition  of  the 
former,  which  brought  about  a  temporary  retreat  of  the  sea, — at 
least  over  the  eastern  part  of  the  Cretaceous  area.  Renewed 
subsidence  followed  during  the  Upper  Cretaceous,  and  a 
re-advance  of  the  sea  took  place  which  transgressed  in  many 
places,  even  beyond  the  limits  of  the  Lower  Cretaceous  sea. 
The  marine  fauna  of  the  Upper  Cretaceous  appears  to  have  been 
essentially  the  same  as  that  of  thei Lower ;  this,  together  with  the 
fact  that  in  other  parts  of  the  area  the  two  series  are  apparently 
conformable,  may  be  taken  to  indicate  that  the  retreat  of  the  sea 
did  not  affect  the  whole  area,  and  the  progress  of  life  continued 
uninterruptedly  throughout  the  period. 


3910-K 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


THE  TERTIARY  PERIOD. 

THE  uplift  which  closed  the  Cretaceous  Period  converted  the 
whole  of  existing  New  South  Wales  into  dry  land,  and  no  part  of 
it,  excepting  a  limited  area  in  the  south-western  corner,  has  since 
been  beneath  the  sea.  Tertiary  marine  strata  are,  therefore, 
excepting  in  the  small  area  mentioned,  absent  in  this  State. 
There  is  also  no  evidence  for  the  existence  of  any  large  Tertiary 
lakes,  as  lacustrine  deposits  of  any  importance  are  not  known  to 
occur;  the  only  other  Tertiary  formations  found  are  alluvial 
deposits  (formed  along  the  Tertiary  river  channels),  lava  flows, 
and  tuffs.  This  comparative  failure  of  the  geological  formations 
of  New  South  Wales  to  provide  a  record  of  its  Tertiary  history 
is,  however,  compensated  for  to  a  large  extent  by  the  evidence 
obtained  from  a  study  of  the  development  of  its  present  topo- 
graphy. 

Such  Tertiary  formations  as  occur  may,  from  the  point  of  view 
of  their  origin,  be  subdivided  as  follows  :— 

(A)  The  Eocene  (?  Oligocene)  Marine  Strata. 

(B)  The  Fluviatile  Deposits. 

(C)  The  Diatomaceous  Earth  Deposits. 

(D)  The  Volcanic  Formations. 


A.  THE  MARINE  STRATA. 

These  occur  in  tht  south-western  part  of  the  State,  along  the 
lower  courses  of  the  Murray  and  Darling  Rivers ;  they  consist  of 
calcareous  sandstones  and  shales  containing  marine  fossils.  They 
are  concealed,  for  the  most  part,  by  more  recent  superficial 
deposits,  but  outcrop  in  places  in  the  banks  of  the  above-mentioned 
streams.  A  bore  put  down  at  Arumpo  proved  these  beds  to  be 
at  least  900  feet  in  thickness,  as  at  this  depth  a  characteristic 
Eocene  Pelecypod  (Trigonia  semiundulata)  was  obtained.  At 
Tareena  and  Mindarie  similar  beds  have  yielded  abundant 
marine  fossil  shells,  including  various  species  of  Cucullcea, 
Crassatella,  Trigonia,  Cardila,  Ostrea,  Fusus,  Valuta,  Turritella, 
and  Cerithium.  This  marine  fauna  shows  a  commingling  of 
species  which  in  other  parts  of  Australia  are  considered  to  belong 
to  distinct  Eocene  and  Miocene  faunas.  These  beds  are  apparently 
co-extensive  with  marine  strata  in  the  adjoining  States  of  Victoria 


131 

and  South  Australia,  which  are  by  the  geologists  of  those  States 
referred  to  the  Eocene  (?  Oligocene)  Period,    Their  presence  shows, 


Fig.  66. 
Tertiary  Basalt  Flow  (Newer  Basalt),  Guy  Fawkes,  New  England,  New  South  Wales 

that  the  subsidence  which  affected  the  southern  part  of  Australia 
at  the  beginning  of  the  Tertiary  Period  formed  a  large  embayment, 


132 


Fig.  67. 

Map  of  the  South-Western  part  of  New 
South  Wales,  showing-  the  probable  area 
covered  by  the  sea  in  the  early  part  of 
the  Tertiary  Period.  (After  Gregory.) 


whose  extent  is  indicated  in  the 
map  shown  in  Fig.  67.  This 
transgression  of  the  sea  appears 
to  have  come  to  an  end,  so  far 
as  New  South  Wales  was  con- 
cerned, before  the  beginning  of 
the  Miocene  Period. 

B.  THE  FLUVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 

At  many  places  in  New  South 
Wales  old  river  channels  are 
found  buried  between  deposits 
of  alluvium  and  sheets  of  basalt. 
In  these  channels  are  found  beds 
of  fine  and  coarse  river-gravel, 
clay,  sand,  and  in  some  few 
cases  beds  of  lignite  ;  the  coarse 
gravels  usually  occur  at  the 
base  of  the  deposit,  and  in 
many  cases  contain  gold,  tin- 
stone, gem-stones,  &c.  These 
buried  gravels  are  known  to 

the  miners  as  "  shallow  leads  "  and  "  deep  leads."  The  former 
may  be  defined  as  the  alluvial  deposits  occurring  along  existing 
stream  channels ;  the  latter  as  a  stream  channel  whose  alluvial 
contents  are  buried  beneath  a  capping  of  alluvium  or  lava 
(or  both).  In  some  cases,  as  at  Kiandra  and  Bathurst,  the  old 
river  channel,  with  its  gravel  and  basalt  capping,  is  on  top  of  a 
hill  500  or  600  feet  above  the  level  of  the  present  day  tableland. 
These  have  yielded  no  recognisable  fossil  plants,  and  are  probably 
of  early  Tertiary  age  ;  the  basalt  flows  which  cover  and  protect 
them  are  believed  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the  "  older  basalt "  of 
Victoria.  These  leads  are  provisionally  referred  to  the  Lower 
Tertiary  (Eocene  Period).  In  other  cases,  as  at  Forest  Reefs  and 
Gulgong,  the  old  channels  lie  beneath  the  surface  of  the  table- 
land, and  may  be  below  the  level  of  the  adjacent  present-day 
stream  channels.  Some  of  these  contain  numerous  fossil  leaves 
and  fruits  derived  from  a  flora  which,  in  its  general  character, 
was  similar  to  the  present-day  coastal  brush  vegetation.  These 
leads  are  provisionally  referred  to  the  Upper  Tertiary  (Pliocene 
Period). 

(a)  The  Lower  Tertiary  Leads. 

The  Kiandra  Lead. — This  occurs  on  top  of  a  hill  adjacent 
to  the  town  of  Kiandra ;  the  section  in  figure  68  shows 
it  as  exposed  in  the  face  of  New  Chum  Hill.  The 


1  .! 
-Ill 
£111 


-8   o 


134 


materials   forming   this   deposit   are   as    follows  (in  descending 
order)  : — 

Thickness. 

Columnar  basalt  ...          ...          ...          ...  11  feet. 

Earthy  lignite      8  „ 

Yellow  and  red  sands  and  clays...          ...  35  ,, 

Lignite  (containing  tree-stems)  ...          ...  8  ,, 

Red  and  yellow  clay        ...          ...          ...  8  „ 

Coarse  sandy  layers          ...          ...          ...  45  „ 

Red  and  yellow  clay        ...          ...          ...  6  „ 

Lignite  and  black  shales  (containing  plant 

remains)             ...          ...          ...          .  ,  25  ,, 

Earthy  lignite      ...          ...          ...          ...  4  „ 

Sand          3  „ 

Auriferous  wash  ..  14  , 


This  material  lies  in  a  well-defined  rock  channel  up  to  10  chains 
in  width,  and  has  been  traced  for  a  distance  of  about  2U  miles  ; 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  is  an  old  river  channel.  This  deep 
lead  has  been  cut  across  in  several  places  by  the  present-day 
streams,  thus  exposing  good  sections  of  it  in  their  valley  walls. 

The  Bathurst  Lead. — This  occurs  on  the  top  of  the  Bald  Hills, 
adjacent  to  the  town  of  Bathurst ;  the  basalt  capping  has  a 
thickness  of  about  200  feet,  and  almost  directly  overlies  the 
quartz  pebble  wash.  Between  the  two,  on  the  north  side  of  the 
hill,  there  is  a  deposit  of  white  clay  about  10  to  12  feet  in 
thickness.  The  only  fossils  recorded  from  this  lead  are  fragments 
of  silicified  wood.  The  bed  of  this  old  river  channel  is  about 
550  feet  above  that  of  the  present  day  Macquarie  River. 

(b)   Upper  Tertiary  Leads. 

Vegetable  Creek  Leads  — These  are  in  nearly  all  cases  covered 
by  basalt,  in  some  places  two  distinct  flows  occur,  separated  by  a 
small  thickness  of  sand  and  clay.  The  Hume  Lead  at  the  Wesley 
Mine  gave  the  following  section  : — 

Red  sandy  soil      ...          ...  10    feet  in  thickness. 

Basalt        8J  „ 

Tuff  and  scoriae     ...          ...  51  ,, 

Basalt  flow 2l| 

Do  73 

Sands  and  clays    ...          ...  22  „ 

Stanniferous  gravels         ...  3J  „ 

All  of  the  leads  in  this  district  are  stanniferous  (tin-bearing), 
the  tin  occurring  iji  the  form  of  water- worn  grains  of  oxide  of 
tin  (cassiterite).  .  Fossil  plants  are  not  uncommon  in  them,  and 


135 

include  varieties  of  oeech,   oak,   banksia,    grevillia,  laurel,    and 
eucalyptus. 

Many  of  the  leads  on  the  New  England  tableland,  besides 
being  stanniferous,  contain  gem-stones,  such  as  diamond,  sapphire, 
zircon,  topaz,  &c. 


ft.  in. 

13  0  Yellow  clay. 

10  6  Yellow  clay  with  sand 

9  0  Yellow  and  white  sand. 

14  0  Fine  and  coarse  drift. 


54  0  Yellow  clay  with  stones. 

1  6  Rotten  slate. 

16  6  Eed  clay. 

8  6  Red  clay  with  stones  and  slate. 

20  6  Red  clay  with  stones. 


44    0    Red  and  yellow  clay. 
2     0     Rotten  or  decomposed  slate. 


193     6 

Fig.  63. 

Section  of  one  of  the  "  Deep  Leads"  at  Forbes,  New  South  Wales.    (Andrews, 


The  Leads  of  the  Parkes-Forbes  District. — The  leads  of  this 
district  include  both  shallow  and  deep  leads,  the  former  in  many 
instances  merging  down  stream  into  the  latter.  They  are 
auriferous,  the  gold  occurring  (a)  along  the  gutters  of  the  main 
channels,  and  associated  with  the  coarser  stream  deposits ; 


136 

(b)  along  the  rim  rocks  or  the  sides  of  the  buried  stream  channel ; 

(c)  in   various   irregularly  arranged   patches    of    coarse    stream 
material  situated    above   the   older  and   deeper   buried    stream 
channels.       In  Fig.   69   is   a  section  of   a  bore-hole  put   down 
through  one  of   these   alluvial    deposits.     These   leads,    unlike 
those  in  many  other  parts  of  the  State,  are  not  capped   with 
basalt.     Mr.  E.  C.  Andrews,  in  his  report  on  the  Parkes- Forbes 
gold-field,  gives  the  following  history  of  the  formation  of  these 
deposits  : — 

"(1,)  The  land  was  raised,  and  a  series  of  'valley  in  valley  ' 
forms  were  excavated  by  the  Lachlan  tributaries.  Along  the 
steep  channel  bottoms  gold  was  deposited  by  the  rapid  streams, 
for  during  the  process  of  wearing  the  country  down,  the  lodes 
contained  therein  were  also  broken  down,  and  their  auriferous 
contents  washed  down  and  lodged  in  the  channels  of  these  old 
streams. 

"  (2.)  After  the  formation  of  these  rock  channels  the  land  sank, 
and  the  rock-bound  watercourses,  instead  of  being  deepened, 
were  at  this  stage  gradually  filled  up.  The  gold  contents  became 
poorer  in  these  upper  alluvial  deposits ;  firstly,  because  the  gold 
reefs  were  being  buried  in  part ;  secondly,  because  the  streams  at 
this  stage  had  not  the  power  to  carry  the  coarser  gold  as  far  as 
formerly  ;  and,  thirdly,  because  the  gold  was  distributed  through 
a  vast  width  of  alluvial  debris,  instead  of  being  concentrated 
near  the  bottom  of  a  narrow  gutter. 

"  (3.)  After  the  filling  of  the  well-defined  channels,  the  alluvial 
began  to  overflow  the  rock  rims  of  these  old  watercourses,  and  to 
bury  the  lower  portion  of  the  main  Lachlan  valley.  The  streams 
at  this  stage  ran  in  no  well-defined  channels,  except  locally,  and 
gold  was  naturally  jigged  and  deposited  upon  the  channel  sides 
and  also  bottoms. 

"  (4.)  The  land  to  the  east  of  Forbes  appears  to  have  risen  con- 
siderably at  this  stage,  and  heavy  masses  of  coarse  drift  were 
laid  down  upon  the  clay  and  sand  beds  by  swiftly  flowing  streams. 
As  the  strength  of  the  stream  decreased,  the  black  soil  plains 
were  deposited  in  turn  upon  the  coarse  drift." 

The  Gulgong  Leads. — The  alluvial  deposits  in  these  leads  range 
from  a  few  feet  up  to  200  feet  or  more  in  thickness,  and  are 
covered  in  some  cases  by  basalt  flows  ranging  up  to  130  feet  in 
thickness.  These  leads  were  very  rich  in  gold,  and  in  seven 
years  (1869-1876)  produced  about  16  tons  of  this  metal ;  the 
gold  was  derived  from  the  denudation  of  the  reefs  in  the  sur- 
'rounding  Silurian  strata.  In  these  deposits  abundant  fossil 
'leaves  and  fruits  were  obtained,  as  well  as  the  bones  of 
marsupials,  some  of  which  belonged  to  extinct  species  of  large 
size. 


137 

The  Forest  Reefs  Leads.—Thesti  occur  beneath  the  basalt  flows 
which  form  the  capping  of  the  tableland  in  the  Orange  district. 
They  are  similar  to  the  Gulgong  Leads,  and  contain  fossil  fruits 
and  leaves  ;  they,  too,  are  auriferous. 

C.  THE  DIATOMACEOUS  EARTH  DEPOSITS. 

These  occur  at  widely  distant  localities,  such  as  Coonia, 
Canobolas  Mountains,  Warrumbungle  Mountains,  Barraba, 
Wyralla  (Richmond  River),  £c.  The  deposits  are  in  no  case 
very  extensive,  and  appear  to  have  resulted  from  the  accumu- 
lation of  the  frustules  of  diatoms  and  the  spicules  of  sponges  in 
small  fresh-water  lakes  and  lagoons.  Nearly  all  of  these  deposits 
are  associated  with  Tertiary  igneous  rocks,  those  at ,  the 
Warrumbungle  Mountains  being  interstratified  with  trachytic 
lavas  and  tuffs.  The  following  are  analyses  of  material  from 
some  of  th^se  deposits,  from  which  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
diatomaceous  earth  is  of  good  quality : — 


Coonia. 

Parraba. 

Warrumbungle 
Mountains. 

. 

Wyralla. 

Si02 

8T64 

80-56 

82-62 

86-01 

Fe20s  
A1,0S  
CaC08  

0-40 
3-20 
1  -50 

1-77 
4-15 
0-31 

j       5-20 
9-53 

2-83 
Not  deter- 

MgCO,   
H20 

2-16 
10-95 

0-21 
P2-S4 

0-70 
10'96 

mined, 
do. 
5'48 

The  diatoms  which  they  contain  belong  mainly  to  the  genus 
Melosira,  and  with  these  are  associated  the  spicules  of  a  fresh- 
water sponge  (Spongilla).  Impressions  of  the  leaves  of  dicoty- 
ledonous plants  and  of  fern  fronds  (Pteris]  are  frequently  found 
in  these  deposits. 

D.  THE   VOLCANIC  DEPOSITS. 

Three  distinct  volcanic  epochs  seem  to  have  occurred  in  New 
South  Wales  in  the  Tertiary  period  ;  two  of  these  were  productive 
of  basaltic  lavas  only,  but  the  third  and  latest  produced  a  most 
interesting  series  of  alkaline  lavas  and  tuffs.  The  actual  geological 
ages  of  these  volcanic  epochs  will  be  discussed  later  ;  they  may 
be  referred  to  as  follow  : — 

The  Alkaline  Lavas  and  Tuffs. 
The  Newer  Basalts. 
The  Older  Basalts. 


138 


<D 


II 
1 1 


— 

I 
33 

ns 
CD 


•t+4-  + 


•-M- 


It 

a  II 


1.  The  Older  Basalts. — These  sur- 
vive as  cappings  on  some  of  the 
residuals,  which  rise  in  the  form  of 
isolated  hills  (Monadnocks),  or  long 
narrow  ridges,  above  the  surface  of 
the  Great  Eastralian  Tertiary  pene- 
plain. River  gravels  underlie  these 
basalt  flows  at  many  localities.  The 
basalt  capping  the  Kiandra  lead,  as 
shown  in  figure  in  the  previous 
chapter,  belongs  to  this  period,  as 
also  does  that  capping  the  Bald 
Hills  near  Bathurst  (Fig.  70) ;  the 
basalt  cappings  on  some  of  the 
peaks  arising  above  the  level  of  the 
surface  of  the  Blue  Mountain  table- 
land also  probably  belong  to  this 
epoch.  These  basalts  flowed  down 
the  valleys  which  occurred  on  the 
surface  of  a  (?)  Cretaceous  pene- 
plain, thus  covering  the  river 
gravels.  How  extensive  these  flow& 
were  it  is  now  impossible  to  esti- 
mate, as  what  we  see  to-day  are 
mere  isolated  remnants  both  of  the 
basalt  and  the  peneplain  upon  which 
they  rested. 

The  Newer  Basalts. — These  occur 
as  extensive  sheets  (flows),  resting 
in  many  places  upon  the  surfaces  of 
the  tablelands  of  New  South  Wales. 
This  series  has  its  greatest  develop- 
ment on  the  New  England  table- 
lands, covering  there  many  hundreds 
of  square  miles  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Inverell,  Glen  Innes,  Armidale, 
Walcha,  and  other  localities.  On 
the  Central  tableland  they  have 
a  considerable  development  in  the 
Orange-Blayney  and  Oberon  dis- 
tricts, while  on  the  Southern  table- 
land they  are  extensively  developed 
between  Cooma  and  Bombala. 
Many  of  these  basalt  flows  appear 
to  have  resulted  from  fissure  erup- 
tions, as  we  seldom  find  anything  in 
the  nature  of  volcanic  cones  in  the 


139 

districts  in  which  they  occur,  while  associated  tuffs  are  rare.  In 
the  Vegetable  Creek  district  the  flows  range  up  to  300  feet  in  thick- 
ness, and  here  beds  of  tuffs  ranging  up  to  40  feet  in  thickness  do 
occur  ;  these  latter  are  now  much  altered,  and  are  known  as  laterite. 

The  Alkaline  Lavas  and  Tuffs. — These  are  not  widespread  in 
their  distribution,  like  the  basalts,  but  occur  in  the  form  of  groups 
of  extinct  volcanic  cones,  coveting  in  each  case  a  limit  area.  The 
Canobolas  Mountains,  near  Orange,  the  Warrum bungle  Moun- 
tains, near  Coonabarabran,  and  the  Nandewar  Mountains,  near 
Inverell,  are  the  best  known  of  these  occurrences.  The  Canobolas 
Mountains  cover  an  area  of  about  10  miles  square  on  the  western 
edge  of  the  Central  tableland,  near  Orange  ;  the  tableland  here 
has  an  elevation  of  about  3,000  feet,  and  the  volcanic  series  of 
the  Canobolas  Mountains  rest  upon  the  surface  of  this  tableland, 
and  rise  to  a  maximum  altitude  of  4,610  feet,  i.e.,  about  1,600 
feet  above  the  tableland  level. 

The  first  eruption  brought  to  the  surface  a  series  of  highly  acid 
and  alkaline  lavas  called  Comendites(  Alkaline  Trachytic-Rhyolites) 
and  Alkaline  Quartz-Trachytes  ;  these  built  up  a  number  of  steep 
lava  cones.  The  next  series  of  eruptions  produced  alkaline- 
trachytes  and  extensive  beds  of  tuff  of  somewhat  similar  com- 
position ;  while  still  later  eruptions  produced  alkaline  andesites  of 
a  somewhat  basic  type.  The  order  of  eruptions  was  as  follows  : — 

1.  Comendites  and  Quartz  Trachytes. 

2.  Alkaline  Phonolitic  Trachytes. 

3.  Andesites. 

A  sequence  which  shows  increasing  basicity. 

The  alkaline  rocks  of  the  Warrumbungle  and  Nandewar 
Mountains  closely  resemble  those  of  the  Canobolas  Mountains 
both  in  chemical  composition  and  lithological  characters,  while  the 
sequence  of  eruption  was  the  same  in  all  these  localities.  Analyses 
of  these  rocks  are  given  on  page  169. 

THE  TERTIARY  FLORA. 

As  has  already  been  mentioned,  numerous  fossil  fruits  and 
leaves  have  been  obtained  from  some  of  the  Tertiary  leads. 
Those  at  Forest  Reefs  and  Gulgong,  in  particular,  have  yielded  a 
large  number  of  fossil  fruits,  which  include  the  genera  Plesiocap- 
paris,  tipondylostrobus,  Penteunt,  as  well  as  numerous  others. 

A  large  number  of  fossil  dicotyledonous  leaves  have  been 
obtained  from  the  Deep  Leads  at  Gunning,  Forest  Reefs,  Emma- 
ville,  &c.,  and  have  been  referred  to  such  genera  as  Alnus, 
Quercus  (Oak),  Fagus  (Beech),  Cinnamomum,  Laurus  (Laurel), 
Magnolia,  Bombax,  Pittosporum,  Eucalyptus,  Banksia,  and 
Grevillia.  This  flora  has  been  described  as  containing  represen- 
tatives of  the  existing  floras  of  many  other  parts  of  the  world,  and 


140 

to  be  entirely  different  to  that  now  occurring  in  Australia.  Both 
the  generalisation  and  the  generic  and  specific  determinations  upon 
which  it  is  based  are  open  to  serious  question.  It  has  been  shown 
that  it  is  unnecessary  to  seek  outside  of  Australia  for  the  types 
of  our  Tertiary  fossil  plants,  as  they  are  to  be  found  in  the  luxuri- 
ous flora  now  confined  to  strips  and  patches  along  the  coast,  where 
there  is  a  warm  climate  and  an  abundant  rainfall.  The  Tertiary 
representatives  of  this  present  day  coastal  "  brush  "  flora  have  a 
very  wide  distribution,  occurring  from  Tasmania  to  Queensland, 
and  as  far  west,  at  least,  as  Orange.  These  regions,  some  parts 
of  which  are  now  relatively  cold,  and  other  parts  relatively  dry, 
must  have  had  a  warmer  and  moister  climate  during  the  Tertiary 
Period  in  order  to  have  supported  such  a  vegetation,  it  will  be 
shown  in  the  next  chapter  that  the  present  tableland  regions  of 
East  Australia  were  preceded  by  an  extensive  peneplain  elevated 
but  little  above  sea-level,  the  only  highlands  then  existing  being 
isolated  hills  and  long  narrow  ridges,  few,  if  any,  of  which  reached 
an  elevation  of  1,000  feet.  Under  such  topographical  conditions 
this  region  would  have,  it  is  considered,  a  more  or  less  uniformly 
warm  and  moist  climate  which  would  be  capable  of  supporting 
such  a  "  brush  "  vegetation  as  appears  to  have  covered  it  in  Upper 
Tertiary  times.  The  Tertiary  flora,  then,  while  differing  to  a 
considerable  extent  from  that  of  f^he  present  tableland  regions,  with 
their  relatively  cold  climate,  and  of  the  western  slopes  and  plains 
with  their  hot  and  semi-arid  conditions,  was,  taken  as  a  whole, 
not  very  different  from  our  present  day  coastal  "  brush  "  flora. 

THE  TERTIARY  FAUNA. 

The  dominant  group  of  land  animals  during  this  period  was,  as 
is  the  case  at  the  present  day,  that  group  of  the  Mammalia  known 
as  the  Marsupialia  ;  the  Monotremes  were  also  well  represented, 
but  none  of  the  higher  mammals  (Placental  Mammals)  were 
present.  The  following  is  a  list  of  tae  more  important  land  animals, 
of  the  Tertiary  Period  :— 

C  Diprotodon. 
Nototherium. 
Phascolonus. 

|  Phascolomys  (Wombat). 
(  Marsupialia  •{  Thylacoleo. 

I  Thylacinus  (Tasmanian  Tiger). 
I  Sarcophilus  (Tasmanian  Devil). 

f;  |  Macropus  (Kangaroo). 

^Ualmaturus  (Wallaby). 

VERTBBBATA    -{  Mnnotrftrnpst  J  Echidna. 

BS  /  Ornithvrhynchus  (Platypus). 
Aves  (birds)     Dromornis,  &c. 

(  Megalania  (Giant  Lizard). 
LReptilia         1  Chelodina. 

(  Meiolania  (Turtle). 


142 


Some  of  the  genera  listed  above  are  now  extinct,  and  those 
which  survive  are  represented,  for  the  most  part,  by  different 
species.  As  compared  with  their  present-day  representatives,  the 
Tertiary  vertebrates  were  characterised  by  their  larger  size ;  not 
that  small  species  did  not  exist,  but  that  many  which  then  lived 
were  larger  than  any  existing  to-day.  The  largest  of  all  was  the 


Fig.  72. 
Skull  of  Diprotodon  Australia.     (After  Owen.) 

genus  Diprotodon,  a  marsupial  as  large  as  a  rhinoceros,  and  which 
walked  on  all-fours  ;  its  skull  in  some  cases  was  over  a  yard  in 
length.  This  huge  extinct  marsupial  lived  in  large  numbers  even 
in  the  far  western  parts  of  the  State,  where,  under  existing 
conditions,  they  would  die  of  starvation  and  thirst.  This  supports 
the  evidence  given  by  the  Tertiary  plants  that  the  climate  was  at 
that  time  moister  than  at  present,  arid  that  the  land  was  clothed 
with  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

Nototherium  was  also  of  large  size,  quadrupedal  in  habit, 
and  resembled  in  general  appearance  a  large  tapir.  The  wom- 
bats (Phascolomys)  were  much 
larger  than  their  present-day 
descendants,  as  also  were  the 
kangaroos  (Macropus]  and 
wallabies  (Halmaturus).  Car- 
nivorous marsupials,  which  do 
not  now  exist  on  the  mainland 
of  Australia,  were  represented 
by  the  two  living  Tasmanian 
genera  Thylacinus  (Tasma- 
nian tiger)  arid  Sar^ophilus 

Skull  of  Thylacoleo  carmfex.     (After  Owen.)        _  ».    /     .          ...      ,      "  , 

(Tasmanian  Devil),   but  here 

again  by  larger  species.  The  disappearance  of  these  two  genera 
from  the  mainland  was,  possibly,  due  to  the  advent  of  the  dingo 


143 

(Canis  Dingo),  probably  introduced  into  Australia  by  the  present- 
day  aborigines.  Thylacoleo  (Marsupial  Lion)  is  another  fossil 
marsupial,  said  to  have  been  carnivorous  in  habit,  but  there  is 
considerable  difference  of  opinion  upon  this  point. 

Genyornis  and  Dromornis,  the  largest  of  the  Tertiary  birds, 
somewhat  resembled  the  present-day  Emu,  but  were  larger.  The 
present-day  Monotremes — Echidna  and  Ornithorhyncus — were 
also  represented  by  larger  species,  while  the  Reptilia  included 
lizards  and  turtles. 

Many  of  the  Tertiary  vertebrates  which  are  now  extinct 
possibly  still  lingered  on  into  the  early  part  of  the  Pleistocene 
Period,  and  their  extinction,  particularly  in  the  case  of  the  larger 
herbivorous  forms,  probably  resulted  directly  or  indirectly  from 
the  climatic  changes  which  followed  the  extensive  uplift  that 
closed  the  Tertiary  Period. 

The  Marine  Fauna. — A  list  of  the  more  important  genera  has. 
already  been  given  on  page  130.  All  the  genera  still  survive- 
in  our  present  seas,  although  the  majority  of  the  species  are 
extinct.  This  fauna  consisted  dominantly  of  Pelecypods  and 
Gasteropods. 


ECONOMIC  IMPORTANCE  OF  THE  TERTIARY 
FORMATIONS. 

As  has  already  been  pointed  out,  many  of  the  Tertiary 
fiuviatile  deposits  contain  substances  of  economic  value  ;  these 
include  gold,  platinum,  tinstone,  and  precious  stones.  Of  the 
total  gold  (value  £60,000,000)  and  tin  (value  £8,750,000)  pro- 
duced in  New  South  Wales  to  date,  considerably  more  than 
one-half  has  probably  been  obtained  from  these  alluvial  deposits. 
The  Tertiary  basalts  have,  by  their  decomposition,  produced  much 
of  the  best  agricultural  land  in  the  State,  and  thus  indirectly 
added  to  the  national  wealth  to  a  greater  extent  even  than  the 
gold  and  tin-bearing  alluvial  deposits. 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  PRESENT 
TOPOGRAPHY. 

The  information  regarding  the  history  of  the  Tertiary  Period 
in  New  South  Wales,  obtained  from  a  study  of  its  Tertiary 
formations,  is  very  meagre,  and  it  is  desirable  to  supplement  it 
as  far  as  possible  from  other  sources.  A  study  of  its  present 
topography  supplies  much  important  information.  No  part  of 
the  State,  except  one  very  small  area,  has  been  beneath  the  sea. 
since  the  Cretaceous  Period,  while  the  major  portion  has  not 


144 

been  beneath  the  sea  since  the  end  of  the  Palaeozoic  era.  Con- 
siderable areas  (see  Fig.  61),  however,  were  covered  by  fresh- 
water lakes  in  the  Trias-Jura  Period.  The  present  topographical 
features,  therefore,  have  been  in  course  of  development  since  as 
far  back,  at  least,  as  the  Trias-Jura  Period  over  all  parts  of  the 
State,  except  the  area  covered  by  the  Cretaceous  sediments  in  the 
northern  and  north-western  regions  and  the  small  area  covered 
with  Eocene  marine  strata  in  the  south-eastern  corner. 

The  surfaces  of  the  various  tablelands  forming  the  highlands  of 
New  South  Wales  and  of  the  low  plateaux  of  the  central- 
western  areas  are  all  parts  of  one  and  the  same  peneplain,  cut 
indiscriminately  out  of  strata  varying  from  pre-Cambrian  to 
Trias- Jura  in  age.  As  to  whether  this  same  feature  extends  into 
the  Cretaceous  area  of  the  north-west  is  not  known  to  the  author, 
but  it  is  thought  that  it  probably  does.  This  peneplain  was 
uplifted  at  the  close  of  the  Tertiary  Period  to  form  the  existing 
tablelands  ;  it  was  probably  developed  during  the  Tertiary  Period. 
As  it  occurs  throughout  the  whole  of  Eastern  Australia,  the 
name  "  Great  Eastralian  Peneplain  "  would  be  an  appropriate  one 
for  it,  arid  will,  therefore,  be  used  here. 

Resting  upon  the  surface  of  this  peneplain  in  many  places  are 
extensive  sheets  of  basalt  (the  newer  basalt)  ;  these  lava  flows 
were  obviously  poured  out  after  the  peneplain  surface  had  been 
developed.  They  cover,  in  many  localities,  old  river  channels 
(deep  leads),  such  as  those  at  Gulgong  and  Forest  Reefs,  whose 
valleys,  which  seldom  exceed  300  feet  in  depth,  and  their  con- 
tained alluvial  deposits  are,  of  course,  also  younger  than  the 
peneplain.  It  is  these  leads  which  contain  the  fossil  leaves  and 
fruits  referred  to  on  page  139.  The  surface  of  the  peneplain  is 
not  flat,  but  is  traversed  in  most  places  by  a  network  of  broad, 
shallow,  mature  valleys,  ranging  from  150  to  300  feet  in  depth  ; 
these  have  been  cut  out  of  the  basalts  as  well  as  out  of  the  older 
rocks,  and  are,  therefore,  younger  than  the  basalts. 

Rising  above  the  general  level  of  the  Great  Eastralian 
Peneplain  there  are  numerous  isolated  hills  and  long  narrow 
ridges.  They  consist,  in  some  cases,  of  tilted  Palaeozoic  strata  ; 
in  others,  of  plutonic  igneous  rocks  ;  while  others,  again,  are 
made  up  of  nearly  horizontal  Triassic  strata.  In  any  one  district 
the  highest  of  these  residuals  all  rise  to  about  the  same  altitude 
above  the  peneplain  level,  showing  that  they  are  residuals  of  an 
older  tableland,  the  surface  of  which  was  also  a  peneplain.  This 
older  peneplain  was  probably  cut  out  during  the  Cretaceous 
Period.  It  will  be  convenient  to  refer  to  it  as  the  Cretaceous 
Peneplain,  it  being  understood,  however,  that  the  age  assigned 
to  it  is  provisional.  On  the  Yass-Canberra  tableland  the 
residuals  of  the  Cretaceous  Peneplain  rise  to  a  height  of  from 


145 

600  to  850  feet  above  the  level  of  the  Great  Eastralian  Pene- 
plain, indicating  that  the  tableland  which  preceded  the  present 
one  in  this  region  had  a  minimum  height  of  about  850  feet. 


Many  of  the  residuals  of  the  Cretaceous  Peneplain  are  capped  by 
basalt  flows  ;  these  have  been  referred  to  on  a  previous  page  as 
the  Older  Basalts  :  the  river  gravel  underlying  them  contain, 
as  far  as  is  known,  no  recognisable  fossils. 


146 

The  succession  of  events  which  produced  these  topographical 
features,  with  the  ages  provisionally  assigned  to  them,  may  have 
been  somewhat  as  follow  : — 

Cretaceous. — 

A  cycle  of  erosion  which  produced  the  older  peneplain, 
followed  by  an  epeirogenic  uplift,  which  converted 
the  peneplain  into  a  tableland,  and  ushered  in  the 
Tertiary  Period. 

Lower  Tertiary. — 

(a)  Volcanic  eruptions,  which  brought  to  the  surface 

basalt  flows — the  Older  Basalts. 

(b)  A    cycle  of    erosion,    which    produced    the   Great 

Eastralian  Peneplain. 

Upper  Tertiary. — 

(a)  A    slight    uplift,     followed    by   renewed    volcanic 

activity,  with  the  pouring  out  of  vast  sheets  of 
basaltic  lavas — the  Newer  ^Basalts. 

(b)  Development  of  the  shallow   mature   valleys  now 

occurring  on  top  of  the  tablelands. 

(c)  Volcanic  eruptions  at  several  centres,  which  were 

productive  of  The  Alkaline  Lavas. 

Kosciusko  Epoch. — 

(d)  Great  epeirogenic  uplift,  which  produced  the  existing 

tablelands,  and  ushered  in  the  Pleistocene  Period. 
This  uplift  was  accompanied  by  normal  faulting  on 
a  large  scale. 

Pleistocene  to  Recent. — 

The  existing  cycle  of  erosion,  during  which  the  table- 
lands produced  by  the  late  Tertiary  uplift  have 
been  partly  dissected. 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  TERTIARY  PERIOD. 

The  earth-movements  which  closed  the  Cretaceous  Period 
brought  about  (1)  a  retreat  of  the  epicontinental  sea  which  had 
previously  covered  the  north-western  part  of  the  State;  (2)  a 
transgression  of  the  sea  which  covered  a  relatively  small  area  in 
the  south-western  corner;  (3)  converted  nearly  the  whole  of  New 
South  Wales  into  a  tableland,  which  in  the  eastern  part  ranged 
from  600  to  perhaps  1,000  feet  in  altitude. 

Very  early  in  the  Tertiary  Period  volcanic  eruptions  began, 
from  which  basaltic  lava- flows  poured  down  the  then  river 
valleys,  covering  up  the  layers  of  sand  arid  gravel  (and  in  some 
cases,  lignite)  which  occurred  in  them  (the  Older.  Leads).  These 


147 

basalts  are  probably  the  equivalents  of  the  "  Older  Volcanics  "  of 
Victoria,  which  are  associated  there  with  Lower  Tertiary  marine 
strata,  and  which  also  in  some  cases  overlie  lignite  deposits. 
Owing  to  the  absence  of  recognisable  fossils  in  these  older  leads, 
nothing  definite  is  known  of  the  terrestrial  fauna  and  flora  of  this 
time.  Long  continued  erosion  during  the  Lower  Tertiary  Epoch 
removed  almost  entirely  the  tablelands  formed  at  the  close  of  the 
Cretaceous  Period, and  cut  out  of  it  the  Great  Eastralian  Peneplain. 

A  small  uplift  at  the  beginning  of  the  Upper  Tertiary  Epoch 
brought  about  a  retreat  of  the  epicontinental  sea  which  had 
previously  covered  part  of  the  south-western  region  of  New  South 
Wales.  This  small  uplift  enabled  the  rivers  to  entrench  them- 
selves in  their  old  valleys,  and  bring  about  the  formation  of  the 
"  Upper  Tertiary  Leads,"  in  which  are  preserved  abundant  remains 
of  the  Upper  Tertiary  plants  and  land  animals.  A  study  of  these 
fossils,  as  has  already  been  shown,  indicates  that  the  whole  of  the 
State  at  this  time  enjoyed  a  warm,  moist  climate,  and  was  clothed 
with  a  dense  sub-tropical  vegetation,  very  different  to  that  which 
now  covers  much  of  it,  but  similar  to  the  present-day  coastal 
"  brush  "  vegetation.  The  dominant  land  animals  then,  as  now, 
consisted  mainly  of  marsupials,  but  included  also  monotremes, 
reptiles,  large  birds,  &c. ;  all  of  these  had  representatives  larger 
than  any  living  to-day.  The  larger  size  of  many  of  the  Tertiary 
Vertebrata,  the  large  numbers  of  them  which  seem  to  have 
inhabited  what  are  now  the  more  arid  parts  of  the  State,  and  the 
fact  that  some  of  these  larger  marsupials  were  apparently  quite 
unfitted  to  travel  long  distances  in  search  of  food,  suggests  that 
a  luxuriant  vegetation  existed  at  the  time  they  lived,  even  in  the 
far  western  parts  of  the  State.  A  much  more  regular  and  more 
abundant  rainfall  must  therefore  have  existed  over  what  are  now 
the  drier  parts  of  the  State,  during  the  Upper  Tertiary  Period, 
while  owing  to  the  absence  of  high  mountains  and  tablelands,  the 
climate  of  the  whole  State  must  have  been  sub-tropical  as  well  as 
moist.  This  latter  fact  is  borne  out  by  finding  the  leaves  of  sub- 
tropical plants  in  the  Upper  Tertiary  Leads  occurring  on  the  high 
tablelands  which  now  have  a  relatively  cold  climate. 

Before  the  Upper  Tertiary  Epoch  was  far  advanced,  great 
sheets  of  basaltic  lava  (the  newer  basalts)  were  poured  over  the 
peneplain  surface,  particularly  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  in 
most  cases,  apparently,  from  fissure  eruptions  ;  these  buried  many 
of  the  river  channels,  thus  forming  the  Upper  Tertiary  Deep 
Leads,  and  preserving  the  fossil  animals  and  plants  which  these 
river  deposits  contain. 

This  volcanic  phase  was  followed  by  a  considerable  period  of 
erosion,  during  which  the  broad,  shallow,  mature  valleys  were  cut 
both  out  of  the  basalts  and  the  peneplain  upon  which  they  rest. 


148 

Immediately  preceding  the  great  uplift  which  closed  this  period 
active  volcanoes  broke  out  at  several  centres,  from  which  highly 
alkaline  lavas  and  tuffs  were  poured  out,  and  which  built  up 
groups  of  volcanic  cones  such  as  the  Canobolas,  the  Warrum- 
bungle,  and  the  Nandewar  Mountains. 

Close  of  the  Tertiary  Period — Roeciusko  Epoch. — -This  was 
marked  by  an  epeirogenic  earth  movement  of  considerable  magni- 
tude, as  a  result  of  which  the  whole  of  the  eastern  part  of 
the  State  was  uplifted  so  as  to  form  the  existing  ta.blelands ;  it 
ranged  in  amount  from  2,000  to  6,000  feet.  This  uplift  was 
accompanied  by  extensive  normal  faulting  and  warping,  some  of 
the  faults  having  a  vertical  throw  of  at  least  3,000  feet.  The 
more  important,  and  the  greater  number  of  these  faults  and 
warps,  strike  approximately  north  and  south,  but  east  and  west 
faults  and  warps  also  occur.  The  development  of  these  faults 
produced  a  series  of  great  fault  blocks,  the  surface  of  each  of 
which  is  part  of  the  Great  Eastralian  Peneplain.  In  some 
localities  as,  for  example,  at  Cooma  and  at  Jindabyne,  relatively 
narrow  fault  blocks  are  bounded  on  either  side  by  much  higher 
blocks,  thus  forming  "  Rift  Valleys,"  or  Senkungsf  elder.  These 
movements  brought  about  considerable  modification  of  the 
drainage  systems  and  of  the  main  divides.  For  the  period  of 
time  during  which  these  earth  movements  were  taking  place, 
the  name  Kosciusko  Epoch  has  been  suggested  by  Mr.  E.  C. 
Andrews. 

The  western  parts  of  the  State  were  also  uplifted  at  this  time, 
but  to  a  much  less  extent,  ranging  up  to  800  feet — in  no  case 
exceeding  1,000  feet. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


PLEISTOCENE  PERIOD. 

THE  close  of  the  Tertiary  Period  (Kosciusko  Epoch)  was 
marked  by  that  great  epeirogenic  uplift  referred  to  in  the  last 
chapter,  which  produced  the  existing  tablelands.  This  uplift  did 
not  bring  to  light  any  of  the  marine  deposits  which  must  have 
been  forming  along  the  eastern  coast  during  the  Tertiary  Period. 
It  is  probable,  therefore,  that  the  shore-line  extended  further  to 
the  east  then  than  it  does  now,  and  that  the  coastal  strip  of  the 
Tertiary  land  subsided  during  the  Kosciusko  Epoch  coincidently 
with  or  immediately  after  the  uplifting  of  the  tablelands,  and 
was  separated  from  them  by  a  line  of  faulting  and  warping, 
corresponding  approximately  in  position  with  the  present 
shore-line. 

The  cycle  of  erosion  initiated  by  the  Kosciusko  uplift  is  still  in 
progress,  and  has  not  yet  reached  maturity.  The  streams, 
rejuvenated  by  the  uplift,  held  their  courses  against  the  rising 
land,  and  have,  for  the  most  part,  entrenched  themselves  in  their 
old  channels.  They  have  cut  deep  gorges  and  valleys  into  the 
tablelands,  but  have  only  partly  dissected  them,  the  central  parts 
of  the  tablelands  being  still  more  or  less  intact.  The  faulting  and 
warping,  which  accompanied  the  uplift,  did.  however,  produce 
some  important  modifications  of  the  Tertiary  drainage  systems — 
as,  for  example,  the  capture  of  a  considerable  part  of  the  original 
watershed  of  the  Snowy  River  by  the  Murrumbidgee  River. 

The  Kosciusko  uplift  profoundly  modified  the  Tertiary  climate 
and  the  Tertiary  fauna  and  flora.  Where  there  had  previously 
been  level  low- lying  land,  extending  more  or  less  over  the  whole 
State,  there  was  now  developed  a  continuous  belt  of  great  table- 
lands, 2,000-6,000  feet  in  altitude,  paralleling  the  coast  from  Vic- 
toria to  Queensland,  and  entirely  cutting  off  the  but-little-elevated 
western  region  (the  Western  Plains)  from  the  coast.  The  eastern 
tablelands,  owing  to  their  greatly  increased  elevation,  would  of 
necessity  develop  a  colder  climate ;  the  western  regions,  on  the 
other  hand,  have  developed  a  semi-arid  climate,  owing  probably 
to  the  cutting  off  of  the  moisture-laden  winds  from  the  Pacific 
Ocean  by  the  introduction  of  the  great  north  and  south  table- 
land barrier. 

The  first  important  effect  of  these  geographical  and  climatic 
changes  was  to  profoundly  modify  the  Tertiary  flora.  Plants 
like  Quercus,  Fagus,  Cinnamomum,  Magnolia,  and  Laurus  died 


151 

out,  excepting  in  the  moister  warm  coastal  areas,  while  a  much 
hardier  vegetation,  consisting  predominantly  of  Eucalypts  and 
Acacias,  took  their  place.  The  genus  Eucalyptus  in  particular 
marvellously  adapted  itself  both  to  the  colder  climate  of  the 
high  tablelands  and  the  drier  climate  of  the  interior,  and  evolved 
a  very  large  number  of  new  species. 

This  modification  of  the  Tertiary  vegetation  reflected  adversely 
upon  the  vertebrate  animals,  bringing  about  the  extinction  of 
many  of  the  Tertiary  genera  and  species,  particularly  those  of 
large  size,  such  as  Diprotodon,  Nototherium,  &c.,  and  the  large 
Tertiary  species  of  kangaroos,  wallabies,  and  wombats. 

PLEISTOCENE  DEPOSITS. 

The  abrupt  change  in  elevation  in  passing  from  the  high 
eastern  tableland  to  the  low-lying  western  plains  has  resulted  in 
the  latter  forming  a  base-level  for  the  denudation  of  the  former. 
The  western  rivers  draining  the  tableland  overflow  their  banks 
during  flood  time,  when  they  enter  on  to  the  western  plains,  and 
have  formed  extensive  alluvial  deposits  on  their  flood-plains. 
Westward  the  flood-plains  of  neighbouring  rivers  become  co- 
extensive, forming  great  "Piedmont"  plains,  such  as  the  "  Black- 
soil  Plains  "  of  the  north-west,  and  the  "  Riverina  Plains  "  of  the 
south-west.  These  deposits  range  up  to  several  hundreds  of  feet 
in  thickness,  and  represent  the  waste  of  the  tablelands  since  the 
beginning  of  the  Pleistocene  Period,  and  are  still  being  added  to. 
Some  of  the  shallow  leads  along  the  western  margin  of  the  table- 
land region  probably  also  belong  to  this  period. 

East  of  the  main  divide,  denudation  was  the  dominant  feature 
during  the  Pleistocene  Period,  but  alluvial  deposits  along  the 
lower  courses  of  some  of  the  larger  rivers,  such  as  the  Hunter 
and  the  Clarence,  began  their  formation  during  this  period. 

THE  GLACIAL  EPOCH. 

Australasia,  in  common  with  Europe  and  North  America,  had 
its  "  Glacial  Epoch "  during  the  Pleistocene  Period.  On  the 
mainland  of  Australia,  the  refrigeration  of  the  climate  was  only 
of  sufficient  amount  to  produce  glacial  conditions  over  one  very 
small  area,  viz.,  the  Kosciusko  tableland.  This  is  the  only 
surface  of  any  extent  in  Australia  which  has  an  altitude  of 
upwards  of  5,500  feet — the  downward  limit  of  the  ice-action  in 
the  Kosciusko  region  during  this  period.  A  few  other  paints  in 
the  neighbouring  parts  of  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  project 
above  this  level,  but  are  too  small  in  area  to  have  afforded  a 
gathering  ground  for  snow  and  ice.  Extensive  areas  in  the 
highlands  of  Tasmania  and  New  Zealand,  however,  supported 
extensive  ice  sheets  and  glaciers  at  this  time. 


152 

The  Kosciusko  tableland   affords  evidence  of  two  distinct  ice 
invasions.     The  evidence  for  the  older  of  these  consists  of — 

(1)  U-shaped  glaciated  valleys. 

(2)  Hanging  valleys. 

(3)  Truncated  spurs. 

(4)  General  smoothing  of  rock  surfaces. 

(5)  Morainic  material. 

(6)  Alluvial  flats,  representing  aggraded  glacier  lakes. 


Fig.  76. 
Lake  Cootapatamba,  Kosciusko  Tableland,  showing  characteristic  Glacial  Topography. 

This  visitation  consisted  of  an  ice-sheet  extending  over  an  area 
of  from  80  to  100  square  miles,  and  with  a  maximum  thickness 
of  not  less  than  1,000  feet.  The  downward  limit  of  the  ice 
appears  to  have  been  about  5,500  feet.  During  this  time  the 
snow-line  must  have  been  fully  3,000  feet  lower  than  it  is  now, 
which  would  mean  a  lowering  of  the  present  mean  annual 
temperature  by  about  10°  Fah. 

Professor  David  has  estimated  that  this  ice-sheet  existed  from 
100,000  to  200,000  years  ago. 

Still  more  recently,  probably  about  10,000  years  ago,  a  second 
but  less  extensive  glaciation  took  place  in  the  same  region.  At 
this  epoch,  a  number  of  valley  glaciers  developed,  ranging  up  to 


153 

500  feet  in  thickness, 
but  not  more  than  a 
mile  or  two  in  length. 
The  evidences  left  by 
these  valley  glaciers 
consists  of — 

(1)  Lateral  and  Ter- 
minal Moraines. 

(2)  Glacier  Lakes. 

(3)  Glacial  Erratics. 

(4)  Glaciated  Pave- 
ments and  Roches 
Mou  tonnes. 

The  glacier  lakes 
include  the  Blue 
Lake,  Lake  Albina, 
and  Lake  Cootapa- 
tamba.  The  two  lat- 
ter are  moraine  lakes ; 
but  the  first  -  named 
lies  in  a  true  rock 
basin,  with  a  termi- 
nal moraine  at  its 
lower  end. 

RECENT   EARTH 
MOVEMENTS. 

A  study  of  the 
physiography  of  the 
present  coast  affords 
abundant  evidence  of 
a  recent  subsidence 
having  taken  place. 
Similar  evidence  oc- 
curs along  the  whole 
coast  of  Eastern  Aus- 
tralia. Such  inlets 
as  Port  Jackson, 
Botany  Bay,  Broken 
Bay,  and  many  others 
along  the  coast,  are 
drowned  river  val- 
leys, the  amount  of 
drowning  indicating 
a  subsidence  of  about 
200  feet.  Numerous 


•8     » 

3      . 

?    S 


|  •£ 

c3  ^ 

03  ~ 

<u  js 

js  33 


II 

I  2 
1 

3 


154 

coastal  lakes  and  lagoons,  such  as  Lake  Illawarra,  Tuggerah 
Lakes,  Lake  Macquarie,  exist.  These,  too,  are  drowned  valleys, 
which  have  more  recently  been  cut  off  from  the  sea.  Other 
features  of  the  shore-line,  such  as  the  continental  islands  (these 
are  more  numerous  on  the  Queensland  coast),  the  bold  headlands, 
and  the  deep  water  inshore  afford  additional  evidence  of  this 
subsidence. 

A  closer  study  of  the  coast  affords  evidence  of  a  still  later 
movement  of  the  earth's  crust — one  of  uplift.  This  uplift  was 
only  of  small  amount,  about  10—20  feet.  In  some  of  the  more 
sheltered  bays  and  estuaries  the  sea-bottom  has  been  lifted  a  few 
feet  above  sea-level  over  limited  areas.  Islands  produced  by  the 
previous  subsidence  have  in  this  way  been  rejoined  to  the  land, 
thus  forming  tied  islands  or  tombolas. 

Further  evidence  for  this  recent  uplift  is  given  by  the  "  raised 
beaches"  of  the  Hunter  River  delta,  near  West  Maitland. 
Estuarine  beds,  containing  marine  shells,  occur  here  at  heights 
of  as  much  as  15  feet  above  high- water  mark — this  is  shown  in 
the  accompanying  section.  At  Largs  this  estuarine  deposit  has 
yielded  upwards  of  thirty  species  of  living  marine  shells. 


CHAPTER  XV. 


THE  IGNEOUS  ROCKS  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

FREQUENT  reference  has  been  made  in  previous  chapters  to  the 
igneous  rocks  of  the  different  geological  periods  ;  it  will,  perhaps, 
serve  a  useful  purpose  to  summarise,  in  this  chapter,  our  present 
knowledge  of  these  igneous  rocks. 

The  most  satisfactory  method  of  treating  this  branch  of  the 
Geology  of  New  South  Wales  would  be  to  consider  the  intrusive 
and  volcanic  rocks  together,  and  show  their  relationships  from 
both  a  chronological  and  a  petrological  standpoint.  So  little 
work  has  been  done  in  correlating  these  two  groups  of  rocks, 
however,  that  the  available  information  is  too  meagre  to  allow 
of  this  being  done ;  each  group,  therefore,  will  be  dealt  with 
separately. 

A. — INTRUSIVE  ROCKS. 

"Very  little  systematic  research  work  has  yet  been  carried  out 
with  regard  to  the  intrusive  igneous  rocks  of  this  State,  and  our 
present  knowedge,  therefore,  is  so  limited  that  broad  generalisa- 
tions are  almost  impossible ;  consequently  many  of  the  conclusions 
put  forward  here  must  be  looked  upon  as  being  quite  tentative. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  age,  these  rocks  fall  naturally  into  two 
groups  (a)  those  of  Paleozoic  Age,  (b)  those  of  Cainozoic  Age. 
During  the  Mesozoic  Era,  both  plutonic  and  volcanic  activities 
appear  to  have  been  dormant. 

(a)  Palaeozoic  Intrusive  Rocks. — The  intrusion  of  large  plutonic 
masses  of  igneous  rock,  during  this  era,  seems  to  have  been 
definitely  related  to  important  crustal  movements  of  the  erogenic 
type ;  each  mountain-making  epoch  appears  to  have  been  a  time 
of  plutonic  activity.  The  most  important  of  these  epochs  appears 
to  have  been  that  which  closed  the  Devonian  Period  (the 
Kanimbla  Epoch),  when  intrusions  of  granite  and  allied  rocks  took 
place  on  a  grand  scale.  That  the  earlier  Palaeozoic  mountain- 
making  epochs  had  their  plutonic  intrusions  is  most  probable, 
but  at  present  we  have  but  little  knowledge  of  them.  The 
gneisses  which  form  part  of  the  Metarnorphic  Series  of  the 
Cooma  district,  as  also  those  which  occur  in  the  Barrier  district, 
are  probably  altered  granites,  and  are  almost  certainly  of  pre- 
Cambrian  age.  Some  of  the  hornblende  and  augite-porphyrites, 
associated  with  the  Ordovician  strata,  appear  to  be  intrusive  and 
to  be  of  pre-Silurian  age. 


156 

Acid  plutonic  rocks  are  extensively  developed  over  the  southern 
and  central  tableland  areas  of  New  South  Wales  (see  map). 
Many  of  these  are  definitely  known  to  be  of  Kanimbla  age ;  none 
are  younger,  some  are  probably  older.  As  the  age  of  many 
of  these  occurrences  is  uncertain,  it  will  be  more  convenient 
to  consider  all  of  them  together.  They  range  from  acidic 
to  intermediate  in  composition,  and  include  granites,  tonalites, 
quartz-mica-diorites,  grano-diorites,  and  quartz-porphyries. 
Highly  acidic  granites  are  uncommon,  the  grey  varieties  con- 
taining hornblende  and  biotite  being  the  prevailing  type  ;  some 
of  these  so-called  granites  are  really  tonalites  or  grano-diorites. 
These  plutonic  rocks  occur  in  the  form  of  bosses  and  bathyliths, 
many  of  which  are  of  large  size  and  contain  a  considerable  variety 
of  rock  types.  The  one  which  outcrops  in  the  Kanimbla  Valley 
may  be  taken  as  an  example;  at  Old  Hartley  the  rock  is  a 
porphyritic  granite,  light  in  colour,  almost  free  from  ferro- 
magnesian  minerals,  and  contains  numerous  phenocrysts  of 
orthoclase  ;  at  Lowther,  on  the  other  hand,  the  rock  is  much 
more  basic,  contains  much  hornblende  and  biotite,  is  non- 
porphyritic,  and  is  very  dark  in  colour ;  while  on  Cox's  River 
(near  Delaney's)  a  typical  quartz-mica-diorite  occurs.  As  to 
whether  these  distinct  rock-types  represent  separate  intrusions, 
or  are  due  to  magmatic  differentiation  in  the  magma  after  it  had 
been  intruded,  cannot  be  stated  until  these  occurrences  have  been 
systematically  mapped  and  studied.  Between  Cox's  River  and 
Lowther  (on  the  way  to  the  Jenolan  Caves)  extensive  segrega- 
tions of  aplitic  and  pegmatitic  granites  may  be  seen  in  the  road- 
outtings  ;  these  are  associated  with  the  more  acidic  granites.  A 
similar  granite  bathylith  in  the  Bathurst  district  outcrops  over 
an  area  of  at  least  450  square  miles. 

In  the  north-eastern  part  of  the  State  (New  England ),orogenic 
earth-movements  occurred  later  in  the  Palaeozoic  Era  than 
elsewhere  in  New  South  Wales,  and  successive  igneous  intrusions 
took  place  at  intervals  during  the  Carboniferous  and  Permo- 
Carboniferous  Periods.  The  chronological  succession  of  these 
intrusions  was  probably  as  follows  : — 

1.  (?)  Carboniferous. — The  Dark  Felspar  Porphyries. 

2.  Carboniferous  (end  of).— The  "  Blue  Granite." 

3.  Permo  Carboniferous. — 

(a)  Middle  of  the  Period — The  "  Sphene-Granite  Por- 

phyry." 

(b)  Close  of  the  Period— The  Acid  Granites  (the  Tin 

Granite). 

The  "  Dark  Felspar  Porphyries "  occur  from  Ballendeen,  in 
Queensland,  to  as  far  south  as  Armidale,  and  outcrop  extensively 
around  Tenterfield,  Emmaville,  Glen  Innes,  and  elsewhere ;  they 


157 

are  the  oldest  of  the  New  England 
series,  but  their  exact  age  is  not 
known.  The  "Blue  Granite"  occurs 
as  large  bosses  and  bathyliths  at 
many  and  widely  separate  localities, 
such  as  Tenterfield,  Bolivia,  and 
Deep  water ;  biotite  is  a  constant 
constituent,  and  the  rock  has  a 
bluish  colour,  hence  its  name.  The 
" Sphene-Granite  Porphyry"  has  an 
even  wider  distribution  than  the 
former,  occurring,  as  it  does,  at 
intervals  over  an  area  of  about  1,600 
square  miles,  extending  from  Wal- 
langarra  (Queensland)  to  Bolivia. 
This  rock  consists  of  large  porphy- 
ritic  crystals  of  orthoclase,  set  in  a 
matrix  of  quartz,  felspar,  and  horn- 
blende, frequently  with  numerous 
visible  crystals  of  sphene.  It  con- 
tains a  wonderful  development  of 
basic  segregations,  and  makes  a  very 
handsome  ornamental  stone  when 
polished ;  it  intrudes  the  "  Blue 
Granite."  Large  massifs  of  a  very 
acid  granite,  which  intrudes  both  the 
*'  Blue  Granite"  and  the  "Sphene- 
Granite  Porphyry,"  are  found  over 
the  whole  of  New  England,  but  with 
their  maximum  development  to  the 
north.  An  extensive  development 
of  greisen  and  pegmatite  occurs  about 
the  peripheries  of  these  acid  intru- 
sions, and  with  thetn  are  associated 
important  ore  deposits  containing 
tin,  bismuth,  tungsten,  molybdenum, 
and  monazite.  All  of  the  above- 
mentioned  igneous  rocks  are  intruded 
by  a  series  of  intermediate  and  basic 
dykes,  whose  age  has  not  been  deter- 
mined. Regarding  the  evidence  for 
the  geological  age  of  these  New 
England  plutonic  rocks,  the  "  Acid 
Granite"  and  the  " Sphene-Granite 
Porphyry  "  both  intrude  the  Lower  a 
Marine  Series  (Permo-Carboniferous),  | 
while  the  former  also  intrudes  the  a 


X'-^vX 


158 

latter ;  both  also  intrude  the  "  Blue  Granite,"  which,  however,  is 
not  known  to  intrude  any  Permo-Carboniferous  strata  ;  none  of 
these  plutonic  rocks  intrude  the  Triassic  strata,  which  occur  in 
the  eastern  part  of  this  region.  Taking  these  facts  in  con- 
junction with  what  has  been  said  about  the  crustal  movements 
which  affected  this  region  in  late  Palaeozoic  times  (Chapter  X), 
it  would  seem  probable  that  the  ages  given  above  are  approxi- 
mately correct. 


Fig.  79. 
Granite,  Baker's  Creek,  New  England. 

Many  extensive  occurrences  of  Serpentine  (altered  Peridotite) 
are  found  in  New  South  Wales,  whose  age  has  not  yet  been 
definitely  determined.  The  most  striking  example  occurs  in  New 
England,  and  extends,  as  a  narrow  belt,  from  Bingera  past 
Barraba,  Crow  Mount,  and  Nundle,  at  intervals,  to  Port  Mac- 
quarie,  a  distance  of  about  200  miles.  This  intrudes  strata  of 
Devonian  age,  but  is  not  known  to  intrude  any  younger  formation. 
Other  well-known  examples  occur  at  Lucknow,  near  Orange  (an 
altered  Andesite),  and  at  Gundagai.  These  serpentine  occurrences 


159 

may  be  provisionally  referred  to  the  Kanimbla  Epoch.  The 
occurrence  of  extensive  intrusions  of  basic  and  ultrabasic 
igneous  rocks  which  do  not  outcrop  at  the  surface  is  implied  by 
the  occurrence  of  fragments  of  gabbro  and  peridotite  in  the 
dykes  and  volcanic  necks  of  the  Sydney-Blue  Mountain  and 
Illawarra  districts.  These  have  evidently  been  brought  upward 
from  some  deep-seated  source  by  the  material  which  filled  these 
dykes  and  necks. 

(6)  Cainozoic  Intrusive  Rocks. — Extensive  epeirogenic  move- 
ments affected  the  earth's  crust  in  Eastern  Australia  during  this 
era,  and  these  have  been  accompanied  in  places  by  those  types  of 
intrusion  which  are  usually  associated  with  such  movements, 
viz.,  laccolites,  sills,  dykes,  and  necks  (plugs).  These  i.itrude  the 
Trias-Jura  strata  ;  but  as  no  younger  sedimentary  strata  exist 
where  these  intrusions  are  found,  the  exact  determination  of 
their  age  is  difficult.  They  include  a  highly  interesting  series 
of  alkaline  rocks  which,  in  their  composition,  appear  to  be 
related  to  the  lavas  of  late  Tertiary  age  described  on  page  163. 
This  series  includes  nepheline-syenites,  tinguaites,  trachytes, 
and  bostonites.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Lue,  several  large 
laccolites  of  tinguaite  intrude  the  Triassic  strata  of  that  region. 
The  rocks  here  consist  of  soda-orthoclase,  nepheline,  segirine,  and 
sodalite,  and  are  very  rich  in  soda ;  they  are  prevailingly  green  in 
colour,  and  make  a  handsome  ornamental  stone  when  polished. 
In  the  Mittagong-Bowral  district  numerous  dykes  and  (?)  plugs 
of  alkaline  trachyte  occur ;  the  latter  will  be  referred  to  again  on 
page  164. 

In  the  Kiama  district,  sills  of  Nepheline-Syenite  and  Tinguaite 
intrude  the  Upper  Coal  Measures  (Permo-Carboniferous)  ;  their 
age  has  not  been  determined,  but  their  composition  suggests  that 
they  are  allied  to  the  Tertiary  alkaline  rocks  of  other  localities. 
The  analyses  are  given  in  Table  II  of  some  of  these  interesting 
alkaline  rocks,  which,  as  will  be  seen,  contain  from  10  to  16  per 
cent,  of  alkalies,  with  very  low  percentages  of  the  alkaline  earths. 

As  stated  above,  they  are  very  similar  in  composition  to  the 
alkaline  lavas  described  on  page  163,  but  as  to  whether  the 
two  series  were  intruded  and  ejected  contemporaneously  it  is  at 
present  impossible  to  say. 

An  interesting  series  of  basic  intrusions  also  occurs  in  the 
eastern  part  of  New  South  Wales ;  these  have  been  studied  in 
some  detail  in  the  Sydney  Blue  Mountain  area,  where  they  occur 
in  the  form  of  dykes,  sills,  plugs,  and  small  laccolites.  For  such 
basic  rocks  they  contain  a  high  percentage  of  alkalies,  as  will  be 
seen  from  the  analyses  in  Table  III. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  of  these  intrusions  is  that  which 
occurs  at  Prospect,  near  Parramatta ;  it  is  a  (?)  sill  of  peculiar 


160 

shape  containing  analcite-dolerite,  and  intrudes  the  Wianamatta 
Shales.  Interesting  aplitic  and  pegmatitic  segregation  veins  are 
found  near  the  periphery  of  this  intrusion,  the  former  of  which 
are  markedly  more  acidic  and  alkaline  than  the  parent  rock,  and 
consist  mainly  of  al bite-felspar  and  analcite.  Of  the  many 
volcanic  necks  which  occur  in  this  region,  some  are  filled, 
wholly  or  partly,  with  basalt ;  and  such  were  probably  points 
of  eruption.  There  are  others,  however,  which  are  filled  with  a 
breccia,  composed  largely  of  non-igneous  material,  including 
fragments  of  coal,  carbonaceous  shale,  sandstone,  <fec.,  derived 
from  the  wall  rocks ;  of  such  are  those  occurring  at  Hornsby, 
Springwood,  Euroka  Farm,  and  The  Basin  (Nepean  River). 
These  more  or  less  cylindrical  apertures  have  probably  been 
produced  by  the  action  of  steam  and  other  gases  imprisoned  in 
magma  reservoirs  at  no  great  distance  below  the  surface,  and 
which  have,  by  their  explosive  energy,  drilled  an  opening  upwards 
through  the  overlying  strata  until  escape  became  possible ;  they 
possessed,  however,  neither  energy  enough  to  clear  the  vent  of 
the  comminuted  rock  material  produced  in  forcing  their  way 
upwards,  nor  to  force  the  molten  magma  to  the  surface.  The 
volcanic  neck  at  Dundas,  near  Parramatta,  which  is  filled  partly 
with  basalt  and  partly  with  agglomerate,  contains  numerous 
fragments  (xenoliths)  of  basic  and  ultrabasic  plutonic  rocks 
embedded  in  the  basalt ;  these  include  gabbros  and  peridotites,. 
with  a  considerable  variety  of  mineral  composition.  Similar 
xenoliths  have  been  found  in  basic  dykes  as  far  south  as  Kiama, 
and  as  far  west  as  Bowenfels  ;  their  occurrence  may  be  taken  to 
indicate  that  large  basic  and  ultrabasic  plutonic  intrusions  occur 
beneath  this  area,  but  are  too  deep-seated  to  have  been  revealed 
anywhere  at  the  surface  by  denudation. 

Basic  dykes  occur  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  districts 
adjacent  to  Sydney  ;  those  which  outcrop  along  the  coast  while 
having  a  general  east  and  west  strike  appear  to  have  a  radial 
arrangement,  and  to  converge  to  a  locus  about  20  miles  due 
east  of  Botany  Bay.  They  range  from  a  few  inches  up  to  20 
feet  and  upwards  in  thickness.  Similar  dykes  in  the  Illawarra 
district  intersect  the  Upper  Coal  Measures,  and  have,  in  the  case 
of  the  larger  ones,  done  considerable  damage  to  the  coal  seams. 
Here  also  basic  sills  have  intruded  the  same  strata,  in  some 
cases  (North  Bulli)  along  the  top  of  the  Bulli  seam,  in  other  cases 
(Metropolitan  Colliery)  along  the  middle  of  the  seam  for  long 
distances;  such  sills  destroy  the!  coal  over  large  areas. 

B.  THE  VOLCANIC  ROCKS. 

No  active  volcanoes  occur  in  New  South  Wales,  nor  in  any 
other  part  of  Australia,  at  the  present  day ;  nevertheless  there  is 
abundant  evidence  to  show  that  vulcanism  had  frequently,  and 


161 

for  long  periods  of  time,  been  an  important  factor  in  its  geological 
history.  Nearly  every  period  belonging  to  the  Palaeozoic  Era 
had  its  active  volcanoes,  from  which  extensive  floods  of  lava  were 
poured  out.  The  Mesozoic  Era,  on  the  other  hand,  appears  to 
have  been  quite  free  from  volcanic  displays.  In  the  Caiiiozoic  Era 
renewed  activity  took  place ;  first  came  great  floods  of  basaltic 
lava  from  fissure  eruptions,  while  later  on  volcanic  cones  developed 
as  the  result  of  the  piling  up  of  alkaline  lavas  and  tuffs.  These 
late  Tertiary  cones,  although  they  have  suffered  considerable 
denudation,  still  remain  as  evidence  of  the  great  eruptions  which 
produced  them.  Reference  has  already  been  made  in  previous 
chapters  to  the  volcanic  rocks  associated  with  the  strata  of  each  of 
the  geological  periods.  These  occurrences  will  now  be  summarised 
in  chronological  order. 

Nothing  is  yet  known  regarding  the  vulcanicity  of  pre-Palseozoic 
times ;  some  of  the  pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  the  Barrier  district 
may  represent  metamorphosed  lavas  and  tuffs,  but  no  detailed 
description  of  these  rocks  is  yet  available.  The  volcanic  erup- 
tions of  the  Palaeozoic  Era  appear,  in  most  cases,  to  have  occurred 
in,  or  adjacent  to,  subsidence  areas,  and  to  have,  in  the  main,  pre- 
ceded the  more  important  crustal  movements.  The  Carboniferous 
eruptions,  for  example,  appear  to  have  been  confined  to  the  north- 
eastern part  of  the  State,  the  only  part  undergoing  subsidence  at 
that  period. 

Cambrian  Period. — Nothing  is  yet  known  of  the  vulcanicity, 
if  any,  of  this  period. 

Ordovician  Period. — Extensive  deposits  of  andesitic  lavas  and 
tuffs  occur,  associated  with  the  Ordovician  strata  of  the  Orange— 
Cadia  district.  These  volcanic  rocks  have  a  great  thickness  at 
Forest  Reefs,  near  Orange,  and  the  tuffs  there  are  crowned  with 
angular  fragments  up  to  a  foot  or  more  in  diameter.  Andesitic 
lavas  of  Ordovician  age  have  also  been  described  from  the  Forbes- 
Parkes  district.  No  analyses  of  these  rocks  are  available. 

Silurian  Period. —  Considerable  volcanic  activity  took  place 
during  this  period  ;  rhyolite  lavas  and  tuffs  occur  interstratified 
with  Silurian  strata  at  Jenolan  Caves,  at  Bo  wen  Park,  near  Orange, 
in  the  Yass  district,  and  on  the  Hargraves  gold-field  ;  while 
andesitic  lavas  and  tuffs  occur  in  the  Parkes-Forbes  districts. 
The  published  information  regarding  these  occurrences,  however, 
is  very  scanty.  Many  of  the  rhy elites  of  this  and  the  next  period 
closely  resemble  quartz-porphyry  in  the  hand  specimens,  and  are 
frequently  mistaken  for  this  intrusive  rock. 

Devonian  Period. — The  Silurian  vulcanism  continued  on  into 
the  Devonian  Period,  at  the  beginning  of  which  stupendous  out- 
pourings of  acid  lavas  and  tuffs  took  place  in  south-eastern  New 

3910— P 


162 

»South  Wales  and  north-eastern  Victoria.  At  Taemas,  in  the  for- 
mer State,  these  accumulated  to  a  maximum  thickness  of  5,000 
feet,  while,  in  addition,  the  thick  Lower  Devonian  marine  strata, 
which  overlie  them,  are  more  or  less  tuffaceous  throughout.  In 
the  Tarn  worth  district,  also,  vulcanicity  was  a  pronounced  feature 
during  this  epoch.  During  the  Upper  Devonian  Epoch,  on  the 
other  hand,  vulcanism  was,  except  in  the  Yalwal  district,  more 
or  less  dormant ;  in  this  locality,  however,  an  extensive  alter- 
nating series  of  rhyolite  and  basalt  flows  of  some  magnitude  was 
poured  out. 

Carboniferous. — Volcanic  eruptions,  although  confined  to  the 
north-eastern  part  of  the  State,  occurred  there  on  a  grand  scale 
throughout  the  greater  part  of  this  period,  but  particularly 
towards  its  close.  In  the  Paterson  and  Clarence  Town  districts 
at  least  twelve  distinct  lava  flows,  as  well  as  thick  beds  of  volcanic 
ash,  are  interstratified  with  the  Carboniferous  strata  (see  Fig.  25); 
these  lava  flows,  which  range  up  to  200  feet  or  more  in  thickness, 
are  nearly  all  acidic  in  composition  (rhyolites),  but  some  hypers- 
thene-andesitcs  are  also  said  to  occur.  Extensive  deposits  of 
Carboniferous  rhyolites  and  tuffs  also  occur  on  the  Drake  gold- 
field,  in  northern  New  England,  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Bolivia  and  Tenterfield. 

Per  mo-Carboniferous. — During  this  period  vulcanism  was,  on 
the  whole,  less  pronounced  and  more  local  in  its  distribution  than 
had  been  the  case  in  the  Carboniferous  Period.  During  the  early 
part  of  the  Lower  Marine  Epoch,  several  extensive  basic  and 
intermediate  lava-flows  were  poured  out  in  what  is  now  the 
Hunter  River  district,  while  at  about  the  same  time  an  extensive 
series  of  andesitic  lavas  and  tuffs  accumulated  in  northern  New 
England  (Drake  gold-field).  Then  followed  a  considerable  period 
of  rest  until,  towards  the  close  of  the  Upper  Marine  Epoch,  a  great 
•centre  of  eruption  developed  in  the  Illawarra  district.  Submarine 
volcanoes  here  poured  out  a  great  series  of  lavas  and  tuffs  on  a 
subsiding  sea-floor;  these  range  up  to  1,000  feet  in  thickness,  and 
vary  from  basic  to  intermediate  in  com  position,  and  have  already 
been  described  in  some  detail  on  page  72.  These  eruptions 
continued  on  into  the  Upper  Coal  Measure  Epoch,  but  on 
a  much  reduced  scale,  when  two  small  basalt  flows  were 
poured  out  into  the  Coal  Measure  swamps.  At  this  time  a 
new  centre  of  eruption  developed  near  Murrurundi,  on  the 
north-western  margin  of  the  coal-basin,  from  which  basaltic 
lavas,  aggregating  many  hundreds  feet  in  thickness,  were 
poured  out. 

The  Mesozoic  Era. — No  volcanic  eruptions  are  definitely  known 
to  have  occurred  in  New  South  Wales  during  this  era.  Certain 
beda  of  chocolate-coloured  shales,  which  belong  to  the  Narrabeen 


163 

stage  of  the  Hawkesbury  Series  (Triassic),  are  considered  to  be 
redistributed  tuffs,  and  have  the  following  composition  : — 


SiO2 

A1208 

Fc2(V 

FeO 

MgO 

CaO 

Na20 

K30 

H20 

62-92% 

2330 

0-27 

3-80 

0-66 

0-58 

0-28 

1-52 

7-00 

As  to  whether  these  were  produced  by  Triassic  volcanic  eruptions 
is  not  known ;  in  any  case  they  were  formed  very  early  in  the 
Mesozoic  era.  No  other  volcanic  rocks  of  Mesozoic  age  are  defi- 
nitely known  to  occur  in  New  South  Wales. 

Cainozoic  Era. — The  long  period  of  rest  which  characterised 
the  Mesozoic  Era  now  gave  place  to  renewed  volcanic  activity. 
This  resulted  in  the  outpouring  of  vast  floods  of  basaltic  lavas, 
which  filled  and  in  many  places  overflowed  the  river  channels, 
and  thus  buried  hundreds  of  square  miles  of  country  under  a 
-covering  of  basalt.  These  sheets  of  basalt  still  form  the  surface 
rocks  over  large  areas  in  New  South  Wales.  There  are  reasons 
for  thinking,  as  explained  in  the  previous  chapter,  that  these 
Tertiary  basalts  belong  to  two  distinct  periods  of  eruption — an 
older  basalt  series  now  represented  by  cappings  on  the  tops  of 
more  or  less  isolated  hills  (residuals),  which  rise  above  the  general 
level  of  the  tablelands,  and  a  younger  series  which  over  large 
areas  forms  the  surface  capping  of  the  tableland  itself.  The 
former  have  been  provisionally  assigned  to  the  Eocene  Period, 
the  latter  to  the  Upper  Miocene  or  Lower  Pliocene  Period. 
These  olivene-basalts  (see  analyses),  from  a  petrological  point  of 
view,  possess  no  feature  of  special  interest,  but  by  their 
weathering  they  have  produced  some  of  the  finest  agricultural 
soils  in  the  State.  Towards  the  close  of  the  Pliocene  Period 
several  isolated  centres  of  eruption  developed,  from  which  a 
highly  interesting  series  of  alkaline  lavas  was  erupted.  These 
lavas  and  their  associated  tuffs  built  up  groups  of  volcanic  cones, 
such  as  the  Canobolas  Mountains,  near  Orange,  the  Warrumbungle 
Mountains,  near  Coonabarabran,  and  the  Nandewar  Mountains, 
near  Inverell.  Taking  the  first-named  as  a  type,  they  stand  on 
the  top  of  the  tableland,  near  Orange,  adjacent  to  a  fault  (or 
series  of  faults)  marking  its  western  edge.  The  first  eruptions 
brought  to  the  surface  a  series  of  highly  acid  and  alkaline  viscous 
lavas,  which  built  up  a  series  of  steep  lava  cones ;  then  came 
great  showers  of  volcanic  ash,  included  in  which  were  fragments 
varying  up  to  several  tons  in  weight.  Further  lava-flows  followed 
at  intervals,  becoming  progressively  more  basic,  the  eruptions 
finally  closing  with  the  outpouring  of  somewhat  basic  alkaline 
andesites.  The  order  of  extrusion  of  lavas  was  as  follows  : — 

1.  Alkaline  Rhyolites  (Comendites)  and  Quartz  Trachytes. 

2.  Alkaline  Trachytes. 

3.  Phonolitic  Trachytes. 

4.  Andesites. 


164 


The  Warrumbungle  and  Nandewar  Mountains  consist  of  similar 
lavas  and  tuffs,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  analyses  in  Table  V. 
In  the  Mittagong-Bowral  district  two  large  cones  of  alkaline  lava 
occur,  viz.,  the  Gib  Rock  and  Mount  Jellore.  The  well-known 
Gib  rises  about  1,000  feet  above  the  surrounding  country,  and 
consists  of  a  fine-grained  alkaline  syenite  (allied  to  bostonite), 
which  consists  mainly  of  orthoclase-felspar,  and  contains  narrow 
segregation  veins  consisting  of  sanidine,  hornblende,  and  aegirine. 
This  rock  makes  an  excellent  building  stone,  and  is  used  to  a 
considerable  extent  in  the  buildings  of  Sydney.  The  Gib  is 
believed  to  represent  the  denuded  plug  of  a  volcano  similar  to 
those  occurring  in  the  Warrumbungle  Mountains.  Mount  Jellore 
is  a  similar  lava  cone,  consisting  of  alkaline  trachyte. 

Alkaline  trachytes  also  occur  near  Dubbo,  and  at  various 
places  in  the  Northern  Rivers  district. 

Summarising  the  igneous  rocks  of  New  South  Wales  from  the 
point  of  view  of  composition  and  age,  we  get  the  following  : — 

Volcanic.  Intrusive. 


Cambrian  ... 
Ordovician  ... 
Silurian 

Devonian      ...          . .  P 

Carboniferous 

Permo-Carboniferous 

Triassic 
Jurassic 
Cretaceous  ... 
Eocene 
Miocene 
Lower  Pliocene 
Upper  Pliocene 


None  known. 

Intermediate. 

Acidic   to   interme- 
diate. 

Acidic  (mainly). 

Acidic  (mainly). 

Intermediate   to 
basic. 

V  Absent. 


1 


Basic. 

Acidic  to  basic  and 
highly  alkaline. 


None  known. 
Intermediate. 

Acidic  to  interme- 
diate. 

Acidic  mainly. 


Absent. 


Basic. 

Acidic  to  basic  and 
highly  alkaline. 


The  true  age  of  the  alkaline  igneous  rocks  is  still  uncertain, 
but  on  physiographical  grounds  the  volcanic  members  appear  to 
belong  to  late  Tertiary. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  earlier  Palaeozoic  igneous  rocks,  as  far 
as  we  know  them,  were  intermediate  in  composition  \  then 
followed  a  long  period  of  time,  during  which  the  igneous  rocks 
intruded  and  extruded  were  dominantly  acidic  in  composition, 
while  the  final  Palaeozoic  extrusives  were  intermediate  to  basic  in 
composition.  The  Tertiary  igneous  rocks  were  dominantly  basic 
in  composition,  with  a  closing  but  limited  phase  of  a  highly 
alkaline  acidic  to  basic  series. 


165 


PQ 


OQ 

0> 

15 


I 


M  I 


fflrH 


^ 


a, 

< 


fl        S         O        A        S   O   O 

5  -ri   "°   ®   a13^ 


3  &-  3  eu  K,' 


o^o 


(N        (M  O        O        Q 


O  £—   OD  tft  !>•  iO  CO    fcO    CO 
C^    COrH^-wS    t-    t- 
>  CO  CO  CO    CO  (M    (M  CO  ^  CO  (M    CO    (M 


3    8    S    SSS 
CO  (M  CO  rH    <M  (N    •*  (N  CO  CO  <N    CO    4*    CO    <N  CO  < 


o  <M  co  <M      o  co      co  o  oo  rH  in 

COt-TtlOO         rH  OO         f  rH  O  in  CO 

o  co  4f  rH      co -^      in  co  in  cb  co 


O  i>- co  o      rH  t~      m  s<i  oo  co  eo 

O  rH  (N  <yi          (N  (N          rH  pq  rH  CO  C<1 


co      oo      t—  o  •**< 
o      ip      9  in-* 

<N         rH         0000 


§8    |3SS?2! 

O  (N  IM  O        -^  CO        <Jj  CO  rH  in  < 


,_(         ^  (M  rH  CO O  rH         CO  rH  rH  CO  rH         rH 


((Mmr^      (Mm      comcot^m 


o      o      o      ooo 
oo      p      ^-      go  in  rH 


"*      m  oo  < 

rH          O  l^»  < 

8    S^i 


.en 


!  11,1  11,1-1 

O        &r>^ 


.... 
eld. 


||11  I        I      I        111 

llsl  I  £  I  III 


i  s  •*$  sl  liiL1  J  I  I   l.s 


:  |  ||S    ^    ^  :S«  „: 

:  i  •§«     &&    &3  -2-n  .a 

:  5  ^IllrSl  •££  :-^s  |    o 

.«  lllllll    ill-A  °     * 


l^jfl 

"'   =23 
•»O« 


§§2S2    I    t^t^lli 

O'O^OfXO      PQ      M     <»     O«sJ«5 


8    -S 
I    9 


166 


| 

| 

>>              o3               S^ 
.£      S     H            |      «     |c 

1 

^ 

B     ^      |            ^     ^     W 

OH 

cJ     «      |           03     (^     d 

B 

i-i     K     S            fc     ffi     -^ 

I 

If 

S       .     g  •    .8       ;     S     S     ?     § 

0           -00           -0000 

o 

S  J1 

0        ^        §        S           -00 

i 

*"*& 

b      in      6      b              J      b 

^D 

0  + 

^5 

o-*coooo5^Qeooo 

COCOOOOO(NOlOrHCO 

<1 

B| 

co 

rHOOOCOrHlO^li-H 

b 
'3 

9, 
B 

| 

o 

bbbbbbbbb 

^> 

s_. 

o 

§3 

SoociSi^cSS^ 

(D 

M 

10 

kOCO^CO^kOTf-^kO 

r   , 

fft 

0 

g 

fS8SSSo88Sf5 

© 

C3 

kQ 

os-^cb-n^-josbbci 

•s 

OS 

S 

9 

CO 

goooooc^co^^jco 

^-|l>J^C^^H^H^-lb^-l 

44 

8 

0 
ho 

o 

^fSwkocococoSiS 
bbbbbbbbb 

fy» 

PH 

o 

s 

^cocoeocooooTcoko 

. 

fe 

4$4 

rHCOC3t~T—  li-HC-lOfH 

— 

S 

i 

<B    " 

g 

ooooocoooooosoo 

Jr-<35r-tCOOrH^qOk» 

H 

i 

fe° 

fH 

COIM(M(M-*T»<(N(NCO 

13 

pq 

H? 

<D 

1 

g 

bco^cobbbbc^ 

Cqj-lpHrHeqiMrH^OCsl 

*** 

fj 

"*d 

H 

1 

1 

in 

^sikSsssss 

<3 

. 

^ 

<D 

<M     S 

i      :      :      i      '      i      '      '. 

> 

O  j3 

***** 

CO 

-§  2 

:   *;   J,    j   | 

S 

O  3 

5_i 
43 

a 

W 

S| 

1 

31    ^  H    1 

=     S     S     Q      J 

'-»- 
0 

£     2      !      i     §                 ! 

§ 

1     1     1      o     |      s      «    '3 

H 

g 

§              o      "»      M 

iJ 
<! 

« 

£      £      PQ      .S        P    -*T     t£     «f 

•    "»  :  8    *      ^'ecS'S 

5?; 
| 

" 

1 

ri  1  1  1  1  1  1 

.^^«-ss*5s 

i     §    H     §    1    -3    1    5 

585      S      5       S      M      0      525      H 

Q) 

b      :    £      :            :      ;      ! 

1 

!  i  1   i       i   i   i 

QJ 

QQ 

1 

a> 

*".''&*"& 

1 

s  1  1  1  1   '•   '•   :   : 

.^         P         t-         >.        .— 

H      &H      H      02     H 

167 


t 
"S 

c 

S     H     K     -2               -5            -2     •=     g     -S 
•^     =3     S     £               3       :;    £     13     £     ^ 
B      |     a     £          SB            ^     Hi     *;     W 

Q^QOn                        jj                  OHQ-CUO 

S 

|      : 

:!S:    Sllsills 

lO 

O 

b      b 

bbbb          bbbbbbbb 

H 

?     1 

!  i  1  1    !SS§lsll 

& 

Hi 

1  ! 

Ill§    ggs!2SS! 

0 

B 

S  1 

bbi-ib          bbbbbobb 

•J 

o 

^        0 

O^Hl^-ll-l                   0-1           C-l           AJ           CI           rt           ^-i           ^-           T^- 

•g 

1 

O         CO 

coSSo          StoS^JncqSo 
cococo-*          (jicocoMeoc-iroco 

CO 

o 

s  s 

III!    !s|ll!ss 

o 

o 

S    £ 

i-HOOOSCO               COOC<*CDiO?HO(M 

PQ 

& 

O5         00 

OCOiOCD              C0lr~050505«5000 

> 

o 

c^      & 

S^S!5          oSeSSw^S^ 

1 

££ 

s  s 

ioioibfo           A-icoc^cococooqcq 

h—  1 
0 

c 

^         CO 

Ills    llsllss! 

^ 

^3 

m 

1 

1         1 

fill    fl|Ilsg! 

.NAYLSES  0 

Mode  of 
Occurrence. 

Q 

:     o         :      :            :      :      :      :      : 

'.      c                                          ; 
s     "oil      >>       -       t              r       s      j       i; 

CO       K-             P 

<\ 

I 

1      1 

1     c             ^     :     &          /     :      :      : 
|    |     .      |     ,:    |          S     j     j     : 

J<"        c«                         ^        **       "c                   j»*          '        ^' 

1  1  .    1  !•  f-  1  I  i  !  1 

£    g    «      *    «-  9    S    Is    fi    J    S 

.    .S     f     a         c)'c'i?£.?l>S 

I 

a 

1  Is 

.1     *     ®       :         g     «                  «     J    « 

* 

o      ,c  a* 

i  & 

^wom       o-<               S    (S    o 

168 


0000 


ff        f-4         t-4         O 


?  ?  s   9      j 

i-4        O        (N         CO 


A 


^ 


5  rj!        00        S        CO 

6  01'       tH         O         O 


^H          b 


qo      ip      oo      qo 
b      b      b      b 


O         T*I         00         OS 

I^H      co      b     t- 


S    S 


S      Ss      co      ^ 

rt<        (>1        CO        i-l- 


CO        CO        (M        CD        O 


9    ?    S    8 

Tt<      co      co      co 


Tl 


O        O        i-(        O        O 


CO         C-l         <N         iH 

Ai      b      b      b 


t-      io      -*      co 


"  co  o  co  co" 
(>j  cp  ip  ^~ 
<>i  co  co  co 


o     o     o     o 


rH        O        r" 


§  s  g 


9  &     £ 

10  og      ib 

"I~s~g~ 


t-     9 

2    S 


C<1 

oo 


l-H  O 


s  s 


us      S      10 


S  : 


S«: 


=     J 

a  ^£ 
-?  •= 


*  I 


{S  S 


o    « 


ti 

"^        _rf* 

/         — 


S    s 


Blowhole 
Bumbo  F 


£1« 


v 

il 


;ip 

|     « 


A  . 

F" 


Mea- 
ch. 


Upper 
sure 


169 


t*  I 


I 
I 


I 

2 

'J3 

c 

1.  Mingage. 
ensen. 

.1 

~JZ 

%. 

1 

S3 

S3 

0     ^' 
Hi     S3 

S3 

s 

a 

1 

b 

1 

:       : 

9 

0 

b 

88 

b 

o 

b 

b 

£       : 

'     b 

f<N        !>• 
b     b 

oo 

b 

9     ? 

1 

8 

b 

'      rl 

N 

0 

L 

b 

<N      b 

s-i       eo      <^i 

b       ^H       AH 

? 

8 

8    8 

O        (M 

9 

35 
o 

b 

£§° 

b 

)S 

b 

*j      b 

bob 

s 

b 

g 

b      ^ 

b 

s 

0 

b 

o 

8 

05 

oo 

0        ^ 

S         £3         CO 

k! 

^ 

CO        0^ 

So 

0 

04 

fed 

CO 

CO 

o 

id        iO 

o      co      co 

co 

co 

co      co 

* 

-K 

co 

9. 

ib 

<M 

oo 
cb 

s   ; 

!  1 

CO          TH          i-l 

P 

co 

co 
us 

-*      co 

i 

•M 

i 

1 

| 

b 

b 

CO 

CO 

s  s 

o      b 

1  s  1 

1 

S8 

b 

?  ! 

? 

0 

g 

1 

o 

be 
S 

Oi 

b 

b 

9     : 

?  s 

0        0 

?      9      5 

o      o      o 

P 

:£ 
b 

O3         CO 
CO         00 
0        0 

« 

0 

s 

0 

S 

b 

o 

£ 

9 

0 

(N       o: 

cS  §  s 

oo 

CO 

9      £ 

i 

« 

CO 

fe 

1-1 

-1 

*" 

0 

I 

.8 

? 

9      : 

-H        <M 

b      i^- 

s  I  2 

'M 

CO 

P 

iO         ^t 

P 

CO 

•? 

S 

(N 

o 

CO 

s 

1      : 

P     £ 

oo      co      o 

! 

i 

s  ? 

i>      c<i 

CO 

! 

cb 

<J 

o 

8 

S3 

9 

(M        O 

7"        T- 

00       00       OS 

? 

P 

^  P 

9 

9 

? 

CO 

S 

CO 

fe 

tt       cS 

2    S    S 

Id 

co 

CO       0 

co 

CO 

S 

. 

m 

. 

b 

i 

bo 

i 

Canobolas  Mountains  .  . 

s 

s      : 

Warrumbungle  Mountail 

•       r       s 

: 

Nandewar  Mountains 

.    =      : 

Parish  of  Dungeary,  ne 
Dubbo 

Mount  Jellore,  near  Mitt 

1 

i 

J- 

X3 

3 

-S 

i 

Arfvedsonite-Comend 

Riebeckite-Comendite 

Phonolitic  Trachyte 
Andesite  

Comendite  
Arfvedsonite  Trachyt 

JEgirine  Trachyte  .  .  . 
Nosean-Phonolite  .  .  . 
Trachy-  Andesite  .  .  . 

Orthoclase  Basalt  .  . 

Trachyte  

Phonolyte  
Phonolitic  Trachyte. 

-s 

g 
O4 

| 

f 

(?  intrusive) 
Syenite  (?  intrusive)  . 

170 


I 
I 

I 


1 

1 

1 

1 

13 

J3 

g 

^    - 

^ 

~ 

K 

i 

w 

Cu 

o 

^ 

D 

ffi 

^ 

Q 

* 

I 

O 

0 

oo 
b 

b 

b 

O         (N 

m      (M 

b      b 

0 

§ 

c 

oo 

o 

g 

S     S 

H 

1-4 

N 

1-1 

(M 

CO         £ 

*i 

g 

CO 

9 

CO 

£ 

g      : 

o? 
MS 

9 

0 

IS 

o 

i 

s 

b 

b 

o 

§3 

'C 

<5 

M 

C!5 

s  § 

^ 

'- 

IM 

>H 

H 

0 

I 

$ 

co 

2 

CO 

2 

<N 

co      (>i 

0? 

s 

9 

^ 

CK, 

S      S 

0 

s 

in 

00 

c 

r- 

t~      o 

o 

§ 

s 

c 

s 

eo      oo 

3 

0 

co 

to 

c 

0 

xo        05 

9 

8 

3 

^ 

s§ 

9 

5    S 

*" 

*• 

*• 

05 

t^        10 

0 

p 

c 

0 

p 

g    g 

1 

* 

CO 

<N 

CO        C<l 

0 

£ 

? 

^ 

¥< 

^ 

cp    S8 

<! 

^ 

^ 

^ 

S 

i-l         (N 

0 

5 

1C 

^ 

* 

oo 

(M        t^ 

02 

^ 

* 

^N 

-*        -* 

cs 

^ 

g 

hr 

c 

j= 

^ 

o 

' 

•tn 

U 

0 

^ 

•8 

• 

C 

3 

s 

§> 

§ 

•        -g 

J 

Mount 

1 

i 

1 

I1 

11 

V 

^ 

:      : 

«w    O 

o  c 

S 

; 

S  ^ 

1 

s 

1 

5 

=      - 

"C 

£ 

| 

i 

m 

"rt 

c 

0) 

M 

, 

- 

*           * 

tf 

| 

a 

0 

INDEX. 


Acacia,  151. 

Acentrophorus,  114,  115. 

Acidaspis,  32. 

Acid  Granite,  the,  156,  157. 

Actinoceras,  22,  32. 

Actinocrinus,  57. 

Actinocystis,  40. 

^llalong,  112. 

Aetheolepis,  114. 

Agnostus,  16. 

Agrosaurus,  127. 

Alethopteris,  90,  92,  93,  113,  117,  120. 

Alkaline  Lavas,  137,  139,  146,  163,  164. 

Allandale,  62. 

Alnus,  139. 

Alveolites,  40. 

Anbonychia,  11. 

Ammonites,  126,  127,  128. 

Amphibia,  fossils,  112,  114,  115. 

Amphibolite,  8,  9. 

Amplexus,  57. 

Ancyloceras,  126. 

Andesite,  15,   16,   18,  43,  55,   62,   139, 

163,  164. 
Aneimites,  56. 
Annularia,  90. 
Anodontopis,  32. 
Anoplotheca,  32. 
Apateolepis,  114,  115. 
Aphanaia,  86,  88. 
Aphnelepis,  114. 
Arachnophyllum,  25,  29,  32. 
Araucarites,  113,  120. 
Archaeocidaris,  86. 
Archaeocyathinse,  11,  12. 
Archaeomene,  114. 
Archaeopteris,  47,  48,  56. 
Archaeozoic  Era,  4. 
Artesian  Series,  4,  104,  118,  120. 
Artesian  Water,  118. 
Arumpo,  130. 
Ashford,  53,  66. 
Ashford  Coal  Basin,  65. 
Astartila,  72,  86. 
Astylospongia,  31. 
Athyris,  48,  57. 
Atrypa,  22,  30,  32,  40,  48. 
Aucella,  126,  127. 
Auckland,  County  of,  14,  46. 
Aviculopecten,  48,  57,  62,  69,  86. 


B 


Bacchus  Marsh,  97. 

Baiera,  90,  92,  93,  113,  120. 

Bald  Hills,  134,  138. 

Balmain  Colliery,  83. 

Banksia,  139. 

Barraba,  38,  55,  137. 

Barrier  District,  4,  8,  10,  156. 

Basalt,  47,  62,  74,  75,  84,  134,  137,  163. 

Bathurst  District,  24,  134,  138,  156. 

Bathurst  Lead.  132,  134,  138. 

Belemnites,  126,  127,  128. 

Belonorliyncus,  114. 

Belenostomus,  127. 

Bellerophon,  32,  40,  48,  57. 

Berridale,  4,  15. 

Beyrichia,  114. 

Bingera,  38. 

Black-soil  Plains,  7. 

Blue  Granite,  The,  156,  157. 

Blue   Mountain   Tableland,   6,   43,    83, 

104,  107,  111,  138,  159. 
Boambola,  22. 
Bombax,  139. 
Borenore,  25. 
Bothriceps,  90,  93. 
Bowning,  20,  21. 
Bowral,  6,  164. 
Brachyphyllum,  83,  90. 
Braidwood,  35,  37. 
Branxton,  Stage,  67,  68. 
Broken  Bago,  104. 
Broken  Hill,  4,  8. 
Bronteus,  31,  32. 
Buchan  and  Bindi  Beds,  36,  37. 
Bulyeroi,  Bore  123. 
Bundanoon,  69. 
Buttai  Beds,  76. 


Cadia,  4,  15,  16. 
Cainozoic  Era,  3,  130. 

,,        Intrusive  Igneous  Rocks,  159. 

,,        Volcanic  ,,  163. 

Calamites,  56. 
Calymene,  32. 
Caraarotcechia,  32. 

Cambewarra  Mountain,  72,  73,  75,  84. 
Cambrian  Life,  11. 


172 


Cambrian  Period,  4,  10. 

Camden  Haven,  104. 

Canobolas  Mountains,  44,  137,  139,  163. 

Canowindra,  44. 

Capertee,  35,  48,  68,  95. 

Campbelltown,  111. 

Campophyllum,  40,  57. 

Carboniferous,  Life,  56. 

Lower,  53. 

Period,  4,  53. 

Plants,  92. 

Upper,  53,  54. 

Volcanic  Rocks,  161. 
Carbonicola,  86. 
Carcoar,  16. 
Cardiopteris,  56. 
Cardita,  130. 
Cavan,  36. 

Central  Tableland,  5,  6,  138. 
Cerithium,  130. 
Cessnock,  66. 
Cheirurus,  32. 
Chelodina,  140. 
Chocolate  Shales,  106. 
Chcenomya,  72,  86. 

Beds,  67. 
Choetetes,  32. 

Chonetes,  36,  40,  41,  48,  57. 
Climliosaurus,  127. 
Cinnamonmm,  139. 
Clarence  Series,  4,  104,  116,  120. 
Clarence  Town,  54,  55. 
Cleithrolepis,  114,  115,  116. 
Cleobis,  86,  88. 
Clifton,  84. 
Climacograptus,  16. 
Clyde  River  Beds,  67,  70,  71. 
Coal,  Analyses  of,  94. 

,,    Estimate   of   Amount   Available, 

66,  94. 

Origin  of,  79. 
Measures,  East  Maitland,  61,  75, 

76. 

Greta,  63,  66. 
Lower,  4,  61,  63. 
Middle,  61,  75,  76. 
Tomago,  61,  75,  76. 
Upper,  4,  61,  76. 
Cobar,  26,  45. 
Coccolepis,  114. 
Comendite,  139,  163,  164. 
Conocardium*  32. 
Conocephalites,  11. 
Conularia,  69,  72,  86. 
Gooma  District,  4,  8,  9,  15,  137,  154. 
Coonamble,  118. 
Cordaitcs,  47,  48,  92. 


Corimya,  126. 
Coscinocyathus,  11. 
Crasatella,  130. 
Cremorne  Bore,  106. 
Cretaceous  Life,  125. 

Lower,  4,  123. 

Peneplain,  138,  144. 

Period,  4,  123,  146. 
Crinoidal  Stage,  67,  68. 
Crioceras,  126,  127,  128.    . 
Cristellaria,  126. 
Cromus,  32. 
Crowe  Mountain,  55. 
Cryptograptus,  16. 
Cucullsea,  126,  130. 
Cullen  Bullen,  83. 
Cupriferous  Shales,  106. 
Curlewis  Coal  Field,  81. 
Cyathophyllum,  22,  26,  32,  39,  40,  43, 

57. 

Cycadopteris,  113. 
Cylonema,  30,  32. 
Cyclostigma,  56. 
Cyphaspis,  32. 
Cyrenopsis,  126. 
Cyrtina,  32,  57. 
Cystiphyllum,  40. 
Cytheridse,  114. 


Dadoxylon,  66,  71,  83,  90,  91,  92. 

Darwinula,  114. 

De  Gray  Ranges,  125. 

Deltopecten,  72,  86. 

Dempsey  Series,  4,  61,  75,  76. 

Dentalium,  40. 

Desert   Sandstone    Formation,    4,  123, 

124,  125. 
Devonian,  Flora,  49. 

Lower,  4,  35,  37. 

Period,  4,  34. 

Upper,  4,  35,  37,  43. 

Volcanic  Rocks,  161. 
Diatomaceous  Earth  Deposits,  137. 

Analyses  of,  137. 
Dicellograptus,  16. 
Dicotyledonous,  Leaves,  139. 
Dicranograptus,  16. 
Didymograptus,  16. 
Dielasma,  72,  86. 
Dingo,  142. 
Diphyphyllum,  39,  40. 
Diplograptus,  16. 
Diprotodon,  140,  141,  142,  151. 
Discina,  126. 


173 


Discorbina,  113. 
Dolichometopus,  11. 
Drake,  55,  63,  64,  117. 
Dromornis,  140,  143. 
Dubbo,  118,  164. 


Echidna,  140,  143. 
Edmondia,  57,  63,  86. 
Elonichthys,  114. 
Elpisopholis,  114,  115. 
Emmaville  District,  63,  139. 
Encrinurus,  23,  31,  32. 
Endothyra,  86,  113. 
Entolium,  57. 
Etomis,  86. 
Eocene,  Strata,  130. 
Equisetum,  113,  114,  120. 
Estheria,  114,  115. 

Shales,  106. 
Eucalyptus,  139,  151. 
Euomphalus,  32,  48,  57. 
Eurydesma,  62,  86,  88. 


F 

Fagus,  139. 

Farley,  Stage,  61,  62. 

Favosites,  22,  23,  26,  32,  40,  43,  47. 

Fenestella,  29,  30,  32,  47,  57,  62,  69, 

71,  86,  87. 
Fish,  Fossil,  41,  44,  48,  93,   112,  114, 

119,  127. 

Fluviatile  Deposits,  132. 
Forbes,  16,  26,  44,  135. 
Forest  Reefs,  132,  137,  139. 
Four-mile  Creek  Beds,  76. 


Ganorhyncus,  40,  41. 
Gangainopteris,  63,  66,  90,  91,  97. 
Gap  Creek,  Orange  District,  44,  45,  46. 
Genoa  Creek  Beds,  37,  47. 
Genyornis,  143. 
Gerringong,  71,  74. 
Ginkgo,  113,  120. 
Glacial  Beds,  Cambrian,  10. 

,,         ,,       Permo- Carboniferous,  61. 

„      Epoch,  The,  151. 

,,      Erratics,  68. 
Glaciation,  Cambrian,  10. 

Cause  of,  98. 

,,  Permo-Carboniferous,  96,97. 

Pleistocene,  151. 


Glaucomene,  32. 

Glossograptus,  16. 

Glossopteris,  66,  76,  78,  80,  81,  83,  90,9  K 

Glycimeris,  126. 

Gomphoceras,  32. 

Gondwana  Land,  98. 

Goniatites,  63,  69,  72,  86,  89. 

Gosford,  114. 

Gosfordia,  114. 

Graf  ton,  116. 

Graptolites,  16. 

Great  Eastraliaii  Peneplain,  138,  144. 

Greta  Coal  Measures,  63,  66. 

Grevillia,  139. 

Griffithides,  57. 

Gulgong,  69,  114,  132,  136,  139. 

Gunnedah,  81,  83,  107. 

Gunnedah  Coalfield,  81. 

Gunning,  139. 

Guy  Fawkes,  6,  131. 

Guyra,  6. 

Gympie  Beds,  53,  54. 


Halmaturus,  140,  142. 

Halysites,  25,  26,  27,  29,  32,  40. 

Hamites,  126. 

Haploceras,  126. 

Haplophragmiurn,  113,  126. 

Hargraves,  24,  25,  43. 

Harper's  Hill,  Sandstones,  61,  62. 

Harpes,  32. 

Hartley,  156. 

Hartley  Vale,  83,  95. 

Hausmannia,  26,  31,  32. 

Hawkesbury  Sandstone,  4,  81,  104,  106,. 

107,  110,  111,  114. 
Heliolites,  22,  23,  26,  32,  40,  43,  47. 
Heliophyllum,  27,  32. 
Highlands  of  New  South  Wales,  5. 
Hill  End,  25. 
Hunter  River  District,  61,  63,  67,  75, 

76,  121,  154. 
Hyalostelia,  11,  86. 
Hyolithes,  11,  16,  32,  72,86. 


Ichthyopterygia,  126. 
Ichthyosaurus,  126,  127. 
Igneous  Rocks,  155. 
Illawarra  Coal-field,  84. 

District,  67,  69,  84,  95,  160. 
lllrenus,  32. 


174 


Inman  Valley,  S.A.,  97. 
Inoceramus,  126,  127. 
Insects,  Fossil,  90. 
Isocrinus,  126. 


Jamberoo,  72,  75,  84. 
Jenolan,  4,  22,  24. 
Joadja,  95. 
Jurassic  Period,  103. 


Kangaroo,  140,  142,  151. 
Kanimbla,  51,  52,  155. 

Valley,  156. 
Katoomba,  83,  95. 
Keeneia,  62,  89. 
Kerosene  Shale,  66,  81,  83,  84,  95. 

„          ,,         Origin  of,  95. 
Kiandra  Lead,  132,  138. 
Kiama  District,  71,  72,  75. 
Kosciusko  Epoch,  146,  148. 

Tableland,  9,  151,  152. 
Kurrajong,  111. 


Labyrinthodonts,  112,  114. 

Lagena,  86,  126. 

Lambiaii  Series,  35,  43. 

Lamna,  127. 

Largs,  153,  154. 

Laurus,  139. 

Leads,  Bathurst,  134. 

Deep,  132. 

Forest  Reefs,  137. 

Gulgong,  136. 

Kiandra,  132,  138. 
,,        Lower  Tertiary,  132. 

Parkes-Forbes,  135. 
„       Shallow,  132. 

Upper  Tertiary,  134. 

Vegetable  Creek,  134. 
Leperditia,  11. 
Lepidodendron,  37,  38,  39,  42,  43,  44, 

45,  47,  48,  49,  53,  54,  56. 
Leptsena,  26,  48,  57,  58. 
Leptodomus,  48. 
Leptolepis,  114. 
Lichas,  32. 


Lightning  Ridge,  125. 

Lima,  126 

Lignite  Beds.  134. 

Lingula,  32,  43,  44,  48,  72,  86,  126. 

Lithgow  Coal  Measures,  83. 

District,  68,  83,  104. 
Litophyllum,  40. 
Lituola,  86. 
Lobb's  Hole,  37. 
Lochinvar  .Anticline,  65. 
Stage,  61,  62. 
Lophophyllum,  57. 
Lower  Coal  Measures,  4,  63. 
,,      Marine  Series,  4,  61. 
Loxonema.  30,  32,  41,  48,  57. 
Lowther,  156. 
Lyndhurst  Goldfield,  15. 


Maccoyella,  126,  127. 
Macropus,  140,  142. 
Macrotseniopteris,  113,  114,  118,  120. 
Magnolia,  139. 
Mammals,  Placental,  140. 
Mandurama,  4,  15. 
Marine  Series,  Lower,  4,  61. 
Upper,  4,  61. 
Marsupials,  140. 
Martiniopsis,  69,  72,  86,  87. 
Mastodonsaurus,  114,  115. 
Megalania,  140. 
Meiolania,  140. 
Melosira,  137. 
Merismoptera,  72,  86. 
Meristina,  32. 
Mesozoic,  Era,  4,  103. 
Mesozoic,  Volcanic  Rocks,  162. 
Metablastus,  57. 
Metamorphic  Series,  4,  8,  155. 
Michelinia,  57. 
Micraster,  126. 
Microdiscus,  11. 
Mictocystis,  25. 
Milparinka,  124,  125. 
Milton,  71. 
Mindarie,  130. 
Miocene  Period,  132. 
Mittagong,  83,  84,  95,  114,  164. 
Modiola,  126. 
Mceonia,  69,  71,  72,  86. 
Molong-Canobolas  Beds,  44. 
Molong  District,  4,  35. 
Monaro  Tableland,  5,  6. 
Moree,  118,  123. 
„     Bore,  119. 


175 


Mount  Boppy,  26. 

Brown,  125. 

Drysdale,  26. 

Hope,  26. 

Kembla,  84,  95. 

King  George,  111. 

Lambie,  4,  35,  40. 

Oxley,  125. 

Piddington,  114. 

Tomah,  111. 

View,  62. 

Victoria,  107. 
Mourlonia,  32.  72. 
Mucophyllum,  26,  27,  29,  32. 
Mudgee  District,  43. 
Murchisonia,  30,  32,  40,  41,  48,  72. 
Muree  Stage,  67,  68. 
Murrumbidgee  Beds,  4,  35,  39. 
Murrurundi  District,  81,  95,  107. 
Muswellbrook,  66. 
Myriolepis,  114. 
Mytilus,  126. 


N 


Nandewar  Mountains,  139,  164,  165. 
Narrabeen,  106,  107,  114. 

Beds,  4,  106,  107. 

Stage,  81,  104. 
Narrabri,  118. 
Narrungutta,  Ranges,  46. 
Natica,  126. 
Nautilus,  126. 
Necks,  Volcanic,  160. 
Nepheline  Syenite,  159. 
Neuropteris,  90. 
Newcastle  Coal  Measures,  76. 

District,  77,  104. 
New  England  Tableland,  5,  53,  54,  55, 

66,  118,  135,  138,  156. 
Newer  Basalts,  137,  138,  146. 
Nodosaria,  86,  126. 
Noggerathiopsis,  66,  83,  90,  91,  92. 
Northern  Coalfield,  67. 

,,          Rivers  District,  63. 

Tableland,  5. 
Notochelone,  127. 
Notomya,  72,  86. 
Nototherium,  140,  142,  151. 
Nowra,  71. 

Grits,  71. 

Nubecularia,  62,  86,  1 13. 
Nucula,  126. 
Nuculana,  72. 
Nymagee,  26. 
Nyngan,  118. 


Oakey  Creek,  25. 

Obolella,  11,  16. 

Oleandridium,  113,  114,  120. 

Olenellus,  11,  12. 

Older  Basalts,  132,  137,  138,  146. 

Omphalotrochus,  32. 

Ophileta,  11. 

Orange  District,  4,  6,  25. 

Ordovician  Period,  4,  12. 

Volcanic  Rocks,  161. 
Oriostoma,  30,  32. 
Ornithorhyncus,  140,  143. 
Orthis,  11,  32,  45,  57,  58. 
Orthisina,  11. 
Orthoceras,  22,  24,  30,  32,  40,  41,  57, 

72,  86,  89. 

Orthotetes,  26,  32,  57. 
Ostrea.  126. 


Pachypora,  32. 
Pakeoniscus,  114,  115,  116. 
Palaeozoic  Era,  4. 

,,         Intrusive  Igneous  Rocks, 

155. 

Palsester,  32,  86,  87. 
Palechinus,  32. 
Parubula,  37,  47. 
Parkes,  16,  26,  44,  135. 
Paterson,  55. 
Pecten,  126. 
Pecopteris,  47,  48. 
Peneplain,  Cretaceous,  144. 

,,          Great  Eastralian,  144. 
Pentacrinus,  126. 
Pentamerus,  22,  23,  26,  30,  32. 
Penteune,  139. 
Periechocrinus,  57. 
Permo-Carboniferous,  Glaciatioii,  96. 
Life,  85. 

Period,  4,  60,  85. 
Plants,  90,  92. 
Volcanic    Rocks, 

162. 

Petraia,  32. 

Phacops,  22,  26,  31,  32. 
Phascolonus,  140. 
Phascolomys,  140,  142. 
Phialocrinus,  71,  86,  87. 
Phillipsastrea,  24,  27,  29,  32. 
Phillipsia,  57. 
Pholidophorus,  114,  115. 
Phyllograptus,  16. 
Phyllotheca,  90,  91,  92,  113,  114,  1201 


176 


Physical  Geography  of  New  South 

Wales,  5. 
Picton,  11. 
Pisocrinus,  32. 
Pittosporum,  139. 
Placental  Mammals,  140. 
Platyceps,  114. 
Platypus,  140. 
Platyceras,  11. 
Platyschisma,  69,  72,  89. 
Platysomus,  114,  115. 
Pleistocene  Period,  3,  146r  149. 
Plesiocapparis,  139. 
Plesiosaurus,  127. 
Pleuracanthus,  114,  115. 
Pleurophorus,  86. 
Pleurotomaria,  40. 
Podozamites,  113,  119,  120. 
Pokolbin,  53,  55,  86. 
Polycope,  86. 
Polymorphina,  126. 
Polypora,  57,  62,  71,  85,  86,  87. 
Port  Kembla,  |72. 

,,    Macquarie,  55. 

,,    Stephens,  55. 
Portland,  83. 
Pre-Cambrian  Formations,  8. 

Period,  4. 

Prismatic  Sandstone,  110,  111. 
Pristisomus,  114. 
Productus,  57,  58,  69,  72,  86,  87. 
Prostus,  32. 
Prospect,  159. 
Proterozoic  Era,  4. 
Protoretepora,  71,  86. 
Protospongia,  16. 
Pseudavicula,  126. 
Pterinea,  45,  48. 
Pteronites,  47,  48,  57. 
Ptychoparia,  11. 
Ptycomphalina,  72. 
Purisiphonia,  126. 


Quercus,  139. 


Radiolaria,  16,  28,  38. 

Deposits,  22,  37. 
,,  Limestone,  15,  38. 

Rathluba  Beds,  76. 
Ravensfield  Sandstone,  61,  62. 
Ravens  worth,  81. 
Raymond  Terrace,  63,  64. 


Receptaculites,  31,  39,  40. 
Retiolites,  16. 
Rhacopteris,  53,  56. 
Beds,  4. 
Rheophax,  126. 
Rhizophyllum,  29,'  32. 
Rhynchonella,  32,  40,  43,  44,  45,  47,  48, 

57,  126. 

Rhyolite,  22,  25,  36,  43,  47,  55,  81,  163. 
Rhypidomella,  57,  58. 
River  Systems  of  New  South  Wales,  7. 
River ina  Plains,  7. 
Rix's  Creek  Coalfield,  81. 
Rolling-Downs  Formation,  4,  123. 


Saddle  Reefs,  25. 

Sagenodus,  114. 

Salterella,  11. 

Sanidophyllum,  40. 

Sarcophilus,  140,  142. 

Sauropterygia,  126. 

Scaphites,  126. 

Schizoneura,  90,  91,  92,  93,  97,  113,  114, 

120. 

Schizophoria,  57. 
Semionotus,  114,  115. 
Serpentine,  38,  158. 
Serpula,  126. 
Silurian  Life,  28. 

Period,  4,  19. 
,,        Volcanic  Rocks,  161. 
Southern  Coal-field,  84. 
South  Western  Coal-field,  69,  83. 
Sphene   Granite    Porphyry,    The,    156, 

157. 
Sphenopteris,  47,  48,  66,  81,  83,  90,  92, 

113,  120. 
!    Spirifer,  22,  32,  36,  40,  41,  43,  44,  47,  48, 

57,  58,  69,  71,  72,  85,  86,  87. 
Spiriferina,  72,  86. 
Spongilla,  137,  140. 
Spondylostrobus,  139. 
Spoiigophyllum,  32,  40. 
Springwood,  111. 
Staurocephalus,  32. 
Stenopora,  62,  69,  71,  85,  86,  87. 
Stenopteris,  113. 
Stenotheca,  11. 
Stockyard  Mountain,  75. 
St.  Peters,  112,  114,  115. 
Striatopora,  32. 

Stromatopora,  23,  26,  28,  31,  39,  48. 
Strophalosia,  57,  68,  69,  87. 
Strophomena,  32. 


177 


Stutchburia,  72,  86. 
Sydney,  104,  106,  107. 
Sydney  Harbour  Colliery,  84. 
Syringopora,  22,  32,  39,  40,  43,  47. 


Tamiopteris,  113,  114,  117,  118,  119. 
Talbragar,  83,  119. 

Beds,  4,  104,  114,  119,  120. 
Tallawang,  69. 

Tallong,  4,  15,  18,  69,  83,  84. 
Tamworth  Beds,  4,  15,  37. 
District,  15,  39. 
Tangorin,  Parish  of,  66. 
Tareena,  130. 
Tarrawingie,  10. 
Tasmanian  Devil,  140,  142. 
Tiger,  140,  142. 
Tellina,  126. 
Tentaculites,  32. 
Terebratula,  126. 
Tertiary,  Fauna,  140. 

Flora,  139. 

Intrusive  Igneous  Rocks,  159. 

Lower,  3,  132,  146,  147. 

Period,  130,  146. 

Upper,  3,  146,  147. 

Volcanic  Rocks,  163. 
Thainniscus,  32. 
Thinnfeldia,  113,  118,  119,  120. 
Thylacinus,  140,  142. 
Thylacoleo,  140,  142,  143. 
Tibbooburra,  125. 
Tinguaite,  159. 
Tolwong,  15. 

Tomago  Coal  Measures,  4,  75. 
Tomingley,  4,  14,  16. 
Topography  of  New  South  Wales,  143. 
Trachypora,  85,  86. 
Trachyte,  73,  75,  139,  163,  164. 
Triassic  Plants,  92. 

„      Period,  4,  103. 
Trias-Jura  Period,  4,  103. 
Tribrachiocrinus,  71,  86. 
Trigonia,  126,  127,  130. 
Trilobites,  11,  12,  16,  31,  32,  48,  57,  59, 

90. 

Trochus,  32. 
Tryplasma,  22,  26,  27,  32. 


Ulladulla,  71. 
Unio,  109,  113,  140. 
Unionella,  113. 


Upper  Cretaceous  Formation,  4. 
Coal  Measures,  4,  76. 

„       Devonian,  43. 

„       Marine  Series,  4,  67. 
Urosthenes,  90,  93. 


Vegetable  Creek  District,  139. 

,,  Leads,  134. 

Vertebraria,  83,  90,  91. 
Volcanic  Necks,  160. 


W 

Walgett,  125. 

Wallaby,  140,  142,  151. 

Wallerawang,  83. 

Wallon  Bore,  123. 

Wandra-Wandrian  Sandstones,  71. 

Warialda,  118. 

Warrumbungle  Mountains,  137, 139,  164 

Wellesley,  County  of,  14. 

Wellington,  4,  44. 

Westley  Park,  73. 

Tuffs,  74. 

West  Maitland,  66. 
Western  Coal-field,  68,  83. 
Western  Plains,  5,  6. 
White  Cliffs,  124,  125. 
Wianamatta  Shales,  4,  111. 

Stage,  104,  111,  114. 
Wingen,  66. 
Wilson's  Downfall,  67. 
Wolgan,  95. 

Wolumla  Gold-field,  46. 
Wombat,  140,  142,  151. 
Wombeyan,  24. 
Woolgoolga,  116. 
Wollongong,  71. 
Wyralla,  137. 


Yalwal  Beds,  35,  47. 
Yambulla  Ranges,  44. 
Yandama  Station,  124. 
Yarrangobilly,  24. 
Yass  District,  4,  20,  21. 

„    Tableland,  6,  144,  145. 

„    Canberra  Tableland,  6,  144,  145. 


Zaphrentis,  26,  32,  40,  57,  85,  86. 


3910-G 


Sydney  :  William  Applegatc  Gullick,  Government  Printer. —1811. 


RETURN     EARTH  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 

TO—  -*>      230  McCone  Hall              642-2997 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
1  MONTH 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Books  needed  for  class  reserve  are  subject  to  immediate  recall 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


FORM  NO.  DD8 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES